THOMAS LINC OLN CASEY LIBRARY 1925 if TRANSACTIONS fio TOMOnOGICALT SOCINnVY LONDON. THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY LONDON FOR) ELHE YEAR 1898. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED, LONDON AND BUNGAY. SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK. 1898-1899. DATES OF PUBLICATION IN. PARTS. Part I, (TRrans., pp. 1-120, Proc., i-vili) was published 20th April, 1898. ENC, 455 121-208, ,, 1x—xx) 5) 29ths june sers,. Peiien(nee ne 209-380)8 === ——) » 30th Sept., _,, papVs.( 3 381-444, 4, Xxi-xxxvl) » 22nd Dec., ,, Vv. (———_--—- XXXVli-]xxxvili) ,,. 9th Feb., 1899 ? ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. FOUNDED, 1833. INCORPORATED BY RoyaL CHARTER, 1885. OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1898-99. President. ROLAND TRIMEN, F.R.S., F.L.S. Vice-Presidents, Str GEORGE FRANCIS HAMPSON, Bart., B.A. ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S. GEORGE HENRY VERRALL. Treasurer, ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.LS. Secretaries, WALTER F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A., F.Z.S. FREDERIC MERRIFIELD. TDibrarian. GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.ZS. Council. WILLIAM BATESON, M.A., F.RB.S. WALTER F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A,, F.Z,S. GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S. THOMAS ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D. Str GEORGE F. HAMPSON, Bart., B.A. MARTIN JACOBY. ALBERT HUGH JONES. ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S. PHILIP BROOKES MASON, M.R.C.8., F.L.S. FREDERIC MERRIFIELD. (OSBERT SALVIN, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.) ROLAND TRIMEN, F.R.S., F.L.S. JAMES WILLIAM TUTT. GEORGE HENRY VERRALL. CHARLES OWEN WATERHOUSE. Resident Inbrarian. W. R. HALL. ( vi ) THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1833—1898. The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows at the following reduced prices :— PUBLIC. FELLOWS. First Ser’es, 4 volumes (18384—1849) ......... Price £4 13 0 £310 0 Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861)......... 8 0 0 615 0 Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) ......... LL 40; 10 410 0 The Transactions for the year 1868 ............ is 0) USGO Teese escree 1 2 o| URS YA) eaaceanecase ib key 0) 2 5 0 iti re 15 0 | Gy PP aeaamsers sac Ly 2570 IESG Monkeroccnoer 1160 Koy (ee serennesoeen 112 0 UGH 5 asprscneccts 1 2 0 3.0 0 5 1 US(A6y sennnonasqer 112 0 Sipe acco se) P IES Co imecnaenceose 00 015 O US TOR eee ee 1 2) 0 O16 6 ASSO ee 019 0 014 3 OSU a eeceseeee 1G 40 i s SS 2 i ee eres. 110 O 12 6 SSSR 0 10 3 LS SAl es Sea eees L310 LO ISSO Ae sca ib to) Mt) On9G SSC Sees asee I 16540 019 6 ISSiteeeeec 1 4 6 019 O iste te Wecopesosenee 115 0 163 US89 eee ees 116 6 i i © SOO Nese 119 0 110 0 LSO 1) eee ee- 116) 0 iO ute} Py eae Seesoodee 1 We) ib al US} BY Sraconcoacce 1) 6 019 3 Ket) 2 Sepeoabeeseee LONG eae: S05 eee ees I ib 9) SOG: eoceseet c= LLORO if Saal USS Res noarenece 1 4 0 018 0 SOG Mecen ences LeSeLO ak es Any single volume from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows. First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. i.—iv., and Second Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately. The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following : Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayana?.....cccecceeeeees 212 0 £119 0 Baly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. 1., A posta- SROBI eek Soca cvs See eS ee ea 016 0 012 0 Saunders’ ‘British Heterogyna and Fossorial PTY MENODECT IE pieces cote one nee ame eae ee 0 46 OVSy4 Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’ Daron ecsaeneece nese cea ce se eee ee OMG a0 0 4 6 Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifoliw’ (Prize Essay) (Om ake 9) yak ©) The JouRNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is bound up with the TRANSACTIONS. Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current year, are entitled to receive the Transactions for the year without further payment, and they will be forwarded free, by post, to any address. (vii) CONTENTS. PAGE Explanation of the plates _... es es of = wie Vili Errata i a aA Vili List of Gellows.. si mee ee oes Ze ce ie a ix Additions to the Library oon oD ee “ “ez ia Pe XAT IV. XVII. MEMOIRS. . On some new or little-known Species of African Butterflies. By RotanD TrimEn, F.R.S., F.L.S., Pres. Ent. Soc. Lond. oe . Some Results of recent Experiments in hybridising Tephrosia bistortata and Tephrosia cr eDisene: By James WILLIAM Tort, EES. ... 17 . A List of Rumanian Oreo prer meet [Mesecniions of Aimee new Species. By Matcorm Burr, F.Z.S8. xe oe 43 Notes on American and other Tingitide with Deseriphons of two new Genera and four Species. By GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S. Bs 55 . A List of the Cicindelide, Cuabide and Staphylinide eolleered = Mr. J. J. Warker, R. N., F.L.S., in the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. By Guorer CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S. ... .. 65 . Descriptions of new Species of American Rhopalocera. By F. Du CANE GopmANn, F.R.S., F.L.S., and Ospert Satvin, M.A., TRIS oe 105 . On some Phytophasons Galecnters (Hamolpide) ier ine felends of Mauritius and Réunion. By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S.

) 15) ” 9s 9 ue one ” ” Purchased. Everts (J. E.). Coleoptera Neerlandica. Deel I. 8vo, ’sGravenhage, 1898. The Author. Fert (E. P.). Elm-leaf Beetle in New York State. [Bull. N. Y. State Mus., Vol. V., 1898. ] The Author. Freser (F. X.). Rhynchotographieen. [Abh. Konigl. Bohm. Ges. der Wissenschaften, V. Folge, 7 Band. 1851. ] G. W. Kirkaldy. @ xxv) Finn (F.). Contributions to the theory of warning colours and mimicry, Nos. I—IV. (Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Vols. LXV.—LXVII., 1895—1897. ] The Author. FowLer (W. W.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satyin (0.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. | GILLErTE (C. P.). American Leaf-hoppers of the subfamily Typhlocybine. [Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX., 1898. ] The Author. GopMaNn (F. D.) and Satvry (O.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. Arancidea by O. P. Cambridge. J/nsecta by W. F. H. Blandford, G. C. Champion, H. Druce, W. W. Fowler, H. S. Gorham, A. Pictet, H. de Saussure, and F. M. van der Wulp. Parts CXL.—CXLYV. GorHam (H. 8.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0O.). Biologia Centrali-A mericana. | GrimsHaw (P. H.). Nottinghamshire Diptera: a preliminary list. [Naturalist, 1898. ] The Author. Grote (A. Radcliffe). Specializations of the Lepidopterous Wing, the Pieri- nymphalidz. [Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. XXXVII., 1898. ] The Author. Hanpiirscu (Ant.). Monographie der Phymatiden. [Ann. K.-K. Hofmus. Wien, Bd. XII., Hft. 2, 1897.] The Author. Horvatu (G.). Fauna Regni Hungariz. Hemiptera. 8vo, Budapest, 1897. The Author. Howarp (L. O.). On some new Parasitic Insects of the subfamily Encyr- tinge [Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXI., 1898.] [See U.S. Department of Agriculture, division of Entomology. | U.S. Dept. Agriculture. JANET (C.). Etudes sur les Fourmis, les Guépes et les Abeilles, 14e Note. 8vo, Limoges, 1897. = 15¢ Note. [Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1897.] The Author. Jounson (W.G.). Report on the San José scale in Maryland, and remedies for its suppression and control. [Maryland Agric. Expt. Stn. Bull. No. 57, 1898.] The Author. Kirpy (W. F.). Marvels of Ant Life. 8vo, London, 1898. The Author. Kirkatpy (G. W.). Description d’une espéce nouvelle de Notonectidee (Hémiptéres) de la collection du Muséum histoire naturelle de Paris. : (Bull. Mus d’Hist. Nat., No. 3, 1898.] The Author. Konow (F. W.). Ueber wenig bekannte oder bisher zweifelhalfte sowie einige neue palaarktische Tenthrediniden. [Entom. Nachr., X XII., 1896. ] G. W. Kirkaldy. Lron (N.). Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Mundteile der Hemipteren. [Inaug.-Dissert. der Philos. Fak. zu Jena, 1887. ] G. W. Kirkaldy. Gebocae ® Linnt [Lixnzvus] (Carl von). Systema Nature per regna tria naturz, secundum Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, cum characteribus differentiis, synonyimis, locis. Tom. I., editio decima. 1758, cura Societatis Zoologicze Germanicz iterum edita, A. MDCCCXCIV. 8vo, Lipsiz, 1894. Purchased. Linect (M. L.). New species of Coleoptera of the family Chrysomelide, with a short review of the tribe Chlamydini. [Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX., 1897.] Coleopterous Insects of the Galapagos Islands. [Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXI., 1898.] The Author. Lintner (J. A.). Twelfth Report on the injurious and other Insects of the State of New York for the year 1896. 8vo, Albany, N. Y., 1897. The Author. Lowk (V.H.). Plant Lice: Descriptions, Enemies and Treatment. LN. Y. Agric. Expt. Stn., Bull. No. 189, 1897.] Cottonwood Leaf Beetle. Green Arsenite. [N. Y. Agric. Expt. Stn., Bull. No. 143, 1898.] The Author. Mackinnon (P. W.) and Nicf&virre (L. de). List of the Butterflies of Mussoorie in the Western Himalayas and neighbouring regions. (Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. XI., 1897, 1898. ] The Authors. McLacuian (R.). Odonata collected by the Rev. A. E. Eaton in Algeria, with annotations. [Ent. Monthly Mag.,2 Ser., Vol. VIII., 1897.] Some new Species of Trichoptera belonging to the European Fauna, with notes on others. [Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. IX., 1898.] The Author, Marcuat (Paul.). La dissociation de ’ceuf en un grand nombre d’individus distincts et le cycle évolutif chez VEncyrtus fuscicollis (Hyménoptére). [C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1898. ] The Author. Marrarr (C. L.). [See U. 8S. Department Agriculture, division of Ento- mology. } Meiers (J.C. H. de). [See Wuxp (F. M. van der).] Morvey (Claude). The New Forest in May. [Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. VI., 1895.] A Day in Kirby’s Country. [Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. VIII., 1897.] A list of the Hymenoptera-Aculeata of the Ipswich District. (Entomologist, 1898. ] The Author. Nic&vILLE (L. de.). [See Ewes (H. T.) and Mackinnon (P.W.)] OrmerRoD (Eleanor A.). Handbook of Insects injurious to Orchard and Bush Fruits, with means of prevention and remedy. S8vo, London, 1898. The Author. PackarD (A. §.). Text Book of Entomology, including the Anatomy, Physiology, Embryology and Metamorphoses of Insects. 8vo, New York, 1898. A Half Century of Evolution. [Proc. Am. Assn. Adv. Sci., Vol. XLVII., 1898.] The Author. (7 xvi) PeRINGUEY (L.) Descriptions of some new or little-known South African Mutillide. Catalogue of the South African Hispinze (Coleoptera). [Ann. 8. African Mus., Vol. I., 1898.] The Author. Pictrr (A.). [See ,Gopman (F. D.) and Savin (O.). Biologia Centrali- Americana. | Pinrers (M. C.). Die Farbenevolution (Phylogenie der Farben) bei den Pieriden. (Tijd. Ned. Dierk. Ver. (2), 1898.] ~The Author. RevurTer (Enzio). Berattelse Ofver skadeinsekters upptradande i Finlandar, 1897. [Landt. Meddelanden, No. XXIITI., 1898. ] On a New Classification of the Rhopalocera, [Ent. Rec. and Journ. Var., Vol. X., 1898. ] The Author. Reuter (O. M.). Hémiptéres Gymnocérates d’Europe, du bassin de la Mediterranée et de Asie Russe. Tomes I.—III., 1878—18838. [Acta Soc. Sci. Fennicee, Tomus XIII., 1584. ] Purchased. Rogerson (C.). New or little-known North American Bees. [Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis., Vol. VIII., No. 3, 1898.] The Academy. SaussurRE (H. de). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Sarvin (O.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. ] Scuauruss (C.). Beitrag zur Kaferfauna Madagascars. [Entom. Nachr., X VI., 1890. ] The Author. Scupper (S. H.). Revision of the Orthopteran Group Welanopli (Acridiile) with special reference to North-American Forms. [Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX., 1897. ] The Alpine Orthoptera of North America, [Appalachia, Vol. VIII., No. 4, Boston. 1898. ] The Orthopteran Group Scudderix.] [Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., Vol. XX XTIT., 1897. ] The Author. Sripritz (Georg). [See Ericuson, Insecten Deutschlands, Coleoptera. | SyempER (Georg). Die Schmetterlinge der Philippinischen Inseln. Beitrag zar Indo-Malayischen Lepidopterenfanna. Band 2. Die Nachtfalter-Heterocera. Lfg. 2. 4to, Wiesbaden, 1898. The Author. Sirrine (F. A.). A Spraying Mixture for Cauliflower and Cabbage Worms. [N. York Agric. Expt. Stn., Bull. No. 144, 1898. ] The Author. Smit (J. B.). [See Dyar (H. G.).] THEOBALD (F. V.). Notes on Injurious Insects. [Journ. 8. E. Agric. Coll., No. 6, 1897.] The San José Scale, and its probable introduction into England. 8vo, Ashford, 1898. The Author. Turr (J. W.). Some considerations on the Nature and Origin of Species. (Trans. City of Lond. Ent. Soc., 1897. The Author. (xxvii) UnireD Statrs DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (DIVISION OF ENTOMOLOGY), BuLieETINs (New Series), 1897—98. No. 10. Some miscellaneous results of the work of the Division of Entomology. (L. O. Howard.) No. 11. The Gipsy Moth in America. (L. O. Howard.) No. 12. The San José Scale in 1896—97. (L. O. Howard.) No. 18. Recent Laws against Injurious Insects in North America, together with the Laws relative to Foul Brood. (L. O. Howard.) No. 14. The Periodical Cicada. (L. O. Howard.) U.S. Dept. Agriculture. Van Dvzee (E. P.). Preliminary Review of the North American Delphacide. [Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., Vol. V., 1897.] The Author. VOLLENHOVEN (Dr. 8. C. Snellen van). Sepp’s Nederlandsche Insecten. 2nd Serie. II., Nos. 45—48. 4to, 1894—97. Purchased. WarRrEN (W.). New Geometridz in the Tring Museum. New Species of Drepanulidz, Uraniidze, Epiplemidze, and Geome- tride from the Papuan Region, collected by Mr. Albert S. Meek. New Indian Epiplemide and Geometride. New Species of Drepanulidee, Thyrididz, Uraniide, Epiplemide, and Geometride in the Tring Museum. [Nov. Zool., Vol. III., 1896. ] New Genera and Species of Moths from the Old-World Regions, in the ‘Tring Museum, Pts. I. and IT. New Genera and Species of Drepanulide, Thyrididze, Epiplemide, Uraniidae, and Geometride in the Tring Museum. New Genera and Species of Thyridide, Epiplemidz and Geometride, from South and Central America and the West Indies, in the Tring Museum. [Nov. Zool., Vol. IV., 1897. ] The Author. Wart (George). Pests and Blights of the Tea Plant. S8vo, Calcutta, 1898. The Author. WEED (Clarence M.). Studies in Pond Life, &c. [Bull. Ohio Agric. Expt. Stn., Techn. Ser., Vol. I., 1889. ] G, W. Kirkaldy. Wore (Ff. M. van der) and Mriere (J.C. H. de). Nieuwe Naamlijst van Nederlandsche Diptera. S8vo, ’s Gravenhage, 1898. The Authors. [See Gopman (F. D.), and Sarvyin (O.). Biologia Centrali- Americana. | (— sent 4) Periodicals and Publications of Societies. AFRICA. Cargt Town. South African Philosophical Society. Transactions, Vol. IX., The Society South African Museum. Annals. Vol. I., Pt. 1. Trustees S, Afr. Mus. AMERICA (NORTH). CANADA. HaciFax. Nova Scotian Institute of Science. Proceedings and Transactions. Viol EXG. Eta: The Institute. Lonpon, OnTARIO. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XXX., 1898. By Exchange. Monrrear. Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings and Transactions. Ser. 2, Vol. IIT., 1897. The Soctety. UNITED STATES. Burrato. Soc. Nat. Sci. Bull. Vol. V. The Society. CampripGE, Mass. Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, Annual Report, 1896—97. The Curator. New York. N.Y. Entomological Society. Journal, 1898. Purchased. PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings, 1898. By Exchange. Entomological News, 1898. Proceedings of the Entomological Section. Vol. IX. By Exchange. American Entomological Society. Transactions, 1898. : By Exchange. WasHInGTon. Entomological Society. Proceedings, 1898. Purchased. U.S. National Museum. Proceedings, Vol. XIX. The Museum. WEST INDIES. Jamaica. Institute of Jamaica. Journal, Vol. II., No. 5. The Institute. AMERICA (SOUTH). ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. Buenos Arres. Academia Nacional de Ciencias, Cordova. Boletin. Tomo XV. By Exchange. ( Sexe }} ASIA. INDIA. Bompay. Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. XI., Nos. 3, 4. By Exchange. AUSTRALASIA. ADELAIDE. Royal Society of South Australia. Transactions, Proceedings and Reports. Vol. XXII., Pt.1. - By Exchange. BRISBANE. Queensland Museum. Annals. The Museum. Sypney. The Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales, 1898. Agric. Dept. Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, 1898. By Exchange. NEW ZEALAND. We uneton. New Zealand Institute. Transactions and. Proceedings. Vol. XXX., 1897. The Institute. HUROPE. AUSTRIA-HUNGARY. Buparest. Rovartani Lapok. 1897. The Publishers. Termés zetrajzi Fuzetek, kiadja a Magyar nemzeti Mizeum. Vols. VII.—XX. 1882—1897. By Exchange. Vienna. K.-k. zoologische-botanische Verein (Gesellschaft) in Wien. Verhandlungen. Band XLVIII., 1898. By Exchange. Wiener entomologische Zeitung, 1898. By Purchase. BELGIUM. BrussEts. Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales, 1898. By Exchange. DENMARK. CopENHAGEN. Entomologiske Meddelelser. Bd. VI. By Purchase. FRANCE. Carn. Société Francaise d’Entomologie. Revue. Tome XVII. 1898. By Purchase, Soc. Linnéenne de Normandie. Bulletin. 1896. By Exchange. CHaTEAUROUX. Le Frélon, 1898. By Purchase. Lyon. Soc. Linnéenne de Lyon. Annales. 1896. By Exchange. Paris. L’Abeille, 1898. By Purchase. Soc. Entom. de France. Ann. et Bulletin. 1896. By Exchange. (@ xxx) GERMANY. BERLIN. Entomologischer Verein in Berlin. Berliner entomologische Zeitschrift. 1898, Hefte 1, 2. By Exchange. Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. 1898. Hefte 1, 2. By Exchange. Drespen. ‘‘Iris.” Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. Bd. XI., Hefte 1, 2. By Exchange. Franxrort. Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Bericht. Abhandlungen, Bd. XXI., Heft1. Bd. XXIII., Heft 4. Bd. XXIV., Heft 1. By Exchange. Stertry. Entomologischer Verein. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahrg. LIX., Hefte 1—6. By Exchange. Wirspavren. Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde. Jahrbicher. Jahrg. LI. By Exchange. GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. Buckuurst Hitt. Essex Naturalist. Vol. X. 1897—98. The Essex Field Club, Dusuin. Roy. Dublin Society. Transactions and Proceedings. : By Exchange, LrEeps. Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. Transactions. Pt. 21. The Yorks. Nat. Union. Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1898. By Purchase. Athenewun. The Publishers. City of London Entomological and Natural History Society. Transactions for 1897. The Society. Entomologist (The). 1898. R. South. Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine, 1898. The Editors. Linnean Society of London. Transactions, Vol. VII., Pt. 4. Journal, Nos. 169—172. By Exchange. Nature. 1898. The Publishers. Nature Notes. 1898. The Publishers. Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. 1898. The Club. Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. 3rd Ser., Vol. IX. The Society. Royal Microscopical Society. Journal. 1898. By Exchange. Royal Society. Proceedings. Nos. 882—404. By Exchange. Year Book. 1896—97, 1897—98. By Exchange. Philos. Trans. Ser. B., Nos. 187—189. By Exchange. South London Entomological and N. H. Society. Proceedings, 1897. : The Society. Year Book of Se.cntific Societies. 1898. By Purchase. Zoological Record for 1897. By Purchase. Zoological Socisty. Proceedings, 1898. Transactions, Vol. XIV., Test BOs Te to 2 Wa Teta Ihe By Exchange. Zoologist (The). 1898. The Publisher. Wve (Kent). Journal 8.E. Agricultural College. Nos. 6 and 7. 1898. F.V. Theobald. (Go pxcxextie 9) HOLLAND. Tue Hacur. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr. 1898. Nos. 1, 2. By Exchange. IMMA De FLorENcE. Societa Entomologica Italiana. Bullettino, XXTX. Pt. 4. 1898. By Exchange. Genoa. Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova. Annali. Ser. 2. Viol XVALI. By Exchange. RUSSIA Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. 1897 and 1898, Pt. 1. By Exchange. Sr. Pererspurc. Societas Entomologice Rossice. Hore. Tome XXXI° 1897. By Exchange. Académie Impériale des Sciences. Annuaire du Musée Zoologique, 1898, No. 1. FF. D. Godman. SWITZERLAND. Gwyxerva. Sociétéde Physique et V’Histoire Naturelle. Mém. Tome XXXIIL., 2e Partie. By Exchange. Soc. Ent. Suisse. Bulletin, Vol. X. Heft2. By Exchange. SCHAFFHAUSEN. Schweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft. | Mitthei- lungen, Heft 2. 1898. By Exchange. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY LONDON For THE YEAR 1898. I. On some new or little-known Species of African Butter- jlies. By RotanD TRIMEN, F.R.S., F.LS., Pres. Ent. Soc. Lond. [Read November 8rd, 1897.] PuatE I. THE butterflies here described are the following, vid. :— ACREINA. Acrexa hypoleuca, sp. 0. LYCHNID&. Lycena gigantea, sp. n Desmolycena (g. n.) mazoensis, sp. n. Aphnexus erikssoni, Trim., g. Lolaus alienus, sp. n. Durbania pallida, sp. n. Mimacrea marshalli, sp. n. HESPERIIDZ. Pyrgus delagox, sp. n. The Lyczenide are all natives of Mashunaland, and have been sent to me by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall. The actual locality of the Acrxa is not known; the unique ~ example TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PARTI. (APRIL.) 1 2 Mr. R. Trimen on is in the Hope Department of the Oxford University Museum, and was kindly lent by Prof. Poulton for des- cription. The Pyrgus was taken by the Rev. H. Junod at Delagoa Bay, and is in his collection at Neuchatel. One of the Lycznidx presents characters in combina- tion that amount to generic value, and I propose for it anew genus, Desmolycwna. Two others, Lycwna gigantea and Mimacrea marshalli, exhibit mimetic relations with the protected group Acreine, but the former to a less extent than the latter. Fam. NYMPHALIDA. Subfam. ACRAINA. Genus ACRHEA. Acrxa hypoleuca, sp. n. (Pl. I, fig. 1). ¢. Exp.al., 2in. 2lin. Fulvous-ochreous, each wing with the following black markings, vid.:—two disco-cellular spots (one being terminal) ; an irregular discal series of seven spots; and a hind- marginal border containing pale spots ; cilia white, narrowly inter- rupted with fuscous at extremities of nervules. Forewing: costa narrowly edged with black ; spot in cell subreniform, just beyond origin of Ist median nervule ; terminal cellular spot attenuated superiorly ; below median nervure a small slender oblique spot ; in discal series, the first three spots are united and form, with the smaller separate fourth spot, a narrow rather oblique subapical bar between costa and 3rd median nervule,—the fifth is round, nearer base, between 2nd and 8rd median nervules,—the sixth, also rounded, is between 2nd and 1st median nervules, immediately below terminal disco-cellular spot,—and the seventh is reniform, below 1st median nervule and not far from posterior angle; hindmarginal border rather narrow, enclosing eight rather large (but inferiorly diminish- ing) almost contiguous spots of the ground-colour, so that these are outwardly bounded only by a linear black edging of even tenuity, but inwardly by much wider black, which is a little diffuse, and, while of even width near costa, becomes unequal and strongly dentated inwardly between nervules below 2nd radial. Hindwing : a very narrow blackish suffusion at base; spot in cell oblique, narrow, just above origin of 1st median nervule ; spot at extremity of cell very small; in discal series, the spots are smaller than in New or little-known African Butterflies. 3 forewing, the 4th being smallest and farthest from base, and the Ist and 6th nearest to base ; hindmarginal border of even and moderate width (its inner edge very slightly irregular), enclosing seven small but rather conspicuous rounded white spots, of which the last, at anal angle, is geminate. UNDERSIDE.—Hindwing and broad apical bar of forewing white ; disco-cellular and discal spots as on upper- side. Forewing: in discoidal cell an additional small sub-basal black spot, preceded by a black dot ; black on inner side of hind- marginal border thin and diffuse, and partly effaced by radiation of the apical white along the nervules as far as 2nd median. Hind- wing : on costa at base a fulvous-ochreous spot; bases of nervures clouded with black ; the following additional black spots, vid. :—a small one on costa very near base ; a large, elongate, sub-basal one between costal and subcostal nervures; a similar large elongate one between median and submedian nervures ; and two small spots below submedian nervure ; on the right side only, there is a very small spot near base in discoidal cell ; an eighth spot in discal series, below submedian nervure ; white spots in hindmarginal black border very much larger than on upperside, and outwardly bounded by a merely linear black edging. Palpi ochre-yellow ; abdomen pale dull creamy-ochreous, clouded. with blackish in its basal part. From its nearest ally, A. chilo, Godm., ~, this remark- able species differs in its (1), much reduced black mark- ings throughout—especially, on the upperside, the sub- basal disco-cellular spot in the forewing, and the basal clouding in the hindwing; (2), small white and rounded spots—as in A. violarum, Boisd—in the hindmarginal black border of the hindwing on the upperside, instead of large dull-reddish crescentic ones; (3), more ochreous eround-colour of upperside, in tint like that of A. anacreon, Trim. ; and (4), much purer white of hindwing and apex of forewing on underside. Another curious feature in this Acrva is that, although clearly belonging to the zetes and acara group and a close ally of A. chilo and A. bar- beri, Trim., yet the hindmargin of the forewings is not incurved about the median nervules as in that group, but is even and almost straight, as in A. violarwm and A. nohara, Boisd. The only example known to me is in the Oxford Uni- versity Museum, where Prof. Poulton most kindly brought it to my notice; it bears a ticket “Coll. Watson, 1871,” but unfortunately no record of locality. It is unquestion- 4, Mr. R. Trimen on ably African, and I think not unlikely to prove a native of some dry and elevated part of the S. W. tropical area. The pure-white underside of the hindwings and apices of the forewings is very striking and peculiar, and must make the butterfly highly conspicuous in repose; and in life there can be little doubt that the rufous of the entire upperside and of the forewings on the underside was of a much brighter and livelier tint than is now seen in the specimen—red colouring in the Acrwx invariably fading greatly after death. Fam. LYCANIDA. Lycena gigantea, sp. n. (Pl. I, figs. 2, $; 3, 2). Exp. al.($)2in. 1lin. ; (9) 2in.25lin. Allied to LZ. leucon, Mab., but much larger. ¢. Rather dull pale lilacine-blue, with a pinkish tinge; the conspicuous spotting of the underside showing faintly through the wings; a rather strongly-marked black hindmarginal edging streak ; cilia blackish, faintly tipped with whitish and mixed with whitish at posterior angle of forewing, and between 2nd median nervule and anal angle of hindwing. Forewing: an almost linear terminal disco-cellular black striola, which looks diffused on both sides owing to the large broad corresponding marking on the under- side showing through. Hindwing: between Ist and 2nd median nervules a hindmarginal small blackish spot, scaled with bluish- white, and bounded internally by a very faint stain of orange; a similar but much smaller and fainter hindmarginal spot immediately above submedian nervure; at extremity of Ist median nervule a short rather thick black tail. UNpbErRsipE.—Dull-white, with con- picuous black spots ; costal border of both forewing and hindwing, and neuration generally, ochre-yellowish, and a tinge of the same tint over hindwing generally. Forewing: terminal disco-cellular spot much the largest on the entire underside, very broad, reniform ; discal series irregular, consisting of 8 spots—of which the 1st (on costa), the 7th, and the 8th (geminate, below Ist median nervule), are much smaller than the rest, and in a line with the round 2nd and 5th spots—the round 3rd and the much larger and obliquely-elon- gated 4th are beyond the rest,—and the ovate 6th (between Ist and 2nd median nervules) is before the rest; a well-marked submarginal black streak, interrupted regularly on each nervule, from costa to sub- median nervure; hindmargin edged with a sharply-defined thin black line. Hindwing: a sub-basal series of three round spots—of New or little-known African Butterflies. 5 which the largest is between costal and subcostal nervures, a smaller one in discoidal cell, and the smallest on inner margin ; terminal disco-cellular marking elongate, curved, but little more than a third of the width of the corresponding marking in forewing ; eight spots in irregular discal series decreasing in size from costa to inner margin,—the 1st, 6th, and 8th before, and the 3rd and 4th beyond, the remaining three ; submarginal black streak situated as in fore- wing, but lunulate, and with much wider interruptions on nervules, —its 6th lunule faint orange-yellow, instead of black ; hindmarginal black spot just beyond this. orange-yellow lunule and smaller black spot at anal angle, thickly scaled with bluish-silvery ; a few black scales between the two spots ; hindmarginal black edging linear. Q. Pale-greyish, inclining to whitish on discs ; both wings, ex- cept along costal and hindmarginal borders, shot with pale-blue,— the former strongly, the latter slightly. Forewing : terminal disco- cellular marking very large and broad, as on underside, but not so sharply defined ; a submarginal ill-defined dusky stripe, succeeded by some very indistinct, sublunulate whitish marks. Hindwing: a submarginal ill-defined lunulate dusky stripe, immediately succeeded by a series of tolerably distinct whitish lunules, of which the three lower ones at their extremities unite with a white streak imme- diately preceding the black hindmarginal edging streak ; blue-scaled black spot between 1st and 2nd median nervules considerably larger than in ¢, and the preceding orange lunule better defined. Under- side asin g. A very worn female of this species in the British Museum, from Lake Nyanza, has been associated erroneously by Mr. A. G. Butler with the female of his Castalius hypoleucus (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1893, pp. 660—61), from Lake Nyassa.* The Nyanza female in question still retains part of the tail on the hindwing—an appendage wholly absent in L. perpulchra (hypoleuca). The nearest ally of Z. gigantea is L. lewcon, Mab., a native of Madagascar, which is, however, very much smaller, the male being barely 1 in. 3 lin. in expanse of wings, and on the upperside of a pure sky-blue, with paler discs, and a well-defined narrow black hindmarginal * As the Rev. Dr. Holland has pointed out (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XVill, p. 239, 1895), C. hypoleucus is identical with his Lycxna per- pulchra described in the ‘ Entomologist’ for September, 1892, as well as with my own Lycena exclusa (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 47, pl. vi, fig. 11, ¢). 6 Mr. R. Trimen on border in the forewing, as well as sublunulate linear dark marks in the hindwing. On the underside the two species in the main agree; but in. the forewing, LZ. gigantea has actually and relatively much larger terminal disco-cellular and discal spots, and a much stronger and more continu- ous submarginal black streak, but it wants the succeeding marginal series of black spots found in L. lewcon ; while in the hindwing the spots are all relatively smaller, and (as in the forewing) there are no hindmarginal spots except the blue-scaled ones below 2nd median nervule,—the tail being shorter and not white-tipped. L. gigantea is not so nearly allied to either LZ. perpulchra or L. mashuna, Trim., which are similarly characterised by the heavy black spotting of the underside * but have no tail on the hindwing. The extraordinary size of the terminal disco-cellular spot, and the great elongation of the fourth spot of the discal series, in the forewing, and the black subterminal streak in both wings are features of the underside which at once distinguish L. gigantea. The lilacine-blue tint of the male on the upperside brings it nearer to LZ. mashuna, but the dull-white ground of the underside resembles that of L. perpulchra. ‘The very much greater size is also of importance, L. gigantea being the largest Lycwna known to me, while LZ. perpulchra does not exceed 1 in. 9 lin. (2?) and LZ. mashuna 1 in. 8 lin. (2 ) in expanse of wings. Five specimens of this exceedingly fine Lycwna were taken by Mr. Marshall, a male in the Mazoe Valley on the 16th October, 1894, and three other males with a female at Gadzima, Umfuli Valley, Mashunaland, on 18th December, 1895. The first-named male was flying through fairly thick bush in which there were few or no flowers, and settled on the ground among some dead leaves. * There is some ground for believing that this great and unusual development of the black spots on the underside is in imitation of certain Acrexe, especially in the case of LZ. mashuna, in which the ground-colour is ochre-yellow. Mr. Marshall wrote to me that on 20th October, 1894, he saw two of this Lycena sleeping on the end of a stem of dry grass among a number of Acrexa nohara and A. caldarena, and was struck with the general similarity of their under- side to that of the Acree; he also noticed that in the attitude of repose the forewings of the Lycwna were well depressed between the hindwings, giving the insect the elongate outline of an Acra. New or little-known African Butterflies. i DESMOLYCANA, gen. n. Allied to the genera Lycexnesthes, Hypolycena, and Zeritis. d Head small: eyes smooth ; palpi long, porrect, not rising more than half-way to vertex, the second joint decidedly long, flattened laterally, and inferiorly densely clothed with elongate erect scales, and the terminal joint very short, slender, cylindrical, rather blunt, clothed with closely-appressed scales ; antennz long (almost three- fifths as long as costa of forewing), rather slender, but with very well-developed, elongate, cylindrical, blunt club. Thorax rather slender. Forewings rather elongate, with somewhat acute apex ; hindmargin incurved a little above posterior angle, costa and inner margin nearly straight ; costal nervure ending about middle of costa ; subcostal nervure 4-branched—the 1st nervule originating a long way and the 2nd a moderate distance before extremity of discoidal cell,—the 3rd (very short) originating considerably nearer to apex than to extremity of cell, and the 4th running to apex itself; upper radial united to subcostal nervure a little beyond extremity of cell, lower radial originating rather nearer to subcostal than to median nervure. Hindwings slightly lobate at anal angle, and bearing a rather long moderately-slender tail at extremity of submedian nervure :; costa beyond basal prominence very slightly curved ; costal nervure extending to apex ; subcostal nervules originating a little before extremity of discoidal cell. Legs rather short, moderately stout ; tarsi of first pair rather long, with inferior bristles well developed. Type: Desmolycena mazoensis, sp. 0. I am unable satisfactorily to assign the Lycznide above characterised to any recognised genus, and therefore pro- pose a new one for it, although hesitating to do so in the absence of any specimen of the female. In neuration this butterfly is in agreement with the genus Lycwnesthes, but is of far more slender structure throughout: it has porrect palpi with short and blunt (instead of long and acuminate) terminal joint; longer antennze with cylindrical and blunt (instead of flattened and acuminate) club; a single longish sublinear tail on the hindwings instead of 3 slender pencils of short hairs; and an underside pattern and colouring altogether different from that of Lycwnesthes. From Hypolycena the new form differs markedly in palpi, 8 Mr. R. Trimen on neuration (especially in having one more subcostal nervule in the forewings), outline of wings, and Zeritis-like under- side; but agreement between the two genera is found in the antennez, the slender structure, and the colouring of the upperside. The relation to Zeritis is shown towards the rather aberrant section of that genus which wants the usual fifth branch of the subcostal nervure in the fore- wings, and includes Z. chrysantas, Trim., and Z. leroma (Waller.) ; and it is the last-named species to the colour- ing of whose underside that of D. mazoensis exhibits so much resemblance. Desmolycxna mazoensis, sp. n. (Pl. I, fig. 4). 6 Exp.al. Udlin.—lin. Greyish-brown, strongly shot throughout with bright violaceous; hindmargins with a linear fuscous edging ; cilia white ; on submedian nervure of hindwing a linear black tail, reddish at base and conspicuously white at tip. UNnbErstpE.—Pale brownish-grey, with numerous silvery and black spots ; a hindmarginal linear black edging emitting a short acute projection on each ner- vule ; in each wing the following silvery spots, vid.: a linear transverse terminal disco-cellular mark, finely dark-edged on both sides ; some sub-basal and cellular spots; a highly irregular discal series of eight ; and a regular submarginal series : all these silvery spots slender and many sublinear, most of them edged in parts with some black scales, and each (except the terminal disco-cellular ones, two in discoidal cell of forewing, and one close to anal angle of fore- wing, and one close to anal angle of hindwing) succeeded by a completely separate black spot of corresponding size. Forewing: A short silvery streak along lower edge of costal nervure near base, some silvery scales near costal margin, and three spots in discoidal cell towards the extremity ; the exceedingly irregular discal series of spots is preceded by a subcostal row of three, placed longitudinally between 1st subcostal and upper radial nervules, the outermost of these making the uppermost of the discal series of six; the black spots accompanying these discal ones increasing in size downward to below Ist median nervule ; below median nervure and its Ist nervule a sub-basal black spot followed by a premedian one. Hindwing : some silvery basal scales, succeeded by a partly indistinct series of five very small silvery and blackish spots running straight from costa to inner-margin—the 3rd spot being in discoidal cell ; a sub-basal series of three elongate silvery marks, with accompanying separate black marks, between costal and submedian nervures—the middle New or little-known African Butterflies. 9 pair being in cell towards extremity ; in discal series of spots the first, seventh, and eighth are largest and most elongate, while the fifth (in fork of second and third median nervules) is minute ; 8 silvery marks in submarginal series, of which the last is elongate and extends from submedian nervure to inner-margin ; between the 7th mark and a silvery hindmarginal spot is an orange-yellow mark, and at anal angle a large round black spot. Described from four examples, which vary somewhat in the size and distinctness of the black spots of the underside. On the upperside this butterfly looks very like an ordinary Lycwnesthes or Hypolycena, but the underside pattern and markings are quite unlike anything in those genera, and come near to those found in Aphnaus pseudo- zeritis, Trim., while their colouring resembles that of the more brightly marked examples of “Zeritis leroma (Wallgr.). The singular association of an entirely separate black spot with nearly every silvery spot is altogether peculiar, and at first sight renders it difficult to gain a clear idea of the actual pattern. Mr. G. A. K. Marshall wrote that he had taken eleven males, but no female, of this curious little species in the Mazoe River district of Mashunaland during the last ten days of October, 1894; he notes it as abundant about the same “machabel” trees at the top of a kopje that were frequented by Aphnxus erikssoni and its congeners. Genus APHNZUS, Aphneus erikssoni, Trim. (Pl. I, fig. 5, $). 2. Aphnexus erikssoni, Trim., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 86, n. 65; pl. ix, fig. 15. 3d Exp. al. 1 in. 6$-74 lin. Ground-colour brighter and deeper in tint than that of the 2, more ferruginous, and bounded hind- marginally by an ill-defined narrow fuscous border ; forewing with the discal yellow-ochreous spots redder in tint and better defined, and with a small irregular basi-inner-marginal patch of bright metallic blue. Forewing: a narrow fuscous cloud along costal margin ; terminal disco-cellular spot narrow, vertical ; 5 discal spots rounded, distinct, ringed with dark scales; blue patch from base 10 Mr. R. Trimen on lying mainly between median nervure and inner-margin but en- croaching on discoidal cell at base, extending superiorly not much beyond origin of Ist median nervule, but inferiorly along inner- margin to beyond middle, where it ends abruptly and truncately ; in discoidal cell, at about its middle, a metallic-blue spot, variable in size and distinctness. Hindwing : a moderately-wide basal fuscous space, with a faint gloss of blue which extends over lower part of discoidal cell and along 1st median nervule ; inner-marginal fold dull pale-yellowish, densely clothed with grey hair, which becomes whitish just before anal angle ; on disc beyond middle on each side of radial nervule, a small yellowish fuscous-ringed spot, marked with some blue scales. Cilia white, with rather wide brownish interrup- tions at ends of nervules, UNDERSIDE.— 104 (1855). eumonia, Mén., isenrenies Reise, p. 34, t. ili, 4 ab. ? et var, adyte, Hiibn., 759-60 ; cf Schilde, Stett. ent. Zeit., 1873, p. 179 : (var. minor, alpestris, inconstans, ? trans. in part ad euryalem.) var. livonica, Teich., Stett. ent. Zeit., 1866, p. 133 (inconstans, ¢ al. spose ibe sinsesloribtun) 36. EURYALE, Esp., 118, 2, 3; Hiibn., Meyer-Diir, p. 177 (bona sp. in part. secut Penal oe guenda.) var. euryaloides, Tengstr., Cat., p. 11. jeniseiensis, Trybom, Ofver. Vet. Forh., 1877, p. 46. (var. inconstans, ocellis subnullis, ? trans ad ligeam in part.) var. ocellaris, Stgr., Cat., p. 11 (inconstans, 3 supra mac. (non Waser) rufis al. post. subt. grisescentibus.) 789-90 ; ef. Akad. 37. META, Stgr., Stett. ent. Zeit, 1886, p. 237 gertha, Stgr., l. c. (var. inconstans fasc. majus distinctis.) mopsos, Stgr., l. ¢., p. 239 (var. } major minus ocellata et fasciata) ; alexandra, Ster., 1. ¢., 1887, p. 55 . issyka, Ster., lc. . : : - var. ? melanops, Christ., Hor., Ent. Ross., xxiii, p- 299 . 38. LAPPONA, Esp., 108, 3 (1798 ?) Eur. centr. et sept., It. mont., Balk. pen., Ural, Sib. occ. centr. et or., Kamschatka, Norv. _ bor. Dovrefjeld, Fen. Alp. ? Liv., Mt. Oesel. Fen. Alp., Pyr., Sil. Hung, it: mont., Dahu- ria. Fen., Ross. bor., Sib. bor. ad 68° N. Tyrol, Styr. et Car. Alp. Prov. Nama- gan mont. Prov. Samar- kand,Kuldja. Alexander mts., Turkes- tan or. Issykut, Turk- estan. Prov. kand. Alp., Carp., Scand., Balk. mont., Lap, Altai ? Samatr- 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. Revision of the Genus Erebia. var. sthennyo, Grasl., Ann. Soc. Fr., 1850, t. 10, 1-3 (inconstans, fase supra a mbine Shroteta vel indistinctis.) oonus, Ev., Bull. Mose., 1843, iii, 538, t. 8, 5, a,b; H.-S., 291-92 sto, Alph., Lep. Kuldja (e« Hor. Ross, Ent., 1881) p. 83, t. xv, 20, g, 21, a ; ? var. vel bona sp. mongolica, Ersch., Hor Ent. Roe XXil, p. 199, t. ix, fig. 3, ¢ (1888) ; Gr.-Gr., Rom. Mém., iv, p. 452, t. xiv, 3, ¢ (1890). DABANENSIS, Ersch., Hor. Ent. Ross., viii, p. 315 (1872) ; Rom. Mém., ii, t. xvi, 1, ¢ ? var. tundra, Stgr., Rom. Mém., iii, p. 148, t. viii, 1, 2 (1888) ; : TURANICA, Ersch., Hor. Ent. Ross., xii, p. 336 (1876) ; Alph., dc. (in sep.) t. xv, 22 var. leta, Stgr., Stett. ent. Zeit., 1881, p. 275. ? var. tristis, Gr.-Gr., Hor. Ent. Ross., xxvii, p. 383 (non vidi). EMBLA, Thunb., Diss. Ent., 11 (Dec. mere Soy ta L...85 8 : ; : var. succulenta, Alph., Rom. Mém., ix, p. 325, (1897) F ; : ; lama, Stgr., MSS. 7 (var. dunes distincte ocellata ? nomen conservandum. ) embla, var. vel. transitus ad disam ? embla-disa, Mén., ¢f. Mén., Cat. Lep. Nine Petr., p. 105 ; Mén., Lep. Sib. or., Schrenck’s Reise, p. 358 ; Mén,, Bull. he Acad. Petr., 1859, p. 218. 44, pisa, Thunb., J. c., p. 37 ; Freyer, 416, 1, 2 griela, Hitbn., 228-9. 181 Pyr. centr. Sib. mer. alp., Alatau mont. Kuldja prov. alp. Thian- shan,Transili alp. Dahuria mont. Sayansk mont. Alatau, Nama- gan, Thian- shan mont., 3 — 10,000 ped. alt. Scand. centr. et bor., Ross. sept., Sib. bor.ad 70° N. Amur sup. et inf. Kamschatka, Arga (Mon- golia). Proy. Irkutsk. ad fluv. Vil- ni, Vitim et Oudim. Lap. Norv. bor. Karelia. 182 45. 46. 47. 48. 49, 50. Mr. H. T. Elwes’s var. mancinus, Doubl. Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., ii, Prov. Alberta, . p. 380, Atlas, t. 54 (1850-52). : : Brit. Colum- (al. ant. supra disc. rufescentibus al. post. bia. subt. minus fasciatis.) Rossi, Curt., App. Ross. Voy., p. 67, t A, 7 Boothia Felix, (1835); Aurivillius, Ins. Vega Exp., ze Am. Arct. 67° p. 75, t. 1, 4 (1885) — 68° N,, var. vel. syn. ? ero, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib,, p- Hudson Bay, 20) b. alae St. Lawrence Bay, N. E. Asia, Apfel Gebirge (Amur sup.), Sayansk mts. Dahuria, Yenesei, 78° N.(Trybom). EDDA, Mén., Midd. Reise, p. 58, t. iii, 11 (1851) ; Sib. or. bor. Graeser, Berl. ent. Zeitschr, 1888, p.96 . (Prov. Ir- kutsk, Yene- sei flum. ad 65° N.) cycLoPius, Ev., Bull. Mosc., 1844, iii, 590, Ural mont., t; X1Va0, 2, Ds H=S:, 607-8 : : : Sib. centr. et or. TRISTIS, Brem., Bull. Acad., 1861, t.iii . . Amur(Burcija). wanga, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib., p. 20, t. ii, 1 ? var. sawicola, Ob., Et. Ent., ii, p. 32, t. iv, 1 Mongolia (1876) (non vidt) : 5 : ; : (Ourato). DISCOIDALIS, Kirby, Faun. Bor. Am., iv, p.298, Am. bor. Hud- t. iii, 2, 3; Graeser, Berl. ent. eae son Bay, 1888, p. 96 : Canada occ., lena, Christoph, Hor. Ent. Rose Xxlii, * 299, Prov. Alber- (fide Alphéraky, non vidi). ta, Amur. sup., Sib. or. et bor. ad ZOOIN. EPISTYGNE, Hiibn., Verz., p. 62 (1816) ; Hiibn., Gall. mer. or. 855-58 : ; : : j : mont. Revision of the Genus Erebia. 183 51. AFRA, Esp., 83, 4, 5 (1783) : ; : . Ross.mer., Altai mont.,Tarba- gatai mont., Cauc. mer. mont. var. dalmata, Godt., Enc. Méth., p. 530 . Dalmatia(prope (major ?, subtus majis unicolor, venis minus Zara), Aska- albicantibus.) bad, Persia sept. (fide Christoph, non vidi). Subgenus distinctum ? 52. FASCIATA. Butl., Cat. Sat. B. Mus., p. 92, t. 2,8 Amer. arct. (1868) : ; : . : : : (WinterCove, Cambridge Bay) voy. Collinson. 53. MAGDALENA, Streck.,'Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc., iii, Colorado alp., p. 35 (1880) ; Edw., Butt. N. Am. iii; pt. v ; 12 — 14,000 Ereb. i, 1-4 (1888) . : ‘ : ; ped. alt. 54, ERYNNIS (recte erinna), Stgr., Iris, vii, p. 247, Sayansk or. t. ix, 2, 9 (1894) ; : ‘ : i mont. Sib. Genus ? novum distinctum ad PARALASAM vel CALLERE- BIAM majus affine. 1, PARMENIO, Boeb., Nouv. Mém. Mosc., ii, p. 306, t. 19; H.-S., 421-22, 464-66 . . ... Sib. cent, etor. 2. Myops, Stgr., Stett. ent. Zeit., 1881, p. 296 . Alatau mont., Persia sept. 3. MARACANDICA, Ersch., Lep. Turk., p.17,t.1,13 Pamir, Alai (1874) : : - : . : : mer. 4, RADIANS, Stgr., Stett. ent. Zeit., 1886, p.240 . Kuldja mont., prov. Fer- ghana mont. 5, KALMUKA, Alph., Lep. Kuldja (Hor. Ent. Ross. Thianshan 1881), p. 81, t. 18, ¢, 19, 9 : 5 : mont. 6. HADES, Stgr., Berl. ent. Zeitschr., 1882, p.172. Alai, Pamir mont. 184 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s 7. HERSE, Gr.-Gr., Hor. Ent. Ross., xxv, p. 457 (1891) ; Leech, Butt. China, p. 99, t. ix, Tibet or., Sinin Thee Son teh ee : : : : : : mont. Genus PARALASA, Moore, Butt. Ind. 1. MANI, de Nicév., Journ. As. Soc. Beng., xlix, 2, p- 247 (1880) ; Butt. Ind., 1, p. 242, t. xv, 43, ¢ : : : ‘ . . Prov. Ladak. jordana, Stgr., Berl. ent. Zeitschr., 1882, Prov. Khokand p. 171 : : é . 5 mont. var. ? rovane, Gr.-Gr., Rom. Mém., ii, p. 401, Alai Pamir (1888) mont. (al. post. supra rufo-fasciatis, subtus punctis albis subnullis) 2, KALINDA, Moore, P.Z.S., 1865, p. 301, t. xxx, Him. oce, 9-- 5,2; Marsh. & de Nicév., Butt. Ind., p. 241 13,000 ped. alt. 3. SHALLADA, Lang, J. As. Soc. Beng., xlix, 2, Him. occ., 6— p. 247 (1880) ; Marsh. & de Nicév., 1. ¢., 8,000 ped. te Xavan a Deni: : : : ; : : alt. The group of small Erebias, which are mostly peculiar to the Alps of Europe, and some of which are rather local, have been separated generically under the name of Oreina, Westw.; but I can find no character which justifies their separation from Erebia, and even if there were, the name is preoccupied. Though several of the species occur abundantly together on the same ground, fly at the same time, and have similar habits, I have no reason to believe that hybrids occur ; and though abnormal varieties of HL. epiphron, me- lampus, eriphyle, pharte, manto, are often difficult to identify without a good series and an intimate knowledge of their variations, yet they can be separated without having recourse to the genitalia, when one knows them well enough. I have nothing to add to what I wrote of the varieties of L. epiphron and E. melampus ; but £. eriphyle, which I formerly thought a doubtful species, seems, now that I know it better from the fine series kindly given me by Dr. Chapman, to be distinct. In the Central Alps it is rare or local, the variety described by Freyer, which occurs at Davos, and occa- Revision of the Genus Hrebia. 185 sionally in other parts of Switzerland, being less distinctly marked than those from Tyrol and Carinthia, where in certain places it is very abundant. On the San and Kur Alps near Stetzing it seems to be very numerous, and flies in company with #. pharte (which it often very closely resembles), cassiope, and melampus. I have taken it myself only in the Lechthal, near the Arlberg pass, and failed to recognise it at the time. Dr. Chapman found it at San Anton, on the east side of that pass, the specimens from these places being intermediate be- tween those from Switzerland and Carinthia. It may be recognised on the upperside by the shape, and especially by the position, of the fulvous markings of the hindwing ; these are normally four in number, of which in Swiss specimens the two hindermost are usually faint or absent, and in Carinthian examples usually distinct. These marks are not placed in a regular line parallel to the outer margin, as in L. pharte, melampus, and cassiope but in pairs, of which the upper two are close together, and the second, always the most conspicuous, and the last to disappear, is more or less elongated towards the base of the wing. The band of the forewing has usually two (in the females and in both sexes from Carinthia sometimes three or four) black spots, which are very rare in E. pharte (I have only two females which show any trace of them), On the underside the male has the base of the forewing more suffused with rufous and the band of the forewing not so well defined. On the hindwing in the females and Carinthian males there is sometimes a fifth spot nearer the costa, in which case the elongated spot is the middle one. The colour of the hindwing in the female is more chocolate, and less grey than in Z. pharte. From £. mel- ampus it may be known by the absence of black eyes in the fulvous spots of the underside of the hindwing. There are occasionally small male specimens of Z. manto var. pyrrhula, which are hard to distinguish from Swiss speci- mens of L. eriphyle, and these as well as abnormal melam- pus often stand for it in collections; but, by using glass- bottomed drawers, which enable the whole series of undersides to be seen at once, the difference, however slight, can be appreciated, and though the females of ertphyle, pharte, and melampus are close, that sex of £. manto in all its varieties is easily distinguished by the pale base of the hindwing below. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (JUNE.) 13 186 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s Hrebia keferstent. This is an eastern form, of which I knew little nine years ago, but I have now received specimens from the Chamar Daban Mountains near Lake Baikal, where it seems abundant. It is nearest to H. melampus, from which it can usually (perhaps not always) be distinguished by the inner area of the forewing being more or less tinged with red-brown and the band on the inside being less well defined. The difference in the genitalia is however enough to decide on in doubtful cases. Erebia flavofasciata, Heyne. It seems almost incredible that a new species of Hrebia so distinct in appearance as this should be discovered in a part of the Alps which must have been often visited by collectors, but such is the case. It was found by Lieut.-Col. von Nolte on July 8, 1893, on the Campolungo pass between Fusio on the upper part of Val Maggia, and Faido on the Val Levantina in the Canton Ticino at about 7,500 feet elevation. It flies on the east side of the pass, on grassy slopes among rocks, in company with #. cassiope and gorge, and apparently comes out about the end of June, as some of the males were much worn on July 8. It is distinguished from £. melampus, to which it apparently comes nearest, and from all other species by a well-defined yellowish band on the underside of the hindwing, in which five dark spots appear. On the forewing below there are four similar spots, placed in a narrower darker band, which towards the hindwing becomes merged in the ground colour of the wing. On the upper side the bands are nearly or quite obsolete, well marked only towards the apex of the forewing. The spots above are in some specimens more or less obsolete, especially on the hind- wing. The female, which I have not seen, is said to resemble the male. Dr. Chapman informs me that there are two specimens of this species in Mr. Nicholson’s collection, which were taken by his father somewhere in the Upper Engadine, and there is little doubt that the species is not so re- stricted in its habitat as it now seems to be. The genitalia are distinct from those of £. melampus or any other species. Revision of the Genus Erebia. 187 Erebia christi. Ritzer, MT. Schweitz. ent. Ges. viii, p. 220, 1890, ¢. Schulz, Stett. ent. Zeit. lii, p. 359, 1892, °. The position of this newly discovered species is at present a little doubtful. It looks so near to some speci- mens of #. mnestva that I should have been doubtful as to its specific distinction if it were not for the genitalia, which show it to be different from all European species ; while its occurrence in quantity proves that it cannot be a hybrid between JH. cassiope and mnestra, of which it seems to combine the characters. Schulz, who first described the female, says that E. mnestra occurs in great numbers in the same place where he found £. chvisti, and after discussing carefully the opinions of Dr. Christ, of Ritzer, and of Dr. Staudinger, which he quotes, he comes to the conclusion that the species is more nearly allied to cassiope than to muestra, though it averages from a half to a quarter larger in size than E. cassvope. The only locality in which christi has been taken, so far as I know, is the Laguinthal near the village of Simpeln or Simplon on the pass of that name, where it flies during the first half of July on steep slopes covered with a rich Alpine vegetation between steep cliffs and stone shoots. : Erebia maurisius, BE. kindermanni, #. haberhauert and probably £. pawlowskyi and L. stubbendorfi form a group which comes nearest to #. pharte, and has a wide range all throughthe mountains of Central Siberia. Whether theycan be distinguished as separate species seems very doubtful,and the synonymy is difficult, because it is not easy to say from Esper’s figure which of the forms he knew. That however which has been identified with this figure by conti- nental entomologists is found in the Altai and mountains south and west of Irkutsk, and has a well-marked choco- late patch in the cell of the forewing above and a well- marked series of elongate brown spots on the hindwing below, which often shows a much paler central streak. E. kindermanni, Stgr., may or may not be the same as this. It was described from a single pair from the Altai in Lederer’s collection at a time when Dr. Staudinger says he did not know H. mawrisivs. No one has since discrimi- nated between the two, so far as I know. 188 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s E. stubbendorfi, Mén., or what has been identified with this by Staudinger, is ike mawrisiuvs but with little or no chocolate in the cell; the band of yellowish patches on the forewing is therefore more defined on the underside and on the hindwing variable or even absent. L. haberhauert was taken in the Tarbagatai mountains which are connected with the Altai range, and differs in having the chocolate cell less defined and in the smaller and rounder spots of the hindwing below, which in one of my specimens are almost obsolete. EL. pawlowskyi from the mountains near Urga and of Irkutsk, has no chocolate in the cell above, and the band of spots on both wings much reduced. On the underside however the series on both wings is more conspicuous and much paler in colour (in the 2 almost white), but there is considerable variation in the size, number and colour. Dr. Chapman can find no characters in the clasps of any of these by which they can be distinguished inter se. In the Yellowstone Park of North America and also on the west coast of Hudson’s Bay has been found an Erebia, which Strecker described as sofia and considered almost the same as haberhauert, and which was afterwards named ethela by Edwards. I have three males and two females from the Yellowstone which have most resemblance to the male of £. haberhauert and the female of £. pawlowskyt. All five however have a more or less defined pale patch in the cell of the hindwing below, of which only a faint trace can be seen in two or three of my 20 Asiatic specimens, and by this patch I am at present able to distinguish any American from any Asiatic specimen I have seen. The nomenclature might therefore best stand as follows: ee Ouniseis SOSD. 20. eee oie ee eee Mountains of Central =kindermanni, Steger. Siberia from Altai to: var. ? haberhaueri, Stgr. Dahuria. var. ? stubbendorfi, Mén. var. pawlowshkyi, Mén. var. vel bona sp. sofia, Streck. . . . Fort Churchill, Hudson’s =ethela,W.H.Edw. Bay; U.S.A., Yellow- stone Park, Montana, about 8,000 ft. Erebia theano. This species, though apparently belonging to the same group as maurisius, is very well distinguished by the pale Revision of the Genus Erebia. 189 yellowish markings at the base of the hindwing below, which somewhat resemble those of the 2? of H. manto. It is one of the most distinct of all the Asiatic Erebias, and has, so far, as I know, only been found in the Altai mountains, though it is also recorded (on what authority i do not know) from the Amur region. Erebia manto. This is a common but very variable species, always distinguishable by the markings of the hindwing below, which in the female are very distinct and unlike those of other species. In certain localities it has a small high Alpine form (pyrrhula, Frey.), which seems to be constant on the Albula pass in the Engadine, and at San Anton on the Arlberg pass. Similar small specimens occur occasionally elsewhere. In the Pyrenees it occurs in a very distinct form usually referred to cecilia, Hiibn. This is quite black without any markings in the male sex, and with only an indistinct band in the forewing below, and sometimes a trace of the . outer band in the hindwing. Something like this occurs rarely as an aberration in the Alps, but I have never seen one quite like the Pyrenean insect, and if the clasp were not identical, I should be disposed to separate this. As however I am not certain whether true manto occurs in the Pyrenees or not, I think it best to wait. Erebia ceto. Another common species, varying very much in different localities. On the south side of the Alps it usually has a well marked band of seven chocolate streaks of which three, four or five contain black ocelli sometimes, especially in the female, pupilled with white. On the Col de Lauterets in the Western Alps it is much smaller, and the markings are much less distinct, though of the same peculiar type. Erebia medusa. The opinion expressed by Strecker, which I quoted, as to the probability of epipsodea being the American form of 190 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s this insect is not confirmed by an examination of the genitalia, which show epipsodea to be quite distinct. The varieties wralensis and polaris, which have also been separated, prove to be without doubt only well-marked forms of medusa. Though wralensis on its underside resembles epipsodea much more than medusa, the form of its clasp is that of medusa. Several specimens from the province of Irkutsk in Siberia sent to me by M. Alphéraky are intermediate between Scandinavian polaris and Alpine medusa, the males being like medusa and the females nearer to polaris. Erebia eme, var. spodia, Stgr. This form, which on the upper side resembles medusa more than typical wme, and of which the larva is said by Ruhl to be like that of medusa, proves to be rightly placed as a variety of wme, which it represents in the Alps of Salzburg and Styria. Struve records this form from the Port de la Picade in the Pyrenees, but all those I have taken and seen in the Pyrenees at Luchon and Cauterets are typical wme with the ocelli not more developed than in the Alps. Lrebia hippomedusa. This is a small form which occurs in the S.E. Alps and is very difficult to distinguish from spodia. Whether, as Staudinger thinks, it is a form of wme rather than of medusa I have not sufficient evidence or material to decide, but at Trafoi it seems to occur as a variety and not as an aberration, which many of the so-called hippomedusa in collections seem to be. Erelia epipsodea. Since I wrote last I have collected epipsodea myself in many places. It seems to be a most wide-ranging species and as much at home in the open prairies at 2—3,000 ft. elevation as on the high alps of Colorado and the Northern Rockies. It is a very variable species, and I now think that what I called var. brucei must be looked on rather as an aberration occurring rarely in various localities than as a local alpine variety, as I formerly supposed. Anyhow, Revision of the Genus Erelia. 191 I found no more of it in the region where Bruce discovered it, and besides his original two specimens, only one other has, I think, been since recorded from the province of Assiniboia, N.W.T. Dr. Chapman would take this species out of the position in which I place it next to medusa, on account of the different form of the clasp, but it seems to me so near uralensis and polaris that 1 prefer to keep it here. Erebia melas. The difficulty which I formerly found in understanding the geographical distribution of this species is now re- moved by the fact, proved by the form of the clasps, that the true melas does not occur in central Europe or the Pyrenees. The only certain habitats which I know of at present for this species are the South-Western Carpathians, where it occurs abundantly in the neighbourhood of Mehadia at about 5,000 ft. elevation, and the mountains of Veluchi, in Northern Greece, where it has been taken by Dr. Kruper. I have a single specimen with a ticket “Stens? Dalm.” from the Vienna Museum, which seems intermediate between JZ. nervine and melas; it is probable that a form of one or other of these species exists on the mountains of Croatia and Dalmatia. The form which I took at Campiglio in the Tyrol is now proved to belong to glacialis, and not to melas, though at first sight it much more closely resembles the latter. » The colour of this species, when quite fresh, is black, and in one male taken at Mehadia by Miss Fountaine there is a distinct chocolate patch on the forewing below, sharply defined on the inside and including the three ocelli. A trace of this colour shows on the upper side, and in the female it is conspicuous on both surfaces. The ocelli of the hindwing, normally three in number but occasionally four, are sometimes wanting on the upper as well as the undersides. Erebia lefebvrer. This is without question a distinct species, confined to the Pyrenees and Asturias mountains. It has three 192 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s forms which have been defined by Oberthiir, Et. Ent. vill, p. 22, as pyrenea, inhabiting the Eastern Pyrenees, lefebvrei, the central Pyrenees, and astur, the extreme western extension of these mountains, called the Picos de Europa. I am unable to say whether these three races can be certainly defined, or whether they have inter- mediate variations and intergrades, but the latter case seems the more probable. All of them frequent steep stony slopes at from 6000-9000 feet elevation. The central form has the ocelli the most developed, and in the western form they are nearly obsolete. Erebia hewitsoni. This species, which I had previously treated as a form of melas, seems by the form of the clasp, as well as by the constantly present chocolate band on both wings and the more numerous and conspicuous ocelli, to be good and distinct ; it has more resemblance to evias than to melas. It inhabits the Transcaucasian region, where it is found at Borjoin, Abbas Tuman and in Suanetia in May and June. Dr. Chapman thinks it nearer to evias than to melas, and I am quite ready to agree with him in this. Hrebia stygne. A well-marked form of this, which seems to be preva- lent in the Valais of Switzerland, which I also found con- stant on the Spliigen pass, and which occurs also in other parts of Switzerland, but never, so far as I know, in the Black Forest or Pyrenees, is better worthy of distinction than many which have received varietal names. It has the rufous band on both wings above nearly or entirely wanting, though usually there is a trace of it round the ocelli, which are very small and inconspicuous. On the underside the band is also much reduced, the ocelli are small, and in the female the hindwing below is much more uniform in colour. This, though perhaps a local, is not an alpine variety, as I have from Zermatt, from Briancon and from Lansle- bourg, on the Mont Cenis, the normal form. I propose to distinguish this as var. valesiaca. Revision of the Genus Erebia, 193 Hrebia nerine. This is a species confined to the eastern alps, occurring in the Lower Engadine and valleys south of the Stelvio pass, in great abundance at Riva as low as 1,500 feet, where I took it fresh on very hot rocky slopes as late as the end of July, at Campiglio, up to 5,000 feet, and on the Mendel Pass, in the Italian Tyrol, where Mr. Tutt found it still fresh on August 11th. 2: x % 14 | medusa aS 6 x ae x x var, polaris...... x var. wralensis ... Bais wei Bere 15 | CME ........0seseeess x x x 16 | epipsoded............ WE || GOOLE Sdecosceo oxt6o eee NE} |) UGRADERAE seoosconoons x ts: Sp sik OIESCY OTC: ace ceseneece ee x x x x DAN) | PAPO soosaneoansddse set x il |) SCOOD 2a. cosancosobe | x ae 22,)| glactalis .....5...... Ae x x PB) WV GOUGS Jaga caocoosesbe x x x 24) hewttsont ........ ae at sate D5 LY MAGTUS! o. c.c.2. 50. x x x PAT: I GIWRELA cooecno0douecoe x x x XN || GORTOW 5. secaseosc x oh oon 2 SIN |G OCILLE aiscieectsies cee 2 x x 297 SPTONMOC eemas creeecene x on x x SiO) || CRAG TS sooconsoanan x x x x var. talemene .. Bl |) BARMIADEE, cob66 coder 82 | vidlert, sp. n.... .. 06 dite BB} || GAD RALERS Boe ponoeebac x x BY || ERROR Beoconcascne x ae bet = ae SO MIMCLOCO emecien ccna te ?(Sand)) x x x x SORINCUTYGLe access ceases x SHMPMLELO Preis occtccscrss fx SYS | Uae ay Wales onoopgaosese x 39 | ocnus ROnHGne Al). || GUND 5 obanoooneoncéee 41 | dabanensis ......... ADNCUTUNICG weceau oes BY | GUO sonansssosusens TAN OOS Bn ociigebocenOpetane Ab) | MOSSti(C70)) een sesces ING W GUT 0 acgaoeaceunsoe Ava) ICY CLODUILS erteranne: ANS) | VAROSHOS. ccocewons noone 49 | discoidalis ... ... 50 | epistygne............ Rl |) CieR@deacoocaoncceood [3D || JORGUITR sipesoscocuc 53 | magdalena ......... Rak || GOO noo on tcooceoue ; Italy, ox OS 8 excluding Alps Car- pathians. x: F oO THE GENUS EREBIA | ‘SUIBJUNO[ oory |-volteury *N USIFNE ‘V's'n AYOoY puv OpRIo[op ‘Q°QL “UOIsey Be ee ee eee en ee ec Santee neua ham Ce OOM ham sO Comat fey ute Reo male iaunes sel mieilviey aes ade umcevaNe muy ere ee ee a ee " waqis ‘0 jo szunoyy pue ‘ermyeqg ‘eISY O1VI¥ “‘ysny npulH pus Meg ‘yeyeseqie lL ‘WeqTTY Smee oC aya IEL SON PTESC SPC Ue Semis) (toa (Chums meso mrnen Saimin ts] tc gniey s SuastCISULS@ crits go) CAN mua tym tC siggh ithe ty spre eyes as rare SIC ger eenes tia cas Gt ameristar es Aig ct ea scarier tO aint one OR Ge ous Os Scan Pes Bache jo spo “BISSNY “N pues [vig “BIUOULY pue snsvoneg x x x x x x se x x x x x Dalmata ( 209 ) XIII. A Review of the Genus Erebia, based on an Examination of the Male Appendages. By THOMAS ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D., F.ES. [Read February 16th, 1898.] PLATES V-=AcVia; THE Erebias have a certain fascination for many of us, not only because they have a very real interest of their own, but because of their association in memory with those excursions amongst the mountains, which we regard with good reason as the most genuine form of holiday and recreation. Though myself under this influence for many years, it was only recently that I determined to make some en- deavour really to understand the various puzzling ques- tions as to the limits of specific forms within the genus, questions upon which no very certain sound emanated from any of our authorities. I hoped also to learn some- thing of the mutual relationships of distinct species, inas- much as all published lists appear to me to mix up species of different affinities without any obvious method of rational or other classification. With this object I especially determined to examine the male appendages of all forms that had any claim to specific distinction. I had got well on the way when I found that Mr. Elwes had undertaken a fresh revision of the genus and was making a similar examination of these special structures. Since then, we have in some degree divided the work and compared our results, to such effect, that I believe there is no point of any moment, if indeed any at all, as to which we arrive at different conclusions, though we may vary a little as to our method of present- ing them. I have left to Mr. Elwes all questions of bibliography, nomenclature, description, geographical distribution, &c. for which I am but poorly equipped, and in fact all ques- tions except those arising out of the forms of the male appendages. These questions I have more particularly TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1598.—PART III. (SEPT.) 15 210 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s worked out, but with so much collaboration and assistance from Mr. Elwes, that he is quite able to accept the con- clusions from my work as readily as if he had arrived at them without my assistance; as doubtless, in fact, he would have done had I not relieved him of the necessity of following this line of research more exhaustively. I have to acknowledge the assistance received from him in various ways and from various other friends for specimens and material; of these I may mention Messrs. Nicholson, Tutt, Jones, &e. I do not propose to discuss the homologies of the organs forming the male genital armature in Hrebia. They con- sist of the following portions:—An upper portion, the tegumen (tegmen 2) or sicula (uncus and scaphium ?), with a central and two lateral processes; two lateral portions, the clasps or valves (combined valve and harpes?); a ring of chitin continuous with the tegmen and supporting the clasps ; the penis; two chitinous ridges between the ring and the penis on either side. In £rebia as in most other Lepidoptera, it is the clasps (or valves) that present the most distinctive characters in different species, so that in nearly all cases the species may be at once named from its clasp; and this being so, one naturally pays less attention to the other appendages, which with a closer study might probably be found to be equally characteristic. The tegumen or sicula (why not anglicise this as‘ sickle’ ?) varies comparatively little as regards the central or upper process, which usually has a somewhat regular curve, and a nearly equal diameter throughout; its chief variation is in length and the sharpness or bluntness of the tip. Here dried specimens are apt to be deceptive, from twist- ing and curling, especially if previously treated too freely with alkaline preparative. The lateral arms are more variable, they almost always have a slight curve and taper to a point, but they may be longer or shorter, more or less sharp, and so forth. In a few instances they are distinctive ; thus in LZ. xthiops (Group ITI), viewed laterally, they are seen to be expanded at the end and to terminate obliquely at nearly their full width instead of in a point. In £. radians they are of nearly equal width throughout, sweep round in an S-curve and terminate in a rounded end. In #. disa, EF. embla and £. cyclopius, they expand at the extremity into a racket-shaped disc, a form to Review of the Genus Hrebia. 211 which there is no approach in any other species. The other parts I have not studied, so I can only say that, in some species at least, they present marked characters. Since the sickle is so constant in form in Hrebia and in neighbouring genera presents many considerable varia- tions, one might say from an Erebian stand-point that the sickle presented generic characters, whilst those of the clasp were specific ; for in the allied genera we find forms of clasps very like in general outline to those of some Erebias. Were we to adopt clasp forms as generic char- acters, there would be extreme confusion; thus Hrebia ame, Enodia hyperanthus, Chionobas brucei and C. aello would be in one genus, Hipparchia semele, Hrebia glacialis and Chionobas chryxus in another, and so on. It is, per- haps, not quite correct to say this without noting that, though there is this great similarity of form, there is a recognisable something distinguishing the clasps of the Erebias, chiefly perhaps, that throughout the genus, they exhibit a vigour and strength about the spines or styles which is rare in the neighbouring genera. This circumstance emphasises the necessity of always interpreting the evidence of the appendages with close regard to other characters, and though most valuable for distinguishing separate species, otherwise much alike, it must only be used to unite those as to which such a presumption can be otherwise supported. Nevertheless it is by no means futile to attempt some sort of classification of the forms of the appendages as an. indication of the relationship of the species. Indeed, I think, in most cases the appendages give a more certain indication of alliances than is derivable from wing forms and patterns; because, in H7ebia the variety in the ap- pendages is of a much less erratic character than it is said to be in many other genera, where close alliance otherwise is often associated with the greatest diversity in the appendages ; whilst it also happens that Hrebia is especially a genus in which colour and marking are very misleading. The case of H. melas, in which varieties of two very distinct species (H. nerine and #. glacialis) were associated as one with a third species, LZ. lefebvrei, itself possibly really a variety of another species (ZL. pronoe), is by no means a solitary instance of confusion that an examination of the clasps corrects. Some such form of clasp as that of #. manto or 212 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s E. euryale may be assumed to exhibit the most normally developed type—presenting a base, body or shaft, a lobe or shoulder, and a hind process with a neck and head. This would describe the outline of the clasp, as viewed laterally, or at such an angle as will throw the spinous margin into profile along the edge. It is perhaps hardly necessary to say anything as to the difficulty in securing the same point of view in comparing different clasps, or in making the necessary allowance for any want of such exact correspondence. Having got over these difficulties myself, I may perhaps not make suffici- ent allowance for them in presenting the results so as to be clear to others. I have, however, endeavoured to avoid them as far as possible in the rough sketches that I pre- sent, so that they will support my statements without explanations as to the aspect shown, &c. These sketches are all taken with the camera lucida and to the same scale. I have adopted the method of preserving the pre- parations in balsam, on ordinary microscopic slides, with as little pressure as possible; a method that has several practical advantages, though it is not free from objection. I have not examined the appendages of every named variety, but have done so in nearly all cases, including all those where there seemed any possibility of specific differences ; H. margarita, a species founded by Oberthiir on a single specimen, and possibly a form of neoridas, is the only one I have not seen. In the case of all other species, I have examined material that has fairly satisfied me, in so far that, whilst in several instances I should have desired more and more varied material, I do not think the want of it has led me to any erroneous con- clusions. How far, of course, this confidence is justified remains to be proved, In arranging the species of the genus in accordance with the structure of the clasp, a certain group of species, with a definite clasp form, together with several others probably derived from this one, at any rate, unlike the remainder of the genus, is found to have a neuration differing from the rest; and, as the former species further are almost all of Asiatic and American distribution, whilst the rest are chiefly European, it seems best to divide the genus first into two sections. Review of the Genus EHrebia. 213 Section A, the European section, has vein 10 arising from the cell separately; the clasp usually has an obvious, frequently a long, neck. SecTIon B, the Asiatic section, has vein 10 arising from vein 7; in the clasp of one or two species only is any suspicion of a neck present, and it would not be absurd to suspect that the style-bearing surface is the head, and that the shoulder is absorbed into the shaft. Section A is divisible into seven or eight groups and B into two or three. It is as obvious here as elsewhere that no linear arrangement is satisfactory. By placing certain groups in their most satisfactory linear arrangement, the equally real relationship of other species finds no ex- pression. Thus, as I have arranged the species, the embla group is placed after the last and least typical members of the neovidas group, whereas its probable alliance is with the earlier forms; if this were expressed, L. evias right find a more natural position, ZL. neoridas, nerine, embla and evias being representatives of these allied branches. The latter members of the neoridas group would then come into relation with #. medusa and the . eastern group, with which #. embla seems to be in no relation. The manto or euryale clasp may be taken as the most pronounced form of clasp in the first group, which con- tains L. ligea, ewryale and vidleri as a first division, and the Grass Erebias as the second. In these there is a gradation from E. manto and eriphyle with the well- marked typical outline, through forms in which the lobe or shoulder sinks and disappears, to H. flavofasciata, in which from base to head the line of styles presents no irregularity. The species are £. manto, eriphyle, melampus epiphron, pharte, arete, christi, kefersteint and flavofasciata The name “Grass Erebias,” a name I have heard ap- plied to these species, on what authority I do not know, at first seemed to me rather absurd as all Erebias are grass insects. It is intended no doubt to mark them as not being rock or wood species; at any rate, a name for a group is very desirable if we can get one on any reasonable terms. These “Grass Erebias” are those that puzzle one in the field, and even in the cabinet perhaps, more than any others. It is therefore very satisfactory to find that the 214 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s Review of the Genus EHrebia. forms of clasps are quite distinct in all the nine species, and especially that they are most markedly so in precisely those species that are most frequently confused or likely to be so. Thus eriphyle is not unlikely to be associated with melampus or with pharte, and its specific distinctness has even been denied; but the clasp is widely different from that of either of these species, though it somewhat resembles that of manto. LEvriphyle is not likely to be often taken for that species; yet, as a matter of fact, though I took eviphyle freely last year in Carinthia, and ought to have known it well enough, I also took it at Innsbriick and at St. Anton, but left the specimens mixed with those of manto until an examination of the clasps called my attention to them. Then I found no difficulty in separating them. J. pharte and melampus are also likely to be confused, and have even been stated to be one species, interbreeding together. The clasp forms are, however, abundantly distinct. Again, #. epiphron and christt might be confounded, but the clasp forms are very different. SECTION A. Group I. «a. The close resemblance of the clasp of HL. manto to that of lagea is extraordinary; and we meet here at the outset the most puzzling question that the appendages afford us throughout the whole genus. I separate digea and ewryale, on the one hand, from the Grass Erebias on the other, as a subgroup, owing to their general differences; the clasps would place them as almost identical. That they are really closer than their general facies suggests was curiously proved to me bya not at all extraordinary form of ewryale. All the Erebias have essentially the same fasciz on the underside of the under- wing, but these are marked out in manto, notably in the female, in a peculiar manner, by angular, pale patches. In the specimen of ewryale I allude to, the manto markings were quite distinct. We have to deal with not more, I think, than four forms, viz., ligea, euwryale, manto and cecilia (Pyrenees). I am unable to recognise any of these with absolute certainty by the clasps. The ligea group is distinguishable from £. manto by the slight but distinct tendency of the lateral pro- | ‘XNEDOTAHG V dO WuO AHL OLNT NMOUML SVIATUG AO NOLMLVOIAISSVI) V | | vOIpURoORIvUl sopvy | sdoAut ‘ojuDw IO apohuna Lett V4 OF posoddns x | 9siol | ile eel yqura fISsOL SvlAd ast p sutdojoso IA | | asl eda ae | | | | | seplioatt jouosd ourzau ojueo3 vuoddry | | ; | Byliesieul = 1atAqajolt ausAys esnpeul ausaystdo snavpuc BaAySouul ojuvm = ayedine puay 4 } | yoyudez ——_oydtas aut | x yuruio}j0 auoz403 aptyduo = Bad IN ea eck ar | | gs103 sdoryjov 0400 aqavyd = Ma] ptA 1UOS}IMOY | streror[s| jeuowye| snistamet| snduvpout — BI[}OwI a; iret 7 — 5 uoaydide IIA Al Ill Il 1qstat|o | 1U194S.19JO4 (IITA) jeqUOsEJoavp a j dnoiy | sisusueqep voluring eapodside etpun eppe Byatt jeywrosey vaye ormatuavd| eeucort erate) ear XI snud0 ‘ ByNwyey | suBipril| IIA 216 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s cesses of the sickle to broaden out in something of the zwthiops manner, whilst in manto they come to a point. After examining a large number of the /igea group, with varieties adyte, ajanensis, ocellaris, &c., I do not feel at all clearer than before as to there being more than one species. The clasps of ligea, adyte and ajanensis (Fig. 1) have a rather bolder shoulder or lobe, marked off both at the neck and towards the base, and those of one or two: specimens of ocellaris go to the contrary extreme in having very little neck; whilst ewryale (Fig. 2) usually has a neck similar to ligea but the lobe is not definitely marked off towards the base. Still, even ocellaris sometimes makes an approach to the ligea form, so that it is difficult to avoid a suspicion that the more pronounced character in ligea is due to its being usually a larger and better-fed insect. Without being able to give any very good reason for the belief, beyond an impression gained in the field, I think that the two recognised forms, ligea, with its vars. adyte and ajanensis, and ewryale, with var. ocellaris, whilst usually distinct, are not always so, and in some places intermix. The clasp differences are not great enough to render this otherwise than likely where they occur to- gether on the same ground. The Swiss form known as cecilia is no doubt manio, but the Pyrenean cecilia (Fig. 3) cannot be so easily dis- missed. In it the clasp is similar to that of manto, with rather more pronounced styles; but there is the essential difference that the lateral processes of the sickle are widened out like those of ligew, at least as much as in that species: while this seems to make it impossible for it to be manto, it is difficult to regard it as a form of euryale. An examination of the other portions of the appendages gives us no further assistance; there is a slight difference in average size, but varieties in each form overlap. I think we must conclude that cxcilia (Pyre- nees) 1s not a variety of manto, and if it be not a variety of ewryale it is a distinct species. Were it a variety of euryale one would expect to find some trace of the chequered fringes. I place it therefore as a good species: and in the first division of Group I. A new species which Mr. Elwes proposes to describe under the name vidleri (Fig. 4), has very much the aspect of a form of #xthiops, but the clasp prepared by Review of the Genus Hrebia. 217 Mr. Elwes from his single male specimen is very different from that of xthiops, having a margin of styles along nearly its whole length and spreading at the head over a considerable surface: it is nearly straight and the open side extends nearly to the head. The most natural place of the species is, therefore, apparently, as a member of the ligea group, but related to ligea much as, say, flavofasciata is to manto. I cannot, however, avoid the belief that vidleri may prove to be the American representative of xthiops, and that some accident has, perchance, attributed to this specimen a substituted clasp. b. 1. #.manto (Fig. 5). I have already discussed the form of clasp in this species. The neck is rather longer and narrower than in ligea, and the shoulder drops to ‘it rather suddenly and precipitately, but this is merely a general or average difference not holding good for all specimens. There is also, perhaps, a little more variation in the direction of large and bold styles on the shoulder, interfering with its regular outline, but I could not propose to name with certainty any individual clasp of either species. The sharpness of the lateral process of the sickle in manto, compared with the spathulate tendency that it exhibits in ligea and ewryale, can, however, I think, be depended on. Pyrrhula is merely a local variety, but its clasp varies rather more than in typical manto. An odd specimen (from an old collection), stated to be a Swiss example ef pyrrhula, and not unlike it, has a very different clasp, more like that of #. pharte. It is certainly not manto, but I must. hope for more material before going further, and only mention it here to call attention to a possibly unrecognised species (Fig. 8, &, /). 2. H. eriphyle (Fig. 6). The clasp has the same general outline as that of H. manto, but it is very smooth and regular by comparison, owing to the smallness and uniform size of the styles ; and this character suffices to distinguish the species in the many specimens of both that I have examined. A critical distinction, how- ever, may be found in the sickle, the total length in manto being 1°88 mm. and in eviphyle 1:50 mm., or about as 5 to 4. The clasp in the remaining species of the group has no very definite lobe or shoulder, but a neck and head are usually definitely marked off from the body or shaft. 218 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s 3. LH. epiphron (Fig. 7). The clasp of this species with which cassiope, nelamus and other named forms agree, has a slight fulness preceding the neck. The neck and head are rather less than a third of the total length of the clasp, the styles being numerous, very small and of tolerably uniform size. In nelamus the clasp is slightly shorter and the basal styles more frequently somewhat longer. 4. HE. pharte (Fig. 8). The commence- ment of the neck is not very distinct, but the neck and head appear to be about one-fourth of the total length of the clasp. The styles are large and bold, rather rounded than pointed,—indeed several near the base are mere rounded nodules; they may be very few in number, those basal to the neck being, in some specimens, even as few as five or six, in others, as many as sixteen in a double row. 5. EH. melampus (Fig. 9). There is no lobe; the neck and head are fully two-fifths, sometimes almost half the total length of the clasp, and of fairly uniform diameter. The neck and head have numerous small spines in two rows; on the body there are usually five or six larger sharp spines with two or three small ones in each interval, but there is a good deal of variation in this. 6. #. arcte (Fig. 10). The neck with the head is about one-third of the total length of the clasp and has a very regular series of about 8 spines with smaller ones between; on the body are 8 to 12 spines of larger but again of fairly uniform size, and traces of others between. 7. £. christt (Fig. 11). Head and neck about a third of the total length: they carry about 8 bold spines, the 4 distal rather the smallest and the 4 proximal sometimes reduced to two; no intermediate spines. The spines on the body are few and often reduced to mere round nodules; the distal ones may be large and bold, though rounded. 8. LE. kefersteint (Fig. 12). The position of the neck is usually quite obvious. The neck and head carry about 16 styles in two alternating rows, the basal ones being few, one or two to five or six. The styles in Review of the Genus Erebia. 219 this species are more markedly bent inward into actual hooks than in any other species of this group. 9. E. flavofasciata (Fig. 13). The clasps of this species are of much more delicate texture than those of the others of this group, or indeed of any Erebia, and are easily bent and twisted: they are also narrower and, when flattened out, form a triangle about half the width at the base of the clasp of £. pharte or arete similarly examined. The styles, especially those of the neck and head, which are not clearly marked off from the body, are smaller and more delicate than those even of EF. epiphron. A specimen from the Engadine agrees precisely with those from Campolungo. Group II. In the next group the clasp has no spines ov the body or shaft, and the shoulder, instead of occupy- ing about the middle of the shaft, is much nearer the head. The combined shoulder and head have a continuous margin of spines, the neck being a mere depression in this margin. There is a distinct narrowing and bending of the body to the basal side of the shoulder, forming a ‘neck, which, however, is not what I have called the neck in the other groups. (Groups I, IV, V, etc.). This group includes #. ceto, and an Asiatic species, having severa named forms, which are possibly all one species, certainly not more than two. I doubt there bemg much real relationship between LZ. cefo and this form, but the clasps are almost identical. 1. #. ceto (Fig. 14). This has a_ longer central process to the sickle than the others, whilst the spinous margin of the clasp is rather shorter and the styles somewhat smaller. 2. H. maurisius (=haberhauert) (Fig. 15). This form has a central process of the sickle nearly as long as in £#. ceto, and the spinous margin of the clasp perhaps a little longer than in &. pawlowskyt. 3. HL. pawlowskyi (=ethela=theano) (Fig. 16). This species has a shorter central process to the sickle. The differences in the clasp are hardly, if at all, appreciable. I do not know how much value to attach to the length of the sickle in this group; it is possible it may 220 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s be little, and that a longer series would break down the distinction. The appearance of the butterflies cer- tainly suggests that they are all the same, unless five distinct species are upheld, which appears inadmissible. In this Group II, I feel little doubt that #. ceto is properly placed, but the remaining form or forms suggest to me certain doubts that must for the present remain unanswered. The forms of the appendages are very close to those of ceto; the facies is closely related to manto, the peculiar marking of the underside of manto being ex- aggerated and repeated on the upper surface. The neuration is that of the European section. On the other hand the geographical distribution is Asiatico-American, and the forms of the appendages range very fairly with the most typical section of the Asiatic forms (Group VIII). My doubts are not, perhaps, so much as to this being properly placed, but rather as to whether this, rather than the neighbourhood of medusa, is not the starting point of the Asiatic section; or, perchance, whether the Asiatic group is not really two distinct groups, one arising at each of these points. A knowledge of the early stages may resolve these questions, especially a knowledge of the forms of the eggs, which are often very distinctive in Erebias. My group VIII would in this case be the one arising from group II, and group IX that from group VII. Group III. We pass naturally to the next group, in which the clasp is an exaggeration of that in group II. The body is extremely long and the combined head and lobe very short, ubout one-fifth of the total length of the clasp (in £. xthiops). The side-processes of the tegumen have been already referred to. 1. £. xthiops (Fig. 17). The named forms of xthiops have appendages differing less from each other than do those of Scotch xthiops trom the others. The difference is almost entirely one of size, the ratio being as 5 to 6, the Scotch being the smaller. The other named forms are identical with European xthiops, e.g., melusina, sedakovit, a faded-looking xthiops from Asia, and the pale niphonica from Japan. If any variety is entitled to specific distinction it is that found in Britain. I entertain no doubt they are all one species. Review of the Genus Erebia, 221 2. HE. alemena (Fig.18). This species, which has been variously treated, and referred to sedakovii as a variety, is quite distinct ; and, whilst the side-processes of the tegumen and the smallness of the extremity of the clasp place it in this section, the general form of the clasp has considerably greater resemblance to that of the next group. It has the flat, striated, truncate side-processes of the tegumen, very much as in FL. ethiops; the clasp is quite a fifth shorter than in x&thiops. The combined lobe and head are less than a fourth of the total length of the clasp. There is a short interval between the lobe and head without styles, which are larger than in xthiops, and on the lobe are large enough to suggest the glacialis group (IV). There are also some styles on the body or shaft. Group IV. The typical clasp of this group is that of E. glacialis, with the great triangular shoulder set at right angles to the very similar head, and the armature of very strong styles. In addition to the more typical glacialis and its immediate allies, I think #. tyndarus and epistygne are more immediately related to this group than -to any other; so I place them here, to avoid the multipli- cation of groups, the only alternative being to make a separate group for each of these. This group would therefore contain— a. 1. mnestra. 2. gorgone. 3. gorge. 4. glacialis. b, 1. tyndarus. 2. ottomana. c. 1. epistygne. . This would not be connected with group I through the two preceding groups, but more immediately, and therefore I place first, as being a more intermediate species than the others :— a. 1. EB. mnestra (Fig. 19). In the clasp of this species, the head and shoulder are well separated, though a little approximated as compared with manio, and each tends to have much the same outline as the other, though at right angles to it. There are some styles along the side of the lobe, reaching on to the body ; these rarely occur in JF. glacialis or gorge, nor are the styles so large and bold as in those species. 2. EL. gorgone (Fig. 20). This has hitherto been held to be a variety of gorge, of which it looks like a 222 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s large form; if it is a variety of anything, it is a variety of L. mnestra. The clasp does not altogether negative such a hypothesis; indeed, it rather suggests it. EH. gorgone has a clasp triflingly larger than in #. muestra; the neck is a little longer, but with no approach to the great length in gorge. The styles range further along the body, and these styles on the body are stronger than those in mnestra; the lobe is narrower and has fewer and much larger styles than in mmnestra, and therefore looks more long and pointed than in that species. But in all these respects it is separate from #. muestra only in a degree, and that so small, that I should expect to meet with forms very like it indeed in a long series of muestra, these all being points in which mnestra is very variable. 3. £. gorge (Fig. 21). In £. gorge and glacialis there are no styles to the basal side of the lobe, and the styles are large. #. gorge is smaller, but the lobe and head are proportionally much longer. £. triopes is identical. 4. H. glacialis (Fig. 22). The clasp is very like that of Z gorge, but is much larger and bolder, with shorter lobe and neck. The average dimensions of these clasps in millimetres are as follows: Length of Length of Clasp. Head and Neck. Proportion. Minestrae . ee 168 28 “16 Go1ngone 2 Zell “44 2] GOR 6 a 5 He “84 34 Glacialis’ 1. 92:8 ‘8 28 b. The probable relation of this portion of the group to the preceding is very evident when the clasp of EH. ottomana is compared with those of division a; it is not so apparent when that of #. tyndarus 1s compared, still less so if the American form callias is con- sidered. The whole group consists of #. tyndarus and its recognised varieties, of which otfomana seems to me to merit specific recognition, and the American form callias almost to do so. 1. £. ottomana (Fig. 23). In this we have a well-developed form that enables us more easily to understand the others. The clasp of ottomana may be Review of the Genus Hrebia, 223 described as if it were a member of the glacialis group ; it has a rather broad body, without styles. The lobe is prominent, triangular, and ends in one very large style. The neck and head are about one-fourth of the clasp in length ; in the curve from the lobe to the head are from two to four very large styles, and the head terminates in a bundle of moderate-sized styles. 2. E. tyndarus (Fig. 24). This, in its best- developed form, and the one that approaches nearest to: ottomana, has only three large styles, of which the first probably represents the lobe and is sometimes on ea slight eminence, but often so slight that the three styles appear to be seated on a uniform sweep or curve reaching from the base to the head. The head has no styles, but has a rounded termination, carrying a fascicle of strong hairs. Sometimes the first two styles are conjoined. In var. sibirica there are only two followed by some very fine teeth. In var. callias, the spine representing the lobe is usually recognisable but is close down to the head, which has at its upper margin a number of styles, and below has the same rounded end as in typical tyndarus. The amount of variation in both Kuropean and American tyndarus is so great, and so mtch bridges over the differ- ences, that I do not think ca/lias can be recognised as distinct, but it is certainly very nearly so. Ottomana is in a different position, as, besides the pronounced pro- jection of the lobe and the great number of large styles, there is a real structural difference in the presence of the styles at the extremity of the head. It has also not only a much larger, but a proportionally longer central process to the sickle. It is also much larger. The Spanish forms, hispana and pyrenaica, do not differ from the Central- European forms. The dimensions and proportions, as given in the last group, are in millimetres as follows : Length Length of of Head and Proportion. Clasp. Neck. Tyndarus, Carinthia . 1°44 “40 ‘28 e Switzerland. 1:44 *20 "14 a var, stbirica. 1:45 "30 “21 2 var. callias , 1°40 ‘10 ‘OT Oitoman@ ... 5 2 2°00 *48 "24 Fipistygné . . 5 « ss 2°00 40 20 224 Dr.T, A. Chapman’s c. . epistygne (Fig. 25). This species has the processes of the sickle rather short and thick; the clasp resembles that of tyndarus in having very few and very large styles. There is often a trace of styles along the body, which does not, I think, occur in the tyndarus group. The lobe is represented by one large style, which may have one or more small styles on its sloping sides. ‘There may or may not be a style, if so, a large one, between the lobe and head; the head terminates in from two to four very large porrected styles. Both sickle and styles are large and massive. Group V. This is marked by having the neck much elongated, agreeing in this with the next group, and varying therefore from the manto form in precisely the contrary direction to group II and especially group III. The line of descent (or ascent), or, to avoid theory as to which is the central form, the connecting link, is in some such form as gorge in group IV. In the present group the neck is not only long but free from styles, whilst there is usually no difficulty in placing the lobe, though it may be reduced and free from styles. In group VI the neck has styles, and the lobe is difticult to locate. I place in this group a. neoridas, margarita, zapatert ; b. pronoe scipro, lefebvrer ; c. nerine, goante, stygne, eme ; d. lappona. a. 1. H. neoridas (Fig. 26). At the threshold of this group we meet a difficulty nearly as great as and of a similar kind to that in group I, viz., the distinction, if any, between the appendages of H. nearidas and E. pronoe. There is certainly no difficulty in separating the flies, although there is a close resemblance between the patterns of the underside of the hindwings. The clasps and sickles seem to be identical. There is this difference in the styles of a considerable proportion of specimens, that neoridas has the lobe represented by one prominent, large, rather porrected style, with some rather inconsiderable styles, basal to it and at an interval. Pronoe rather has this first large style broken down into a little group, and the basal series are rather larger and of similar size and importance to the other group. But the varia- tions certainly overlap. I may easily be wrong, but I think this is one of the instances where the identity (or nearly so) of the appendages does not justify our denying the distinctness of the species. Review of the Genus Erebia. 225 2. E.margarita. I have had no opportunity of examining this form; it is certainly very close to neorulas, 3. EL. zapatert (Fig. 27). This is a derivative of neoridas, but is quite distinct. The shoulder, though represented by a prominence, is quite devoid of styles and the neck is extremely slender, and, being as long as in neoridas, has the appearance of great length. b. 1. EL. pronoe (Fig. 28). When the append- ages are so much alike, and when we cannot separate neoridas from pronoe by them, it may appear presumptuous to say that H. pitho, almangoviae, &c., are the same as pronoe. Still this is, I think, justified, as all these forms are not sufficiently distinct to deserve specific rank, unless it be clearly shown by the appendages to exist; whereas the reverse is the case. 2. E. scipio (Fig. 29). This appears to be a derivative of L. pronoe; the clasp is rather more massive, and the shoulder is represented by a decided sharp tri- angular projection ending in a double spine, with further ‘spines along the margin towards the base and, in one specimen, with a few spines along the neck, an exception to the rule in the group. 3. EL. lefebvrer (Fig. 30). This species ap- pears to be a variant from #. pronoe. The clasp is ex- tremely variable in the development of the shoulder and its styles, and some of the forms are quite indistinguish- able from those of pronoe; others are close to scipio in form. In none do the forms go beyond what one might expect to meet with in a long series of pronoe. In his able discussion of #. melas, Calberla does not handle this point more than is necessary to show that the Campiglio variety is abundantly distinct from this species, nor does he do much more with melas from Eastern Europe. In doing this, he has done what he set out to do, namely, to prove that melas from Campiglio is £. glacialis, var. alecto; and further than this, he shows that melas from Eastern and melas from Western Europe are two distinct species and are neither of them glacialis. E. lefebvret (Western melas) is certainly very close to pronoe, especially in its clasp forms, but must, I think, be sustained as distinct. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART III. (SEPT.) 16 226 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s The pronoe-neoridas section are then all very closely allied, whether we make them all one species or several. Whilst recognising their close association, I should with my present knowledge sustain xeoridas, zapateri, pronoe, scipio, lefebvrei as good species. c. 1. #. nerine (Fig. 31). In JL. nerine the shoulder is represented by a single spine, which is some- times wanting, and thus it is easily distinguished from any member of the pronoe group. The Eastern melas (true melas ?) is a form of nerine. The clasps figured by Calberla, and those I have examined, are precisely identical with those of nerine. That this is here proof of specitic identity follows from the fact, that #. nerine in its easterly distribution has a well-recognised variety morula, of which many specimens are very close to melas. A few years ago I took at Cortina a specimen of Z. nerine, that would be difficult to distinguish from melas. This and other dark specimens were, like melas, smaller than the nerine with which they flew, but with intermediate forms showing their identity. It seems that eastwards £. nerine becomes smaller and darker till it presents no normally coloured specimens and is then in fact melas, 2. EL. goante (Fig. 32). This is a very distinct species, the clasp being not unlike that of nerine, but broader and more robust seen from above or within; seen laterally, the neck tapers steadily to the head, whilst in nerine it preserves its width more nearly throughout. . goante is without any representative of the lobe or shoulder. JZ. nevine usually but not always has a solitary spine or style. 3. LH. stygne (Fig. 33). In lateral view the clasp is shorter and more robust than that of Z. goante, narrowing very much just at the neck, expanding very much towards the head and having the terminal style very large. 4. E. wme (Fig. 34), This has a clasp not unlike that of Z. stygne. If we suppose the neck in stygne, instead of expanding again, to continue tapering and to terminate in a single large claw-like style, we should have the form in wme. This clasp with a solitary terminal style is very distinctive, occurring in no other Hrebia. though forms very close to it occur in other genera, ee —— Review of the Genus Erebia. 227 HL. wme may therefore be easily distinguished by this character, a useful fact, since some of its varieties closely resemble other species. I have found it mixed with LH. medusa and £. manto. 5. HE. lappona (Fig. 35). The clasp hardly looks like, or answers to the description of, those of the leading species of this group—yet it seems to come here most naturally, since it has essentially the same structure, but is so much shortened and broadened as to make it almost as short and squat as that of Z. afra, which it con- siderably resembles. It has no recognisable shoulder, the neck is broad and flat, and there is a row of styles at the extremity. Though so broad, it is thin, or at least the neck is, so that, seen laterally, its outline is not unlike that in #. wme, and, though so abbreviated, it really possesses the characters of this group. Group VI. This group, except perhaps as regards E, evias, is not very close to group V, but it agrees in having a long clasp, with a long neck. This is cylindrical with a terminal cap of styles; the position of the lobe is . not very obvious and there is usually an armature of styles stretching along the neck and shaft. The species here included fall into three divisions, each of which is probably so distinct as to be of equal value with group V. In fact, this group might very properly be made into three groups. The species are: a. evias ; b. Tossa (ero) ; c, embla, cyclopius, disa. a, £. evias (Fig. 36). A rather isolated form, in which the typical neuration is for veins 10 and 7 to arise together. This tendency to incline to Section B. probably does not imply any relationship to the forms in that section ; the facies of this species is very different, and is much that of group V ; besides, the clasp form has nothing approaching it in the “whole of Section B, though the large area of numerous styles is not without a suggestion of some species there. The form of the clasp is that of this group or nearly so, but the spines (or styles) are very minute, especially on the head, and extend thence as a broad band, of a number of rows, towards the base, past the position that probably represents the lobe. 228 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s b. £. rossiz (Fig. 37). This is identical with H. ero. The clasp is very lke that in the following division, but with a remarkable zigzag bend in the middle ; it has the head clothed with quite a helmet of spines, as in £. hewitsonit. The sickle, however, at once distinguishes it, the side-processes being of the ordinary form. I have had the advantage of seeing the appendages of the type specimen, temporarily i in Mr. Elwes’ possession. c. The next three forms are very close to- gether, having very similar clasps and very similar tegumina (sickles) with the lateral processes expanded into racket- shaped ends. So close are they that at first I thought they were probably forms of one species, and I am not certain that that may not ultimately prove to be the case; they are at any rate well-marked local forms, and must for the present at least be regarded as good species. The upper surface of HL. embla and cyclopius varies to forms that are almost identical; I have not seen forms intermediate as to the lower surface—still cyclopius has a pale band, whose outline may be detected in embla, where the pale colour has dwindled to two spots. Intermediate forms, and so-called hybrids between embla and disa, also occur. LH. cyclopius is unrelated to Z. edda or the Callere- hiv, which it much resembles in wing pattern. 1. #. embla (Fig. 38). This form has much the longest clasp, as 6 to 5 in disa and cyclopius, with very large spines which run but a short way along the neck. 2. E. cyclopius (Fig. 39). This has a rather shorter clasp, as 5 to 6; the spines are rather smaller and run more than half way to the base. 3. EL. disa (Fig. 40). This clasp is much hike that of cyclopius, but is shorter and thicker through- out. Group VII. £. medusa, LE. hewitsonit. 1. H. medusa (Fig. 41). In some respects this would come near L. stygne, especially in view of the form of clasp found in some German specimens I have. They exhibit a distinct neck, slightly curved, and carrying a rounded head with a circuit of spies. I hardly think these specimens represent a form entitled to specitic rank, Review of the Genus Erebia, 229 but they give the clue to the real nature of the append- ages of medusa; since in them the resemblance to those of stygne is considerable, whilst the ordinary form of clasp in medusa is more simple. The open side comes close to the head, which has but a few styles along its upper margin and looks as if it would like to be rid of them; the lower portion of the head is rounded as in tyndarus, the whole style being straight. We find, however, that the butterfly has much superficial resemblance to #. hewitsonii, and that these two species agree in having Asiatic neuration (10Sout of 7) rarely in the male, not unfrequently in the female, and are therefore clearly intermediate between Sections A and B, 2. LE. hewitsonii (Fig. 42) agrees with medusa very much in its facies and also in its neuration. The tegumen is much larger and bolder, as 8 to 2. The clasp has much the same general form, the open side extending close up to the head, which however is much larger, set at a considerable curve to the body and clothed with quite a helmet of large styles. In these respects it resembles the forms found in Section B rather than those of Section A. SECTION B. We have already seen that the neuration characteristic of this section occurs in Section A, in ZL, evias, which has probably no relationship with Section B, and in ZL. medusa, which possibly is related to a portion of Section B, and E. hewitsonvi, which I should have placed in B, but for its apparent connexion with medusa. Some species in Section B have the characteristic venation in no greater degree than medusa has, 10 some- times arising from 7 and sometimes not, whilst in others 10 arises so far along 7 that it can hardly ever be separated from it even in extreme varieties. I desire, so far as is reasonable, to give especial weight to the indications afforded by the appendages, and there- fore perhaps I incline to note the value of neuration when it confirms them, and to neglect it when it does not accord; and so here I do not follow the neuration alto- gether, but rather the clasp indications. It may therefore be well to give precisely the neurations observed. In the great mass of the European Section veins 6, 7 and 230 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s 10, arise abundantly apart from each other. Still in occa- sional specimens 7 and 10 arise very close together; thus in one specimen of ZL. xthiops and two of epiphron, they arise together but immediately separate. In #. evias as a rule they arise apparently close together. A specimen of E. gorge has 6 rising out of 7, and so forth. Then in £. medusa the majority of examples appear to have 10 well separate from 7, but in not a few 10 arises out of 7, and even some little distance along it. A similar condition obtains in L. hewitsonii, epispodea, sibo (ocnus), radians, kalmuka and meta. In these the European neuration is less frequent than in E. medusa, and not unfrequently 10 rises a good way along 7. In the female this is much more usually the case, and 6 also often rises out of 7. In £. turanica, edda, tristis, dabanensis, tundra, discot- dalis, fasciata, parmenro, afra, 10 always rises a good way along 7. Yet by clasp form £. medusa is not so near to any of these as they are to each other, and the above from E. epispodea to discordalis belong to one group. L. hewit- son and fasciata, EL. afra and parmenio are different, each species almost forming a group by itself. Section B may therefore be divided into two parts by the venation, a division with venation varying between the European and Asiatic type and a division with purely Asiatic venation. It may also be divided into two by possessing the clasps (1) with some resemblance to those of group II. in outline, (2) of other forms. Group VIII. There is a considerable sameness of the clasp form throughout the group, which is thus a very natural one; the variation is from a type generally resembling that of group II, but with little indication of a division of the style-bearing margin into head and lobe, and with this margin occurring as an oblique truncation of the shaft in the lobe region, and the head and neck abbreviated. See remarks under Group II. 1. EL. epispodea (Fig. 43). The clasp of this species most resembles the form found in group II; the body is curved forwards so that the style-covered margin is parallel to its axis, or nearly so. There is some variation, especially in the size of the styles, which are in several rows. Review of the Genus Hrebia. 231 2. EL. meta (Fig. 44), This species has rather slender lateral processes to the tegumen. The styles do not end so abruptly upwards as in other species, but pass on to the body, dwindling in size. There are some little differences in the size of the styles and their lateral extension in different specimens, which I have under the names yssica, gertha, mopsos, alexandra, but they are not sufficient to warrant definition. I fancy larger series would show such slight differences to be individual to a great extent. 3. EL. sibo (Fig. 45). This has the lateral processes of the tegumen very short and small, incurved and adpressed, so as to be very inconspicuous. The clasp has a little trace of depression before the tip (site of neck ?); styles of moderate size in several rows. 3a. LE. ocnus. It has the same tegumen as stbo, which is quite a distinctive one. The styles are rather bolder and the one at the extremity of the clasp is very large. As five preparations of my own, and one or two of Mr. Elwes’s preparations, are all I have seen of the two species, I do not like to be positive, but incline to regard the differences observed between sibo and ocnus _as individual ‘variations ; I should unite the species, if this is at all in agreement with other indications. 4, E. kalmuka (Fig. 46). This species comes nearest to H. sivo in the form of the tegumen; the clasp is smaller, with bolder styles in definite alternate rows, the front one incurved. Despite its peculiar facies, both the appendages and neuration show this to be the natural position of the species. 5. HL. radians (Fig. 47). I have already referred to the cylindrical S-shaped shafts and hemi- spherical ends of the lateral processes of the tegumen, that distinguish this species. The styles are large and bold, there is a depression in the stylous ridge possibly repre- senting the neck. 6. E. turanica (Fig. 48). This very closely resembles /. meta especially in-the form of the tegumen, and in the styles invading the shaft of the clasp, which is however smaller, more delicate apically and more rounded. 7. £. edda (Fig. 49), The central process of the tegumen is rather long; the clasp resembles that of 232 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s radians in showing indications of a neck, when seen in profile; but when looked down upon, on the style-bearing surface, it is very broad, especially towards the head, and has seven or eight rows of styles, which are very small towards the head; the stylous ridge is easily twisted in getting into position for observation. 8. EL. tristis (Fig. 50). One may describe the clasp of this form as having acquired permanently and with much exaggeration a peculiar twist, such as the stylous ridge of edda easily falls into in a trifling degree, but so exaggerated as to be almost different in kind, though difficult to describe. 9. H. dabanensis (Fig. 51). The tegumen is very large, especially the central process; the clasp has the general form of that of epispodea, but is larger and stronger, and with the stylous ridge twice as long. The styles are very large and bold, in several rows, curling over and especially overhanging their base towards the body. 10. £. tundra (Fig. 51 bis). The facies of this species is very much that of EH. meta, but it is probably nearer dabanensis. In Dr. Standinger’s two original specimens the neuration is Asiatic and, especially in the male, 10 arises very far along 7. The appendages in the male specimen happen to be well expanded, and are capable of being examined fairly satisfactorily in situ, but cannot be so easily sketched under the camera as if removed; the processes of the tegumen are long, and the lateral ones very sharp and slender. The form of the clasp is almost identical with that of dabanensis, but the spines are not so bold and pronounced, nearer in fact to those of meta, and are in a double row. ll. #. discoidalis (Fig. 52). The central process of the tegumen is large and heavy, not unlike that of E£. hewitsonw; the stylous surface of the clasp is more terminal and less marginal than in others of this group, and passes round the head, suggesting an alliance with E. hewitsonu or L. fasciata. Group IX. 1. #. fasciata (Fig. 53), This has a very large, broad, rounded clasp, with a heavy armature of large styles surrounding the end. The form of the clasp may perhaps be derived from that of group VIII. by way of Review of the Genus Hrebia. 233 discoidalis, but it has a very special and distinctive aspect, so that its absolute identity in fasciwta, erinna, and magdalina leaves no doubt that these are all forms of one species—a conclusion that is not disturbed by any observable differences in them, when once their identity is asserted. 2. H. parmenio (Fig. 54). This form has probably little in common with the last species; it has a peculiarly broad square, squat clasp. 3. L. afra (Fig. 55). Another short, kroad, squat clasp, which is however not of the same character as that of parmenio; in outline on lateral view, it is not unlike that of wme or lappona, and if we could assume Asiatic neuration to be independently acquired, the species might be placed on its clasp form near lappona. The great size and length however of the upper process of the tegumen make this hypothesis untenable. The three species in this group ought perhaps to have been placed each in a separate group, as they have not much in common. I place by itself H. myops (Fig. 56), whose right to be regarded as an JLyvebia I disallow. The form of the tegumen suggests an alliance with Cenonympha. Another group that are not Erebias but are well on the way to Callerebia, are maracandica (Fig. 57), jordana (Fig. 58), hades (Fig. 59) and one or two other named forms. Their appendages are more like those of Callerebia than of Hrebia, and their facies is different. Herse (Fig, 60) is another species, with a very remark- able clasp form, that seems not to be an Lrebia. By showing the identity of erinna, fasciata, and magda- lina, there is demonstrated a parallel to the case of glacialis even closer than that which the similarity of magdalina in so many respects to var. pluto, had led Mr. Elwes and others to draw. In showing also the identity of melas with nerine, and the close relationship though probably not specific identity of pronoe and lefe- bvret, I enlarge the number of examples in which geographical isolation has had the effect of establishing very marked varieties or incipient species, varieties that often differ more than distinct species do; yet, geo- graphical isolation only having operated, the form of the appendages remain unchanged and the species may remain 234 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s undivided whilst in other cases the divergence has reached specific distinction. Perhaps the best known example of this is Z. glacialis, which in its varied forms of alecto, pluto, nichollt, has been regarded as forming several distinct species, but is now accepted as being really only one variable species—a con- clusion fully borne out by the identity of the appendages in all the forms, and probably more readily accepted as the geographical area it inhabits is not a very wide one. As being perhaps at the other end of the series, in so far as the extreme forms are entitled to, and will doubtless be accorded, specific rank, we may take the group of E. neoridas, margarita, zapatert; margarita I have not had the opportunity of examining, but xeoridas and zapa- teri are obviously very closely allied, and the appendages show that zapateri, though quite a distinct form, is very close indeed to neoridas. These two instances, perhaps the most familiar, and also the most extreme as regards the identity or distinct- ness of the forms composing them, are not by any means the most typical and remarkable, in as much as their component elements are not very widely separated geographically. The wxthiops group consists of H. xthiops, inhabiting Europe, £. sedakovit, Asia, and £. niphonica, Japan. The close resemblance of these three and other named forms and the identity of their appendages, compel one to the conclusion that they are geographical varieties not entitled to specific rank. Perhaps the most interesting species in this connexion is LZ. fasciata from Asia, which is identical specifically with erinna from Asia and magdalina from Colorado. Their appendages differ toto cwlo from those of glacialis, as does the neuration, yet magdalina in appearance (and Mr. Elwes tells me in habits and habitat also) might be mistaken for glacialis, var. pluto, and erinna for glacialis, type. op nerine is of much interest, being modified into a small dark variety which has been called morula, in its more eastern range, and still further south and east recognised as a distinct species under the name of melas, We may contrast with these the manto, or grass Erebiar group, consisting of nine species, of which eight all occur — Review of the Genus Erebia. 235 on the Alps of Central Europe, and, except one or two species in the Pyrenees, have no wider range. Two, three, or more of the species are often, indeed usually, associated on the same ground; yet, in spite of what has been advanced as to their crossing and present- ing intermediate forms, the evidence of the clasps is quite to the contrary, especially since the species said to be mixed are those that are most distinct. But all these species are sufficiently closely allied to lead us to conclude that they have a common origin; and they therefore compel us to accept in explanation Romanes’s theory of physiological isolation to account for their origin and pre- servation as distinct species. We have then in the grass Erebias a number of very similar and associated forms with very definitely distinct appendages; whilst in the other series of species, when geographical isolation has been chiefly at work, we have slightly different forms with identical appendages that compel us to regard them as one species, We further find that many species have dark or black forms:—glacialis, pluto; fasciata, magdalina; nerine, melas; manto, cecilia ; whilst wme, mnestra, epiphron, stygne, and _ others have forms making a very close approach to these. Li. lefebvrei has its coloured and dark forms, and £. cecilia from the Pyrenees, which appears to require a fresh name, is the only dark form not correlated with a normal coloured type. EXPLANATION OF PLATES V—XVI.« The figures are all sketched under the camera lucida, the amplifi- cation being 16 diameters. Ailowing for some roughness in the sketches, the general form of the processes of the tegumen and of the clasps, and the arrangement of the spines or styles are quite accurate, The view of the clasps is usually lateral, but in some instances a more vertical aspect is given, to illustrate the form of the clasp. In a few cases the clasps are flattened by pressure, so that they look broader than they actually are. This gives, however, a more accurate single view of the form of the chitin, but many clasps do not admit of it. 236 Dr, T, A. Chapman’s The indications of the articulated base of the clasps and the open (2. e. unchitinised) side are sketchy and only of use as showing the angle at which the clasp is viewed ; a slightly different angle alters the outline of these so much, that only with elaborate drawings could their real differences be shown. The same remarks apply to the tegumina, some differences in the figures are due to different angles of view, and in certain cases to the preparation being in some degree under pressure ; these rarely prevent a due comparison of lengths, curves, sharpnesses, &c., of the processes. The name of a locality after the description of a figure indicates that the specimen figured was obtained at that place, after the name of a species or variety, that all the examples thereof figured were obtained there. Where preparations have been figured from a single example, the descriptions of them are separated by commas only, where from different examples of the same species or variety, by semicolons. PLATE V. Fig. 1. E. ligea. a, tegumen, 0, clasp (Wolfsberg, Carinthia) ; c, clasp (Norway, Hlwes). Var. adyte, d, clasp (Norway. Elwes). Var. ajanensis, e, clasp (Nikolaiefsk, Elwes), Var.— ?, f, clasp. Var. ajanensis, g and h, clasps. » 2. EE. euryale. a, tegumen, b and c, clasps (Lélling, Carinthia. ) The view of c is slightly from above and shows the styles not to be in one row as they appear when seen laterally). Var. ocellaris (Heiligenblut), d, clasp, e, tegumen, flattened from above to show the breadth of its side processes ; f, clasp. » 3 E. cacilia?, (Pyrenees). a, tegumen (the side-processes with wide ends as in Group I. a), b and «, clasps; d, clasp. » 4 E. vidleri, a, tegumen, 6 and c¢, clasp (Elwes). PLATE VI. » 5. EH. manto. a, tegumen, 0 and ¢, clasps: d, clasp; e and f, clasps (all from St. Anton, Arlberg); g and h, clasps (Elwes). Var. pyrrhula (Albula), i, tegumen, j, clasps ; k and 1, clasps. ,, 6. E. eriphyle, a, tegumen, 0, clasp (St. Anton) ; ¢, clasp (Sau Alpe); d and e, clasps (Sau Alpe); f and g, clasps (example sent as var. pyrrhula). 10. ll. 12. 13. 14, 15, 16. iis 17. 18. tS: 20. 21. 22. 23. Review of the Genus Evebia. 237 Piate VII. . E. epiphron. ce, clasp (Chamonix) ; d, clasp (Germany). Var. cassiope (Sau Alpe), a, tegumen, 0, clasp, somewhat flattened. Var. nelamus (Campfer, Engadine), e, tegu- men, f, clasp ; g, clasp. . E. pharte. a, tegumen, 4, clasp, somewhat flattened out (Kor Alp); ¢, clasps, somewhat flattened out (Col de Lauteret) ; d and e, clasp (Innsbriick) ; f and g, clasp (St. Anton). Pharte?, k and J, clasps (sent as var. pyrrhula from Switzerland). . E. melampus. a, tegumen, b, clasp (St. Anton) ; ¢ and d, clasps (Lauteret), Var. sudetica, e, clasp. PiLate VIII. E. arete (Sau Alpe). a, tegumen, 0, clasp, flattened ; ¢, clasp. E. christi. a, tegumen, d and e, clasps; b and ¢, clasps. E. kefersteini. a, tegumen, J, clasp, c, clasp ; d, clasp. E. flavofasciata, a, tegumen, b, clasp, flattened, c, clasp (Engadine) ; d and e, clasps (Campolungo). Puate IX, E. ceto. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps. E. maurisius. a, tegumen, b, clasp; c, clasp. Var. haberhaueri, d, tegumen, e, clasp. E. pawlowskyi. a,tegumen, band e, clasps ; d,clasp. Var. ethela, e, tegumen, ; f and g, clasps. Var theano, h, tegumen, 7 and k, clasps. E. ethiops. a, tegumen (Innsbriick); 0 and c¢, clasps, (Innsbriick) ; d, clasp (Argyll). PLATE X. E. «athiops, var. melusina, e, clasp. Var. sedakovii, f, tegumen, g, clasp. Var. niphonica, h, clasp. E. alemena. a, tegumen, J, clasp. E. mnestra. a, tegumen, J, clasp. E. gorgone. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps ; d and e, clasps. E. gorge. a,tegumen, b, clasp (Innsbriick). Var. triopes, c. clasp (Tyrol). E. glacialis. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps (Innsbriick). E. ottomana. a, tegumen, 2, clasp ; ¢ and d, clasps. 238 Dr. T, A. Chapman’s Prate XI. Fig. 24. E. tyndarus. a, tegumen, > and c, clasps (St. Anton); d, clasp (Switzerland). Var. stbirica, e, clasp. Var. callias, 7, tegumen ; g and h, clasps; f and h, clasps. 25. E. epistygne. a. tegumen, b, clasp (Digne); c¢, clasp (Grasse). 26. E. neoridas. a. tegumen, 8, clasp; ¢, clasp. » 27. E. zapateri. a, tegumen, J, clasp. 5, 28. E. pronoe, a, tegumen; 6 and ¢, clasps (St. Anton). 9? Puate XII. » 29. E. scipio (Digne). a, tegumen, J, clasp ; ¢, clasp, » 30. LE. lefebvrei. a, tegumen, 0, clasp; c, clasp; d, clasp; e and f, clasps. » 3l. EH. nerine. a, tegumen (Mendel Pass) ; 6, clasp (Cortina) ; ce, clasp (Istria). Var. morula, d, clasp; e, clasp. Var. melas, f, clasp (Herculesbad) ; g, clasp (Greece) ; h, clasp (do.). » 32. EH. goante. a, tegumen, b an ¢, clasps. Prate XIII. ,, 33 E. stygne. a, tegumen, somewhat from beneath, b, and c, clasps. Var. pyrenaica, d, clasp. » 34. E. eme. a, tegumen, J, clasp ; ¢, clasp. », 30. EH. lappona, a, tegumen, 0b, clasp (top view), c, clasp, (lateral view). ,, 36. E. evias. a, tegumen, 4, clasp. ,» 37. E. rossii. a, tegumen. Var. ero, b, clasp ; ¢, clasp, d, end of clasp more enlarged. ,, 38 E. embla. a, tegumen, 0, clasp, c, end of clasp. 5, 39. EL. cyclopius, a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps. PLATE XIV. » 40. E. disa. a, tegumen, 8, clasp. » 41. E. medusa. a, tegumen, 6, clasp (Germany); c¢, clasp (Lolling). Var. polaris, d, clasp. Var. transiens, e, clasp. Var. hippomedusa, f, clasp. 42, EK. hewitsoni. a, tegumen, 0 and c, clasps. ,, 43. E. epipsodea. a, tegumen, b, clasp ; c, clasp viewed more laterally. », 44. E. meta, var. yssica. a, tegumen, 0 and c, clasps. 50. 51. Review of the Genus Erebia. 239 . E, sibo, a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps. E. ocnus. dand e, tegumen ; f, clasp ; g, clasp. PLATE XV. . E. kalmuka. a, tegumen, 8, clasp. . E. radians. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps. . E£. turanica. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps. . E. edda, a, tegumen, 3), clasp, edge view, c, clasp, side view. E. tristis. a, tegumen, 0 and ¢, clasps. E. dabanensis. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps. 51*, E. tundra, a and b (somewhat foreshortened), clasp. , 2. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60, E. discoidalis. a, tegumen, b, clasp ; c, clasp, viewed at a different angle ; d clasp (Elwes). Prats XVI, E. fasciata, c, clasp (Mus. Brit). Var. magdalina, a, tegumen, 0, clasp. Var. erinna, d, clasp. E. parmenio. a, tegumen, J, clasp. E, afra. a, tegumen, 6, clasp, top view, ¢, clasp, side view. Var. dalmata, d, clasp. E. myops. a, tegumen, J, clasp. E. maracandica. a, tegumen, 3, clasp. E. jordana. a, tegumen, J, clasp. E. hades. a, tegumen, 6, clasp. E. herse. a, tegumen, J, clasp. 1 A most difficult clasp to represent satisfactorily. Goan XIV. The Moths of the Lesser Antilles, By Str GEORGE F. Hampson, Bart., B.A. [Read June Ist, 1898.] Prat XeV il. IN a former paper* I gave an account of the moths belonging to the families Hpiplemidex, Geometridx, Pyra- lide and Sesiadx collected in the Lesser Antilles, chiefly St. Vincent and Grenada, by Mr. H. H. Smith, the account forming one of a series of papers descriptive of the insects collected on behalf of the Committee of the Royal Society and British Association appointed to explore the fauna and flora of the smaller West Indian islands. The present paper deals with all the other families of moths except the Pterophoride, Tortricide and Tineidx, which will be dealt with by Lord Walsingham and complete the sub- ject; in addition to the collections of Mr. Smith those made in St. Lucia and Dominica by Mr. W. H. Eliott are recorded. Family—SYNTOMID&. PHEIA DAPHZENA, Sp. 0. ¢. Head and thorax black ; frons and vertex of head spotted with white ; tegule, shoulders, and patagia with large crimson patches ; fore coxze, hind tibiz at base, and Ist joint of tarsi white ; abdomen black with two dorsal white patches on 1st segment followed by metallic green patches which extend Jaterally towards extremity ; the Ist two segments ventrally white ; wings hyaline, the veins and margins black. Forewing with crimson streaks below basal two- thirds of costa and above inner margin; a discocellular spot ; the terminal band expanding very widely on apical area and below vein 2, Hindwing with the terminal band expanding widely to- wards apex and slightly below vein 2. Hab. Dominica ; Santa Lucta (W. H. Eliott). Eap., 30 mill. Antenne of male serrate; hind tibia greatly dilated ; forewing with vein 3 from angle of cell. * A.M.N.H. (6), xvi, pp. 329-349 (1895). TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898—PART III. (SEPT.) 17 242 Sir George F. Hampson on the CosMOSOMA DEMANTRIA, Druce, A.M.N.H. (6), xv, p. 44 (1895). Dominica. CosMOSOMA HYPOCHEILUS, Sp. n. ¢. Head black with some metallic blue on vertex ; antennz white at tips ; thorax scarlet above, black below ; legs with metallic blue on coxee ; abdomen orange scarlet with lateral black bands, with series of metallic blue spots on them, meeting at extremity and approximated at base of dorsum ; paired black patches on ventral surface ; the terminal segments black ; wings hyaline, the veins and margins black. Forewing with fine scarlet streak below basal three- fourths of costa; the base scarlet emitting a short streak along inner margin ; a discoidal black spot ; a black patch more or less com- pletely filling up the interspaces between veins 2 and 4; the apical area very widely black. Hindwing with some scarlet at base; a black patch in cell ; the apical and inner areas black. 2. With the black patch between veins 2 and 4 of forewing very much reduced or absent. Hab. St. Vincent (Windward side). (4H. H. Smith). Ezxp., 30 mill. Abdomen of male without ventral valve; hindwing with the lower part of cell normal, veins 2 and 4 rather shortly stalked. SYNTOMEIDA SYNTOMOIDES, Boisd. Spéc. Gén. Lep., i, pl. 16, f. 4 (1836). Santa Lucia; Dominica (W. H. Eliott). UCEREON IMRIEI, Druce, P.Z.S., 1884, p. 322, pl. 25, f. 6. Dominica. EUCEREON CLEMENTSI, Schaus, Am. Lep., p. 10, pl. 1, f. 25 (1892). Santa Lucia. Family—ARCTIAD. Subfamily ARCTIAN. HALISIDOTA PELLUCIDA, Sepp, Ins. Surin., ii, pl. 76 (1848). St. Vincent. PAREUCHETES CADAVEROSA, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. v, p. 245 (1865). St. Vincent. Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 243 ECPANTHERIA ERIDANUS, Cram., Pap. Exot., i, pl. 68, Ge hi): Dominica. AMMALO FERVIDUS, WIEk., iii, 622 (1855). St. Vincent. Subfamily LITHOSIAN AE. DEIOPEIA ORNATRIX, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p.511 (1758) : var. pura, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1877, p. 360. St. Vincent. CYDOSIA HISTRIO, Fabr., Spec. Ins., ii, 203, 139. Phalena nobitella, Cram., Pap. Exot., 111, 128, p. 264, G. St. Lucia; St. Vincent ; Mustique I., Grenadines. CISTHENE POLYZONA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het., i, p. 123, pl. 12, f. 13. Dominica. CISTHENE METOXIA, sp. n. (PI. X VII, fig. 8). Head and thorax fuscous ; palpi, except 3rd joint, yellow ; vertex of head and tegulz yellow ; pectus and legs yellow and fuscous ; ab- domen crimson, orange below ; forewing fuscous; the costa and termen yellow ; slight yellow streaks on subcostal and median nervures ; an elongate patch on basal half of inner margin and a rounded patch at tornus. Hindwing fuscous with crimson streak below cell, in one specimen extending to beyond middle, in another with only its terminal portion present, in the 3rd quite obsolete ; a crimson fascia on inner margin. Male with the tornus produced to a pointed lobe, the inner area with a fold containing a tuft of long hair. Hab. Sv. VINCENT; GRENADA, Balthazar (H. 1. Smith). Exp., 16 mill. PTYCHOGLENE XANTHOPLEURA, sp.n. (Pl. XVII, figs. 1, 15.) gd. Dark brown slightly irrorated with yellow scales ; sides of pectus and abdomen with orange fascize which almost meet above on Ist segment of abdomen. Hindwing with broad orange fascia from base to beyond cell ; the inner margin orange. Under- side of both wings with some orange at base. @. With hardly a trace of orange irroration; abdomen with the lateral fascize very slight. Hindwing with the fascie in cell and on inner margin very slight and confined to basal area. Hab. GRENADA, Balthazar, Mount Gay. (H. H. Smith). Exp., § 30, 2 36 mill. 244. Sir George F. Hampson on the Subfamily NOLIN. Genus NEOSELCA, nov. Palpi short, obliquely upturned ; antenne bipectinate with moderate branches. Forewing with the cell very long, vein 2 curved from before its middle ; 3 from before angle; 4, 5 separate ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8 stalked from 10, 9 absent ; 11 from cell. Hind- wing with vein 2 from well before angle of cell; 3, 4 separate ; 5 obsolescent from middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 stalked ; 8 from middle of cell. Typr. Nola minuta, Druce. The genus will also in- clude WV. melicerta, Druce. NEOSELCA MINUTA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het., i, p. 140, pl. 13, f. 17. Grenada—Balthazar. HYBLA PUERA, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 103, ff. D, E. St. Vincent (south end) ; Grenada—Mount Gay. Family—NOCTUIDA. Subfamily TRIFINA, HELIOTHIS ARMIGERA, Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Schmett, Noct., 11, pl. 79, f. 370. St. Vincent. HELIOTHIS VIRESCENS, Fabr., Ent. Syst., 111, 30, 72. St. Vincent ; Union I., Grenadines ; Grenada—Mount Gay, Balthazar ; St. Lucia. AGROTIS INCIVIS, Guen., Noct., i, 274. St. Lucia ; Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay. LEUCANIA SOLITA, WIk., ix, 99. Grenada—Mount Gay. LEUCANIA HUMIDICOLA, Guen., Noct., 1, 90. Grenada—Mount Gay, Mount Maitland. LEUCANIA LOREYI, Dup., Lep. Fr., iv, p. 81, pl. 105, f. 7. St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay. EUTHISANOTIA AMARYLLIDIS, Sepp, Ins. Surin., 1, 63, pl. 28. St. Lucia; St. Vincent. CRoPIA INFUSA, WIlk., xiii, 1116. St. Lucia. Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 245 EUPLEXIA RESPONDENS, W1k., xv, 1720. St. Lucia. EUPLEXIA CONCISA, WIk., ix, 191. St. Vincent. EUPLEXIA CIRCUITA, Guen., Noct., 1, p. 227. St. Vincent (windward side) ; Grenada. EUPLEXIA APAMEOIDES, Guen., Noct., i, p. 229. Grenada—Mount Gay ; St. Vincent. EUPLEXIA SUTOR, Guen., Noct., i, p. 231. Grenada—Balthazar ; St. Vincent. EUPLEXIA ALBIGERA, Guen., Noct., i, p. 228. Grenada—Mount Gay ; St. Vincent. This species in the male has the palpi longer and tufted with hair on the inner side towards the extremity. EUPLEXIA TERENS, W1k., xi, 586. Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay. CUCULLIA ERIDANIA, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 358, F. Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay. The variety a/bula, Wlk., occurs with the typical form in the same localities. CUCULLIA DIMINUTA, Guen., Noct., 1, p. 141. St. Vincent. CUCULLIA VITRINA, WIk., xi, 718. Grenada—Mount Gay. This differs from typical species of Cucullia in being without the dorsal tufts on the abdomen and should probably be placed in a new genus. PRODENIA COMMELINA, Sm., Abb, Lep. Georgia, ii, p. 189, pl. 95. Grenada—Balthazar ; St. Vincent. ACRONYCTA ESULA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het., i, p. 297, pl. 28, £1 Grenada—Mount Gay. ..CARADRINA MACRA, Guen., Noct., i, p. 157. Grenada—Mount Gay, Balthazar. CARADRINA EPOPEA, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 272, G, H. St. Lucia ; Grenada—Balthazar. 246 Sir George F. Hampson on the CARADRINA SPILOMELA, WIk., xxxii, 648. Grenada—Mount Gay. The variety subaquila, Harvey, oceurs with the typical form, of which convwa, Harvey, is a synonym. CARADRINA EXESA, Guen., Noct., 1, p. 222. Grenada—Mount Gay ; St. Vincent. Usually smaller and redder than the Florida specimens. CARADRINA FUSCIMACULA, Grote, Bull. Geol. Surv., vi, 262. Subsp. 1. Much more uniform rufous brown than the typical form. Forewing with the orbicular and reniform less prominent, the latter with fuscous spots in its upper and lower parts not conjoined ; the lines paler with the dark edges less prominent. Hindwing fuscous with a rufous tinge and distinctly whitish towards base. Hab. Sv. Vincent; GRENADA, Mount Gay.—VENE- ZUELA, Aroa; BRAZIL. LHzp., 26 mill. Subsp. 2. Much more uniform dark fuscous brown than the typical form, the thorax and forewing with slight rufous tinge ; the lines grey with the dark edges hardly visible ; hindwing uniform fuscous. Hab. Mexico, Coatepec. Hzp., 30 mill. GQ fg, Coll. Schaus.) The male of both the above forms has the underside of both wings irregularly suffused with dark scales to the middle as in the typical form, in which it differs from grata, Hiibn. CARADRINA TRISTICTA, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 2.) Palpi of male with the 2nd and 8rd joints fringed in front with short downturned hair; fore coxee and femora thickly fringed with large scales above. Pale yellowish rufous; vertex of head, thorax and forewing irrorated with dark scales; the scales on forelegs fulvous. Forewing with short waved fuscous sub-basal line ; an antemedial fuscons line not reaching inner margin, often reduced to spots: a medial rufous line slightly angled below costa, then sinuous ; three small round white spots in end of cell ; a rufous postmedial line strongly angled beyond cell then sinuous ; veins 5 and 6 very strongly streaked with rufous ; a subterminal rufous line obtusely angled at vein 6 then ineurved ; a prominent terminal series of black points. Hindwing yellowish white with traces of postmedial line excurved beyond cell ; some brownish terminal lunules. Hab. Hartt; GRENADA, Mount Gay. Hup., 28 mill. Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 247 AMYNA OCTO, Guen., Noct., i, p. 233. Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay. CALLOPISTRIA FLORIDENSIS, Guen., Noct., ii, p. 292. St. Lucia; St. Vincent. Subfamily ACONTIA NE. CORUBATHA QUADRIFERA, Zell., Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien., xxiv, p. 3, pl. 12, f. 2. Grenada—Balthazar. ATETHMIA REPANDA, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii, 1, p. 462 (1793), swbusta, Hiibn., Zutr., 11, 205, 206. St. Lucia; Grenada—Mount Gay. The variety icidens, Wlk., occurs with the typical form. XANTHOPTERA TIGRIS, Guen., Noct., 1, p. 317. Grenada—Mount Gay. XANTHOPTERA NIGROFIMBRIA, Guen., Noct., ii, p. 241. Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay. OMMATOCHILA MUNDULA, Zell., Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, xxi, 460, pl. 2, f. 4. Grenada—Mount Gay. OMMATOCHILA LATIPALPIS, WIk., xv, 1763. Grenada— Mount Gay. The second joint of the palpi has very large tufts of scales on the inner side. SPRAGUEIA TRANSMUTATA, WIk., xxxiii, 776. Grenada— Mount Gay. © SPRAGUEIA RUDISANA, WIk., xxxiii, 776. Grenada—Mount Gay. SPRAGUEIA CANOFUSA, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 4). Head and thorax dark brown suffused with olive grey scales ; abdomen brown, Forewing dark brown suffused with olive grey scales ; ill-defined whitish patches at base and middle of costa and a more prominent triangular white spot before apex ; faint traces of oblique antemedial and medial lines, and of a subterminal line ; an indistinct semicircular black mark beyond the cell, part of its lower edge defined by white ; a fine white line on medial part of termen and a dark line through the cilia. Hindwing brown ; cilia pale at tips. 248 Sir George F. Hampson on the Hab. JaMaica (Cockerell); Hartt; GRENADA, Mount Gay (H. H. Smith).—BRrazit, Siéo Paulo (Jones). Hup., 16 mill. Genus TARACHIDIA, nov. Type. TZ. flavibasis. Palpi obliquely porrect, extending just beyond frons which has a rounded prominence truncate below ; antennz minutely ciliated ; abdomen without dorsal tufts. Forewing with vein 7 from angle of cell; 8, 9 stalked ; 10 from cell. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 stalked ; 6, 7 from upper angle. TARACHIDIA FLAVIBASIS, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 3). ¢. Headand tegule grey brown ; thorax olive yellow ; abdomen brown. Forewing with the basal half olive yellow with oblique outer edge ; the terminal half brown with some greyish suffusion. Hindwing brown ; cilia pale at tips. Underside brown. Hab. GRENADINES, Union I. (H. H. Smith), one ¢. Exp., 20 mill. TARACHIDIA HOLOPHA#A, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 17). @. Grey-brown; palpi at base, pectus and ventral surface of abdomen white. Forewing with the basal area suffused with a few long yellow scales and a few more on medial terminal area, the rest of wing irrorated with white scales. Hindwing fuscous brown ; cilia white at tips. Underside greyer. Hab. GRENADINES, Union I. (H. A. Smith), one 2. Hep., 20 mill . EUBLEMMA FLAMMICINCTA, WIk., xxxiii, 801. Grenada—Balthazar ; St. Vincent. EKUBLEMMA ROSESCENS, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 9). Head nearly pure white ; antenne yellowish and fuscous ; tegule pale yellow; thorax and abdomen fulvous red, the latter with seg- mental white lines. Forewing rosy pink ; the costal area yellow, narrowing to a point before apex ; straight oblique rufous antemedial and medial lines, the latter diffused on inner side ; the postmedial line fine, angled below costa, then sinuous ; the terminal area bright rufous, expanding at middle and narrowing to apex ; traces of a sinuous subterminal line with three dark points on it between veins 4and 7. Hindwing pale yellow becoming rufous towards termen. Hob. Hartt; St. Luocta; St. VINcENT; GRENADA, Balthazar (HH. Smith). Hap., 22 mill. Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 249 Subfamily PALINDIAN. PALINDIA ADDENS, WIk., xv, 1768. St. Lucia. PALINDIA MIccA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het., 1, p. 319, pl. 29, f. 22. Grenada—Mount Gay. Subfamily EKUTILIA NZ. PARACHABORA ABYDAS, Herr.-Schiff.,Auss.-eur. Schmett, f. 565. Grenada—Balthazar. INGURA CANOFUSA, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 16). Antenne of male bipectinate with long branches, the apical part serrate ; abdomen with dorsal tufts on 1st three segments. ¢. Head and tegule grey ; thorax rufous brown ; abdomen grey and rufous brown. Forewing grey, the basal, and inner area to post- medial line, yellowish ; the basal area with patches of purple brown ; an obscure dark waved antemedial line; faint traces of orbicular and reniform spots ; the postmedial line double, minutely waved, strongly excurved beyond cell and with a fine black streak from its outer edge above vein 5; the terminal area purple brown with oblique greyish fascia across apical area and greyish apical patch. Hindwing fuscous with the interspaces below the cell whitish ; three find dark striz on inner area above tornus ; cilia mostly pale brown. Q. Forewing with the basal and terminal areas darker, the grey areas more prominent. Hab. St. Lucia; Dominica (W. H. Eliott). Hzp., 34 mill. ; INGURA OBROTUNDA, Guen., Noct., u1, p. 312. St. Lucia; St. Vincent (Windward side); Grenada— St. George’s, Balthazar. EUTELIA RUFATRIX, W1k., xv, 1775. Grenada—Balthazar. CASSANDRIA FILIFERA, WI1k., xi, 719. St. Lucia. Subfamily STICTOPTERINZ. STICTOPTERA TUMIDICOSTA, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 5). Palpi with a tuft of hair on inner side of extremity of 2nd joint ; hindwing with vein 8 arising from middle of cell ; male with the 250 Sir George F. Hampson on the costa of forewing slightly arched beyond middle ; the costa of hind- wing fringed with hair and strongly arched beyond middle ; the cell of forewing medial in position. Grey brown ; head, thorax and forewing tinged in parts with pale ferruginous ; abdomen with two dorsal black marks on subterminal segment and a series of oblique black sublateral strie. Forewing with black points forming traces of sub-basal, antemedial, medial and postmedial lines, the last excurved beyond cell, then incurved to lower angle; a small incomplete discoidal black annulus; a curved subterminal series of black points becoming larger towards inner margin ; a terminal series. Hindwing semihyaline white, the terminal area clouded with fuscous. Hab. GRENADA, Balthazar. Lup, 24 mill. Subfamily GONOPTERIN 2. CosMOPHILA EROSA, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 287, 288. Grenada—Mount Gay. COSMOPHILA EDITRIX, Guen., Noct., 11, p. 404. St. Lucia ; Grenada. COSMOPHILA PROPERANS, WIk., xiii, 999. Grenada— Mount Gay. Subfamily QUADRIFIN A. EREBUS ODORATUS, Linn., Syst. Nat., x, 505. St. Lucia, St. Vincent. LETIS MYCERINA, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 172, B. Grenada—Chantilly, Mount Gay; St. Vincent; St. Lucia. PrEOSINA PANDROSA, Cram., Pap. Exot, i, p. 122, psi, OD: Dominica. POLYDESMA SETIPES, Guen., Noct., ili, p. 7. St. Lucia; Grenada—Mount Gay, Chantilly, Bal- thazar. The specimen from St. Lucia belongs to the paler form wstipennis, Wlk., also one specimen from Balthazar with a black blotch on the inner area of the forewing. PoLYDESMA LUNATA, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. p. 40, pl. 20, f. 3. Dominica ; Grenada—Mount Gay. The varieties minerea, Guen., viridans,Guen., and others occur with the typical form. Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 251 CATEPHIA SCRIPTURA, WIlk., xv, 1728; transversalis, WIlk., xv, 1734 (Pl. XVII, fig. 10). Head and thorax pale brown irrorated with dark scales, the outer edge and tips of patagia dark; abdomen fuscous brown. Fore- wing clothed with rough shining pale yellow brown and purplish brown scales, the basal area darker especially on inner area ; a fine waved black sub-basal line retracted to base below cell and with an oblique striga beyond its angle ; a white point on lobe of inner mar- gin ; a fine sinuous black antemedial line angled outward above vein 1 and joined by a streak to the minutely waved postmedial line which is strongly excurved at middle ; orbicular and reniform large and pale yellow brown ; traces of a sinuous subterminal line crossed by three black streaks from tenuen above veins 1, 3 and 5; a sinu- ous terminal black line. Hindwing fuscous brown with slight black striga above tornus ; cilia reddish brown ; the base of wing and on underside the inner are whitish, a discoidal lunule and curved postmedial line also being present. Hab. Hatt1; Dominica. Zzp., 44 mill. PSEUDOBENDIS OPISTOGRAPHA, Guen., Noct., ili, p. 212. Grenada—Balthazar. OPHIUSA TROPICALIS, Guen., Noct., ili, p. 238. Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay. MELIPOTIS FAMELICA, Guen., Noct., iu1, p. 62. Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay; Union Is. MELIPOTIS NOVANDA, Guen., Noct., i1, p. 64. Grenada—Mount Gay. MELIPOTIS FASCIOLARIS, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 443, 444. Grenada—Balthazar. PANULA INCONSTANS, Guen.,. Noct., ili, p. 59. Grenada — Mount Gay; St. Lucia. Numerous varieties. PANULA SCINDENS, WIk., xv, 1829. Grenada— Mount Gay. BANIANA VELUTICOLLIS, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 7). Pale reddish brown ; vertex of head, tegule and base of patagia rich chocolate brown ; abdomen tinged with fuscous. Forewing irrorated with black and with numerous indistinct fine pale strize ; an obliquely curved pale antemedial line defined by rufous on outer side ; a similar postmedial line angled inwards at vein 5; a pale- edged brown discoidal line ; traces of a subterminal series of dark specks and a more prominent terminal series. Hindwiug fuscous brown with traces of discoidal spot ; cilia pale brown. 252 Sir George F. Hampson on the Hab. St. Lucta; St. Vincent (4. H. Smith). Ezxp., 22 mill. POAPHILA LINEOLARIS, Hiibn., Samml. eur. Schmett., f. 454, Grenada—Mount Gay. POAPHILA GARNOTI, Guen., Noct., 101, p. 306. Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay; St. Lucia. POAPHILA CRUCIS, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii, 2, p. 36 (1794), immunis, Guen., Noct., 111, p. 305. St. Vincent (Windward side). REMIGIA REPANDA, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii, 2, p. 49 (1794), megas, Guen., Noct., 11, p. 317. St. Vincent ; Grenada—Balthazar, Golden Grove. REMIGIA LATIPES, Guen., Noct., i, p. 314. St. Lucia; Dominica ; Grenada—Baithazar, MountGay. EPIDROMIA POAPHILOIDES, Guen., Noct., 111, p. 215. St. Lucia ; Grenada—Mount Gay. THERMESIA INEXACTA, W1k., xxxiil, 1038. St. Lucia. THERMESIA GEMMATALIS, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 153, 154. St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay. THERMESIA PAUCULA, WIk., xv, 18388. St. Vincent ; Grenada—Balthazar. THERMESIA INCONCISALIS, WIk., xxxiv, 1167. Grenada—St. George’s; Grenadines—Union I. AZETA VERSICOLOR, Fabr., Ent. Syst., 111, 2, p. 40 (1794), repugnalis, Hiibn., Zutr., Samml. Exot. Schmett., 11, p. 3%, 11.,015,.510. Grenada—Balthazar, Golden Grove ; Union Is. GLYMPIS DAMOETASALIS, WIk., xvi, 252. Grenada—Mount Gay. PLEONECTYPTERA PYRALIS, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 127, 128. Grenada—Mount Gay. The yellow form without rufous on outer area, TERATOCERA ERYCATA, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 287, D, and pl. 370, E. St. Lucia; Grenada—Balthazar. AMPHIGONIA POSTPONENS, WIk., xv, 1856. Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay. Moths of the Lesser Antilles, 253 BENDIS FORMULARIS, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 9038, 904. St. Lucia; St. Vincent ; Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay. BENDIS PELIDNALIS, Hiibn., Zutvr., ff. 169, 170. Grenada—Balthazar. ITONIA LIGNARIS, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 317, 318. Grenada— Mount Gay. ORZSIA EXCITANS, WI1k. Grenada (Leeward side). ANOMIS ARGILLACEA, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 399, 400. Grenada—Mount Gay. The purplish-red form of the species. GONODONTA SOROR, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 276, B. St. Lucia. GONODONTA INCURVA, Sepp, Ins. Surin., 11, 201, pl. 89. St. Lucia; Dominica; St. Vincent; Grenada— Bal- thazar, Mount Gay. PLUSIA ERIOSOMA, Doubl., Dieff., New Zealand, ii, p. 285. Grenada—Mount Gay. PLUSIA VERRUCA, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii, 2, 238. Dominica; St. Vincent (Leeward side). CoNCANA MUNDISSIMA, WI1k., xii, 940. St. Lucia; St. Vincent; Grenada—Mount Gay. Subfamily FOCILLINA. RAPARNA BREVIPENNIS, W1k., xxxiii, 1039. St. Lucia ; Grenada—Mount Gay. RAPARNA LITURATA, WIk., xxxiii, 1094. Grenada—Mount Gay. RAPARNA EUPITHECIOIDES, W1k., xv, 1593. St. Vincent (Windward side). CAPNODES STEROPE, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 309, E and pl. 312, C. Grenada—Mount Gay, Balthazar. Most of the speci- mens are ab. rujinans, Guen. CAPNODES SUBCINERASCENS, Wlk., xv, 1614. St. Lucia; St. Vincent ; Grenada (Windward side). 254 Sir George F. Hampson on the CAPNODES BIPUNCTATA, WIk., xxxiii, 1048. Grenada—Mount Gay. CAPNODES DISTACTA, sp.n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 19). Dark purplish brown ; pectus, legs and ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Forewing with slight blue-grey suffusion ; a straight antemedial dark line with white mark on it from costa to cell and two minute ochreous points on median nervure and vein 1; an ob- scure brown discoidal lunule ; a minutely waved dark postmedial line with white spot on it at costa, excurved beyond cell, then in- curved ; traces of a waved subterminal line ; a terminal series of dark lunules. Hindwing slightly suffused with blue-grey ; a dark discoidal spot ; the medial line slightly excurved at middle ; an obscure dentate subterminal line with some dark points on it; a terminal series of dark lunules. Hab. DoMINIcA; GRENADA, Mount Gay; TRINIDAD. Eap., 22 mill. _ YRIAS QUADRISIGNATA, W1k., xiii, 1073. Grenada—Balthazar. YRIAS PROGENIES, Guen., Noct., 111, p. 323. Grenada—Balthazar, Caliveny. SELENIS MONOTROPA, Grote, Can. Ent., viii, 207. St. Lucia. IsOGONA NATATRIX, Guen., Noct., i, p. 323. Grenada—Balthazavr. Subfamily DELTOIDINA. BLEPTINA PENTHUSALIS, WI1k., xvi, 128. Dominica ; St. Vincent. BLEPTINA THEROALIS, WIk., xvi, 243. Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay. BLEPTINA ACASTUSALIS, Wlk., xvi, 122. St. Lucia; Dominica; St. Vincent (Windward side) ; Grenada — Balthazar, Mount Gay. Extremely variable, the form priassalis, Wlk., occurs with many others. NoDARIA TAGUSALIS, W1k., xvi, 116. Grenada—Mount Gay. NODARIA MYNESALIS, WIk., xix, 860. St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay. Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 255 NODARIA GRISEIRENA, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 18). ¢. Fore tibize and tarsi covered by a sheath enclosing flocculent hair ; antennz knotted and tufted with hair at one-third from base ; forewing with a large depression on costal area at two-thirds from base, clothed with thick rough scales and covered by a fringe of hair from costa. Dark brown. Forewing slightly irrorated with grey ; waved ante- medial, postmedial and subterminal lines, the first defined on inner side, the two latter on outer with white, becoming brownish toward costa, the postmedial line slightly angled below costa and the post- medial and subterminal lines excurved at median nervules ; the orbicular represented by a black speck; the reniform with black centre and pale-brownish outline ; male with the medial area suffused with ochreous below the depression ; a terminal series of black and white lunules. Hindwing with white-edged dark medial and sub- terminal lines obsolescent except towards inner margin ; a terminal series of black and white lunules, Underside with the costal half of forewing and whole of hindwing largely suffused with white, the latter with the lines and a discoidal spot prominent. Hab. St. Vincent (Windward side); GRENADA, Mount Gay, Balthazar (H. H. Smith). Hzxp., 24 mill. TORTRICODES ALUCITALIS, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 73. St. Vincent (Windward side). TORTRICODES ORNEODALIS, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 73. St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay. PALTHIS BIZIALIS, WIk., xix, 865. St. Vincent ; Grenada—Balthazar. Genus DREPANOPALPIA, nov. Palpi of male with the Ist joint reaching vertex of head and angled with scales in front, the 2nd joint about twice length of head, recurved over it and fringed with scales in front, the 3rd about twice length of head, curving forward and fringed with scales in front and behind ; antennz with cilia and bristles ; fore tibiz and tarsi covered by a sheath enclosing flocculent hair. Forewing with vein 8 given off from 7 and anastomosing with 9 which arises from 10 to form an areole. Hindwing with vein 5 from below middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7, shortly stalked. Palpi of female with the 2nd joint oblique, straight, about three times length of head, with a small triangular tuft of scales on its inner side at extremity, the 3rd upturned acuminate with small triangular tuft on its outer side. 256 Sir George F. Hampson on the DREPANOPALPIA POLYCYMA, sp.n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 14). Dull brown. Forewing with ante- and postmedial minutely waved black lines, the former slightly excurved below cell, the latter strongly excurved from below costa to vein 2 ; orbicular and reniform black-edged, the former with brownish centre, the latter with whit- ish ; traces of a waved subterminal line ; a terminal series of minute dark lunules. Hindwing with traces of waved medial and sub- terminal lines ; a terminal series of dark points. Hab. St. Lucta (W. H. Rotherham). Ezxp., 24 mill. Genus PSEUDCRASPEDIA. Hmpsn., Journ. Bombay Soc., 1898, ined. PSEUDCRASPEDIA MELANOSTICTA, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 6). Pale grey-brown. Forewing with black point on costa near base ; antemedial blackish points on costa and below cell ; medial points on costa and discocellulars, and three brownish points on costa towards apex ; traces of waved postmedial and subterminal lines ; a terminal series of dark points. Hindwing with black points on disco- cellulars and below angle of cell; traces of waved postmedial and subterminal lines ; a terminal series of dark points. Hab. St. Vincent, Kingston. (H. H. Smith). Ezp., 12 mill. Rather smaller and paler than P. punctata fromSikhim and with the dark points somewhat differently placed ; it is however very closely allied to it and in structure identical. Genus DITROGOPTERA, nov. Palpi short upturned, not reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint fringed with hair towards extremity, the 3rd minute ; antenne of female almost simple ; legs long and slender, the spurs long. Fore- wing with vein 6 from below angle of cell; 7 from angle; 8, 9 stalked ; 10 from cell; 11 anastomosing with 12 the outer margin excised below apex ; hindwing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell ; 5 from below middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 stalked ; the outer mar- gin bilobed, being deeply excised between veins 5 and 6, then oblique and the inner margin short. DITROGOPTERA TRILINEATA, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 20). 9. Grey-brown. Forewing with grey antemedial line excurved at median nervure and outlined on each side with fuscous ; a dark Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 257 medial line excurved in cell; a small pale-edged black lunule at lower angle of cell ; the postmedial line pale, outlined with fuscous very oblique towards costa, excurved beyond cell, then somewhat sinuous ; traces of a waved subterminal line ; grey-edged black spots on costa and termen, one at apex being larger. Hindwing with dark medial line with white outer edge almost obsolete except on inner area ; a series of grey-edged terminal black spots. Hab. Sv. Vincent (H. H, Smith). Ezap., 14 mill. HYPENA VETUSTALIS, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 35. St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay. HYPENA ANDRONA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het., 1, p. 434, pl. 35, f. 12. Dominica. HYPENA PACIFICALIS, WIK., xvi, 45. Grenada—Mount Gay ; St. Vincent (Windward side). HYPENA EXOLETALIS, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 29. Grenada—Mount Gay ; St. Lucia. HYPENA OBDITALIS, W1]k., xvi, 48. Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay. HYPENA LIVIDALIS, Hiibn., Eur. Schmett., v, ff. 11, 186. Grenada—Mount Gay. CHUSARIS LUNIFERA, Butl., P. Z.S., 1878, p. 492. St. Vincent ; Grenada—Balthazar. CHUSARIS BISINUATA, sp.n. (PI. XVII, fig. 18). ¢. Palpi extending about the length of head ; antennz fasciculate. Head and thorax reddish-brown ; abdomen greyish-fuscous, the anal tuft pale. Forewing reddish-brown irrorated with dark scales ; two pale discoidal points ; a pale postmedial line strongly excurved beyond upper and lower angles of cell then oblique; an obscure sinuous white subterminal line with some black spots on it below costa. Hindwing fuscous. Hab. GRENADA, Balthazar (H. H. Smith). Ezp., 14 mill. RHASENA ABARUSALIS, WI1k., xix, 869. Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay. RHSENA NEALCESALIS, WIk., xix, 883. Dominica. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (SEPT.) 18 bo 58 Sir George F. Hampson on the Family HYPSID. Lavrona vinosA, Drury, Ill, Ex. Ent., i, pl. 23, f. 4. St. Lucia; St. Vincent, Family SATURNIAD. AUTOMERIS OBLONGA, WIk., vi, 1296. Grenada. ATTACUS ERYCINA, Shaw, Nat. Misc., vii, pl. 230 (1797). St. Vincent. Family SPHINGID/. Subfamily CH AROCAMPINAL. PHILAMPELUS LINNEI, Grote and Rob., Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad., v, p. 182, pl. 3, f. 3 (1865). Grenada. CH#ROCAMPA TERSA, Linn., Mant. Plant., p. 508 (1771). Grenada—Balthazar. CHAZROCAMPA NECHUS, Cram., Pap. Exot., 1, pl. 178, B. St. Lucia. Subfamily SPHINGIN A. ANCERYX FASCIATA, Swains., Zool. Ill., ii, pl. 150, f. 2 (1823). St. Lucia; St. Vincent. DILOPHONOTA ZNOTRUS, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 301, C. (1780). Grenada—Mount Gay. AMPHONYX MEDOR, Stoll, Pap. Exot. iv, pl. 394, A (1782). Grenada—Grenville. AMPHONYX DUPONCHELI, Poey, Cent. Lep., pl. iv (18382). St. Lucia. PROTOPARCE LUCETIUS, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 301, B (1780). St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay. bo Or © Moths of the Lesser Antilles. Subfamily IZA CROGLOSSIN A. ENyo Luaupris, Linn., Mant. Plant., p. 5387 (1771). St. Lucia ; Grenada (Leeward side). Family NOTODONTID. RHUDA FOCULA, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 383, G, H (1782). Dominica. NYSTALEA EBALEA, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 310, C (1781). St. Lucia. NYSTALEA GUTTIPLENA, WIk., xi, 635. St. Lucia ; Dominica. CHADISRA PUNCTATA, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 307, F. Dominica. HEMICERAS LINEA, Guen., Noct., u1, p. 381. Dominica. Family LIMACODID. SEMYRA COARCTATA, WIk., v, 1131 (1855). St. Vincent (Windward side) ; Grenada—Mount Gay. ORTHOCRASPEDA BISTRIGATA, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 21). ¢. Antenne pectinated to apex. Dull brown with a greyish tinge. Forewing with some whitish scales along median nervure ; a short dark-brown streak below middle of median nervure, and longer streak in end of cell ; a pale bisinuate postmedial line. Hab. St. Lucta; GRENADINES, Mustique I (A. ZH. Smuth). Exp., 24 mill. Family COSSIDA. DUOMITUS PUNCTIFER, sp.n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 11). ¢. Grey ; head and thorax mixed with dark brown ; antenn rufous ; tegule dark brown. Forewing whitish irrorated with dark brown ; dark brown strigze forming obscure sub-basal, antemedial, medial and four postmedial series ; a series of small dark spots on costa ; a diffused discoidal patch with brown spot at its lower ex- tremity below base of vein 2; an obscure subterminal spot on vein 3. Hindwing whitish with faint traces of striae. One specimen is browner with the markings obscured. 260 The Moths of the Lesser Antilles. Hab. Dominica (£liott); St. Lucta; St. VINCENT ; GRENADA, Mirabeau, Balthazar, Mount Gay (4. H. Smith). Lxp., 30-54 mill. GIVIRA PULVEROSA, sp.n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 12). Brownish grey ; abdomen dorsally tinged with fuscous. Fore- wing with some small rufous spots on costal area, in cell, an ante- medial series and a cluster below middle of vein 2; brown striz on inner and terminal areas, and obscure subterminal and terminal series of small spots. Hindwing fuscous-brown with traces of striz and terminal series of spots. Hab. St. Lucta; St. Vincent (Windward side) ; GRENADA (Windward side) (H. H. Smith). Exp. 40 mill. Family PSYCHID. OIKETICUS KIRBYI, Guild., Trans. Linn. Soc., xv, p. 375, PLGA ESZ7): St. Lucia. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. [See explanation facing the PLATE. | ( 261 ) XV. Lepidoptera Heterocera from Northern China, Japan, and Corea. By Joun Henry Leecu, B.A., F.LS., F.Z.S., &e. [Read June Ist, 1898.] THE three hundred and fifty-three species of Lepidoptera. Heterocera dealt with in this paper are distributed among various families as follows :— SATURNIIDE ....... 16 | ZYGHNIDHA. ....... 81 BRAHM@IDE ....... AA IES uopeinbyoh ye oe ee fe 7 IBOMBY.CED Alias elmer en GUIS COssSiD ae een oon ee 7 EUPTEROTIDH ...... By || JelorwNnoOyR 5 5 6 5 5 2 2 8 SPHINGIDE 225 5 5 5 |: 59 | CALLIDULIDH ...... 4 Notopontpz ...... 70 | DREPANULIDE ...... A7 SYNTOMIDA ....... OB} |) AMenariipiieys 5 4 5 5 5 5 co 16 As in my list of species in the families Epicopiide, Uraniide, Epiplemidz, and Geometride (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1897 and 1898), the present arrangement is in accordance with that of Sir George Hampson (The Fauna of British India, Moths). Thirty-seven of the species enumerated are, I believe, now described for the first time, and these, together with thirty-three others that I had previously described else- where, represent one-fifth of the whole number of species, belonging to the families mentioned, so far known to occur in the area under consideration. The number of new species in these families is much less than that found among the nine hundred and sixty- six species belonging to the families mentioned in my former paper; among them it was three hundred and fifty-six, or over one-third of the whole. Family SATURNIID. Genus ACTIAS. Leach ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 13 (1892). TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1898.—PART III. (SEPT.) 262 Mr. J. H. Leech on 1. Actias sinensis. Tropxa sinensis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vi, p. 1264 (1855). I have one example, taken in July at Kiukiang. My collectors did not obtain the species in any other part of China that they visited. Hab. CENTRAL CHINA. 2. Actias selene. Echidna selene, Hiibn., Exot. Schmett., 1, pl. elxxu, fig. 3. Actias selene, Macleay, Zool. Miscl., 11, p. 70 (1815); Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.LC., ii, p. 400, pl. xix, figs. 3, 3a (1859); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 634. Actias ningpoana, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 34 (1862). Saturnia artemis, Brem., Motsch. Etud. Ent., 1852, p. 64; Lep. Ost-Sib., pl. 11, figs. 6,2?,and 7, ?. Tropxa artemis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 765 (1892); Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 330 (1892). Tropxa maassent, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 765 (1892). Tropza gnoma, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 480 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxv, fig. 1 (1878). Tropxa aliena, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv, p. 3855 (1879). Tropxa dulcinea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 14. Tropea mandschurica, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 331 (1892). Saturnia felices, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xx, p. 67, pl. ix, fig. 61. Distribution. Throughout [yp1a, CEYLON, and BURMA (Hampson) ; HASTERN, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN; KiIusHIU; COREA; AMURLAND. Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 380) states that he has received only artemis from Japan and is of opinion that my specimens from that country are wrongly referred by me to selene. He mentions that I do not refer to the length of tail and suggests that if I had seen Bremer’s figure and read the description of avtemzs I should have ascer- tained that the tails are shorter than those of selene and differently formed. Some specimens received from Hertz, who obtained them in the country to the north of Pekin, are referred to by Staudinger as a distinct species under the name Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 263 mandschurica ; these examples he says are not larger than a medium-sized selene. Other specimens received at the same time exceed artemis in size but are much smaller than sedene and have the same shaped tails and the pointed wings of the latter, and therefore differ in these characters from artemis, Mandschurica is further described as follows—the primaries have double dark transverse lines, of which the outer is generally rudimentary ; the second- aries have a dark, sometimes faint, transverse line which turns off sharply to the abdominal margin ; ocelli as in artemis but rather larger. Staudinger adds that se/ene has also large ocelli which are tinged with pink on the outer half, but this species may be distinguished from his mandschuwrica by the tails, which in the males are broadly coloured with pink on the upper portion and more slightly so in the females. Ningpoana, Feld., is described as having the outer lines hardly conspicuous, smaller ocelli and being entirely without lilacine markings on the anal portions of the secondaries. Gnoma, Butl., has narrower and more divergent tails than artemis, and dulcinea, Butl., appears to be a slight modi- fication of gnoma. I find that the species varies in expanse from 108 to 153 millim. in the male and from 116 to 168 millim. in the female. In colour the variation is from pale bluish-green to yellow faintly tinged with green. None of the transverse markings is constant; in some specimens one or other of the lines may be strongly defined, whilst in other examples all the lines may be entirely absent: the ocelli vary in size and shape, and the tails may be as short and obtuse as in A, isabellx from Europe or as long as in extremes of the typical form of A, selene. The pink coloration on the upper portion of the tails and the outer parts of the ocelli is sometimes present and sometimes absent in either sex, and in Indian as weil as in Eastern Asian specimens. All these variations together with their intergrades, and with other aberrations in addition, are represented in the series of twenty-five examples which I have retained out of a large number of specimens received from Amurland, Corea,:and various parts of China and Japan. It is of the greatest importance when dealing with a variable species, such as A. selene, to have an extensive series in which all the named forms are represented as well as the connecting links. Had Dr. Staudinger pos- 264 Mr. J. H. Leech on sessed the necessary material and at the same time studied the synonymy of the species as cited in my paper (P.Z.S., 1888, p. 634) he would have found his description of mandschurica superfluous. 3. Actias dubernardt. Tropxa dubernardi, Oberth., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1897, p. 174 (fig. 1 Oberthiir describes this species from Tsekou. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Genus ATTACUS. Linn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 15 (1892). 4, Attacus cynthia. Phalena cynthia, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent., 1, pl. vi, fig. 2 @ii3): Philosanvia cynthia, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 748 (1892). Aittacus walkert, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 34 (1862). Attacus pryert, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 388 ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xii, fig. 5 (1879). Attacus cynthia, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 634; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 16 (1892). The species is represented in the area here dealt with by the forms pryert and walker. Mstribution. SIKHIM; ASSAM; ? CEYLON (Hampson) ; NORTHERN, EASTERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN ; KIUSHIU. Genus CALIGULA. Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., (3), i, p. 321 (1862). 5. Caligula japonica. Caligula japonica, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1862, p. 322 (pupa-case) ; Butl, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 479 (1877) ; Ill. “Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxvi, fig. 2 (1878); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. - 633. Caligula castanea, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 249 (1892). FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 265 I met with this very variable species in October at Nikko and my native collector obtained it in the island of Kiushiu., Col. Swinhoe considers his castanea to be a pale form of C. japonica, and in this opinion I quite concur. The form is not an uncommon one. Distribution. JAPAN ; KIUSHIU. 6. Caligula boisduvalit. Saturnia boisduvalii, Evers., Bull. Mosc., 1846, (3), p. 83, pl. i, fig. 1; 1847, p. 7, pl. iv, fig. 5; Herr.-Schiff., Schmett. Eur., vi, figs. 148—150 (1849). Caligula jonasvi, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), xx, p. 479 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxv, fig. 2 (1878); Leech, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 633. Neoris jonasi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 761 (1892). I met with this species at Oiwake and Nikko in September and October. There was a fine series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Staudinger (Rom. sur. Lép., vi, p. 325) suggests that the Japanese and Amurland forms of this species should be known as var. jonasi, as they differ from the type, which is from Kiachta, in being smaller and darker. The Japanese specimens in my series are larger and more tinted with olivaceous than those from Amurland. Distribution, SIBERIA; AMURLAND; JAPAN. Genus ANTHERAA. Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 18 (1892). 7. Antherea pernyi. Saturnia pernyt, Guérin, Rév. Zool., 1855, p. 6, pl. vi, fie. 1. Bombyx yamamatr, Guerin, op. cit., 1861, p. 435, pls. xi— xill. Antherxa confuct, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874, p- 578. Antherxa hazna, fentoni, calida, morosa, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, pp. 18, 14. Saturnia sergestus, Westw., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1881, p- 143, pl. xiii, fig. 2. 266 Mr. J. H. Leech on An exceedingly variable species. The examples selected for my series range in colour from pale brown, through ochreous and reddish brown, to “rusty orange”; there are also specimens which are olivaceous in colour, while others are fuliginous-brown. There is some variation in marking, but, as I mentioned in my remarks on the species (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, pp. 633, 634), in no case is the aberration sufficient to justify separation of the specimen or specimens exhibiting it from A. pernyi. The “double submarginal line” referred to by Moore (J. ¢.) is not an uncommon character in this species. Distribution. AMURLAND; NORTHERN, EASTERN, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN; KIUSHIU. 8. Antherva hartit. Antherxa hartw, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) ix, p. 450 (1892). This distinct species was described from Newchwang, N. China. Moore states that the natives rear the larva in a semi- domesticated state on oak trees, and that there are two broods in the year. Hab, NORTH CHINA. Genus SATURNIA. Schrank, Faun. Boica, ii (1), p. 149 (1802). 9. Saturnia biett. Saturnia breti, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xi, p. 31, pl. vii, "fig, 58 (1886). Oberthiir’s type was from Western China, but the exact locality is not given. It appears to be most nearly allied to S. dindia, Moore from Kulu and Kashinir. I received a male specimen taken in a locality to the north of Ta-chien-lu. In this example the coloration is darker and the markings more pronounced than in Oberthiir’s figure of the type; further, the apices are not tinged with pink. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 267 10. Saturnia pyretorum. Saturnia pyretorum, Boisd.; Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 49, pl. xxiv, fig. 2 (1848). Heniocha pyretorum, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 771 (1892). A female specimen was bred by Pratt in March 1888 from a pupa he obtained at Kiukiang in the previous year, Hampson (Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 23) gives S. cidosa, Moore as a synonym. Mistribution. SrKHIM (Hampson) ; CENTRAL CHINA. Genus LOEPA. Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C., i, p. 399 (1859). 11. Loepa katinka. Saturnia katinka, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 25, pl. xu, fig. 2 (1848). Loepa miranda, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., (8) u, p. 424 (1865); Preiss, Abbild. Nachtschmett, pl. v, fig. 2 (1888); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 762 (1892). Loepa katinka, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 25 (1892), My collectors obtained this species at Chang-yang, Ship-y-shan, Omei-shan, Moupin, and Chia-kou-ho. The males range in expanse from 90 to 104 millim. and the females from 102 to 114 millim. The smallest male example is from Omei-shan and the largest from Moupin. The smallest female is also from Omei-shan and the largest from Chang-yang. All the specimens were taken in July. Distribution. HIMALAYAS; ASSAM; YUNNAN; JAVA (Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 12. Loepa oberthiiri. Saturnia oberthiivi, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 49 (1890). Loepa dogninia, Sonthonnax, Kchange, 1892, p. 20. A male specimen from Ichang, taken in August. Hab, CENTRAL CHINA. 268 Mr. J. H. Leech on Genus RHODINIA. Rhodia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 578 (nom. PTrxoce.). Rhodinia, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 327 (1892). 13. Rhodima fugax. Rhodia fugax, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 480 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxvi, fig. 1 (1878) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 633. Saturnia diana, Oberth., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. xlvii (1886). There was a nice series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. The var. diana, Oberth., is more suffused and darker than the type. Inistribution. AMURLAND ; JAPAN. 14. Rhodinia davidt. Saturnia davidt, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xi, p. 31, pl. vu, fig. 51 (1886). Rhodia davidi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 762 (1892). Oberthiir describes this species from Western China, but does not indicate the exact locality. It is nearly allied to R. jankowskii, Ob., from Askold, but in colour it resembles the female of F. fugaz, Butl. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Genus SALASSA. Moore; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 26 (1892). 15. Salassa thesprs. Antherwa thespis, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 112 (April, 1890). Rhodia thespis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 762 (1892). 2 Saturnia olwacea, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xin, p. 44, pl. x, fig. 107 ¢ (May, 1890). I originally described this species from a female speci- men received from Ship-y-shan, taken in September. I have since received another example of the same sex from Pu-tsu-fong. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 269 Oberthiir describes a male specimen, taken by Mgr. Biet at Ta-chien-lu, under the name olivacea. This is probably the male sex of A. thespis, and differs from the female in being smaller and in having the transverse bands more distinct. The species appears to be nearly allied to S. lola, Westw., from Sikhim. Rothschild (Novit. Zool., ii, p. 45) refers S. megasticta, Swinhoe (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 153), to A.ihespis as an aberration. Distribution. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA; NortH INDIA. Genus AGLIA. Ochs., Schmett. Eur., iii, p. 11 (1810). 16. Aglia tau. Bombyx tau, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 497 (1758); Hiibn., Bomb., pl. xi, figs. 51, 52 (1800 2). Aglia tau, var. japonica, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 632. I have specimens of both sexes of var. japonica from Yesso, some of which are from Hakodate. Distribution. EKUROPE.—AMURLAND; YESSO. Family BRAHMAIDA. Genus BRAHM A. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vi, p. 1815 (1855). 17. Brahmea certhia. Bombyz certhia, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i, p. 412 (1798). Saturnia lunulata, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etua. Ent., i, p. 64 (1852). Brahmexa lunulata, Mén., Rom. sur Lép., iti, p. 345 (1887). Saturna undulata, Brem. and Grey, Schmett. nord. China, p- 16, pl. v, fig. 3 (1853). Brahmexa cerpenteri, Butl, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) xi, p. 114 (1883). My collectors obtained five specimens at Kiukiang; these appear to be referable to the form wndulata. Butler describes a form from Corea as carpentert, Fixsen records DATE) Mr. J. H. Leech on a specimen from Corea which he states agrees with Bremer’s figure of wadulata. Distribution. AMURLAND ; COREA; NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA. 18. Brahmea wallichi. Bombyx wallichti, Gray, Zool. Mise, p. 39, pls. 1, 2 (1831). Brahmea wallichit, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., v, pl. xev, figs. 5, 6 (1881) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 724 (1892) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 30 (1892). Brahmexa certhia (part), Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 635. I received a female specimen from Chang-yang, taken in July. Distribution. NEPAL; StKHIM; KuAst HILits; Assam ; Upper Burma (Hampson); CENTRAL CHINA. 19. Brahmexa hearseyt. Brahmea hearseyi, White, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1862, an PAG Brahmexa whitei, Butl., 1. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 62, pl. xcv, figs. 1, 2 (1881). One male specimen from Omei-shan and one rom the Province of Kwei-chow; both taken in July. Distribution. MuUsSSOORIE ; SIKHIM; BurMA (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA. 20. Brahnexa japonica. Brahmexa japonica, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., x, p. 56 (1873) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 17, pl. xxvi, fig. 3 (1878) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 635. Brahmea mniszechti, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., iv, pl. xceiii, figs. 4, 5 (1874). Brahmea nigrans, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xvii, p. 110 (1880) ; Waterh., Aid, i, pl. xxix (1881). There was a fine series of this variable species from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection, and I have received speci- mens from Mr. Manley, all evidently bred. In Felder’s figure of mniszechii (4) the abdomen and the ocellus on the inner margin of the primaries are ochreous, but in fig. 5 the body is represented in the proper colour. Hab. JAPAN. Heterocera fram China, Japan, and Corea. 271 Family BOMBYCID. Genus BomByx. Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind. Moths, i, p. 32 (1892). 21. Bombyx more. Bombyx mort, Linn., Syst. Nat.,i, p. 499 (1758) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 32 (1892); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 718 (1892). Bombyx sinensis, Moore and Hutt., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., (3) i, p. 813 (1862) ; 2d. ii, p. 313 (1865). Specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. CHINA; ina domesticated state throughout India and Europe (Hampson) ; JAPAN. 22. Bombyx mandarimus, Theophila mandarina, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1872, p. 576, pl. xxx, fig. 5. This is probably the wild form of Bombyx mori. In colour it is darker, and the markings are distinct; the female is much larger than the same sex of B. mor‘. Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; EASTERN CHINA. Genus RONDOTIA. Moore, Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) xx, p. 491 (1885). Ectrocta, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 33 (1892). . 23, Rondotia menciana, Rondotia menciana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) xv, p. 491 (1885). Rondotia lurida, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., ii, p. 346, pl. xv, fig. 8 (1887). Lurida only appears to differ from menciana by the fringes towards the anal angle of the secondaries not being marked with black. I have a fine series from Ichang, taken in June, and from a place 30 miles miles north of Ichang, taken in August. Distribution. COREA; EASTERN AND CENTRAL CHINA. 272 Mr. J. H. Leech on 24. Fondotia lineata, sp. n. Creamy white. Primaries have a curved and slightly Snoulated sub-basal line, streak on discocellulars, and submarginal line, all blackish ; there is a black apical patch limited inwardly by the sub- marginal line, and extending along outer margin to just below vein 4. Secondaries have a black curved post-medial line united with a black spot on abdominal margin but not extending to costa; there is a black spot on abdominal margin about one-third from base. Expanse, ¢ 34-42 millim. ; ? 42-54 millim. I have twelve male specimens and five females; these were obtained at Moupin, Wa-shan, Chia-kou-ho, Wa-ssu- kow, Chia-ting-fu, and Chung-king ; the latter were bred examples, but unfortunately Mr. Pratt did not take any notes of the habits or appearance of the larva. The species occurs in May, June, and July. Superficially resembles R. (Letrocta) diaphana, Hampson, but differs principally from that species in the character of the transverse markings. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Genus MUSTILIA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. xxxu, p 580 (1865). 25. Mustilia falcwpeninis. Mustilia faleipennis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxu, p. 581 (1865); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 38 (1892). One male specimen obtained from a native collector, who probably took it in the neighbourhood of Ta-chien-lu. Distribution. SIKHIM; BuuTAN (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA. Genus ANDRACA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 581 (1865). 26. Andraca gracilis. Andraca gracilis, Butl., Cist. Ent., 11, p, 125 (1885). Of this species, which was described from Nikko, there were two examples in Pryer’s collection from the same locality. Hab. JAPAN. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 273 Family HUPTEROTIDA. Genus GANGARIDES. Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 821. 27. Gangarides roseus. Apona vosea, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 518 (1865). Gangarides rosea, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 821. Gangarides dharma, Moore, /.c., pl. xliu, fig. 7. Gangarides roseus, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 42, (1892). I have examples from Chang-yang, Ichang, Chia-ting-fu, Moupin, and the province of Kwei-chow, taken in July and August. These make a variable series; some of the specimens agree with dharma, Moore, others are inter- mediate between dharma and roseus. Distribution. SIKHIM; BHuTAN; Burma (Hampson) ; CENTRAL AND WESTERN CHINA. Genus APHA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v. p. 1180 (1855). 28. Apha tychoona. Apha tychoona, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv, p. 207 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 18. pl. xxvii, fig. 5 (1878). A common species in Japan, Yesso, and Kiushiu. I received specimens from Chang-yang, Moupin, and the province of Kwei-chow. . Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; KIUSHIU ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. Genus APONA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 1762 (1856). Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 52 (1892). 29. Apona mandarina. Jana mandarina, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 112 (1890). I have specimens from Chang-yang, Omei-shan, Chia- kou-ho, Pu-tsu-fong, and the province of Kwei-chow, taken in June and July. The species varies in ground tint from ashy-grey through fawn colour to a dark chestnut. Distribution. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PARTIII. (SEPT.) 19 274 Mr. J. H. Leech on Genus EUPTEROTE. Hiibn. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 54 (1892). 30. Hupterote chinensis, sp. n. ¢ Pale yellow. Primaries have some chocolate marks on the costa and the apical area is clouded with the same colour ; there are indications of two postmedial lines on costal area, but these only ex- tend to vein 6 ; submarginal wavy, but not clearly defined, preceded by one or two chocolate spots towards inner margin. Secondaries have an indistinct, waved, submarginal line, preceded by chocolate spots towards costa and inner margin. Under surface as above, but the costa of primaries is broadly chocolate and there are some spots of the same colour on the costa of secondaries. Antenne, head and fore legs chocolate brown. 9 Brighter yellow, without submarginal line and chocolate markings on costa and apical area on both surfaces. Expanse, ¢ 72-80 millim.; 9 89-92 millim. Hight male specimens and two females from the province of Kwei-chow, June and July. One male agrees with the female in absence of marking. Hab, CHINA. Genus PRISMOSTICTA. Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) vi, p. 67 (1880). 31. Prismosticta hyalinata. Prismosticta hyalinata, Butl., Cist. Ent., i, p. 125 (1885). There was a series from Oiwake and Nikko in Pryer’s collection and I have specimens taken by Mr. Manley at Yokohama. Hab. JAPAN. Family SPHINGID. Subfamily ACHERONTIINA. Genus ACHERONTIA. Ochs., Schmett. Eur., iv, p. 44 (1816). 32. Acherontia atropos. Sphinz atropos, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 490 (1758) ; Hiibn., Sphing., fig. 70. Manduca atropos, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 700 (1892). Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 275 Acherontia styx, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 88, pl. xlii, fig. 3 (1848); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 67 (1892). Acherontia medusa, Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., ix, p. 597 (1876); Ill: Typ. Lep. Het., iii, pl. xli, fig. 5 (1879). I obtained the species in various parts of Japan, where it is very plentiful; I also took a specimen at Gensan. In a series received from Ichang all the specimens were below the average size, and some of the examples measure only 70-73 millim. in expanse. The characters given by Hampson as distinguishing styx from atropos appear to be of little specific value. The bands on the under surface of the abdomen are sometimes almost absent in European specimens and in the Asiatic form are usually represented by rows of spots. Then with regard to the two medial bands on the under surface of the forewings, these may be present or absent in specimens from either region. Medusa, Butl., from Japan has no constant character to separate it from the Indian form. Distribution. Throughout InpIA and CEYLON; ASIA Minor; Stam; BorNEO; CELEBES; TIMOR; PHILIPPINES (Hampson); COREA; JAPAN; KiusHiu; CENTRAL. EASTERN, and SOUTHERN CHINA.—EUROPE.— NorTH AFRICA. 33. Acherontia lachesis. Sphinx lachesis, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 434 (1798). Acherontia morta, Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 140 (1822 2) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 119; Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 31 (1892). Acherontia satanas, Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép., i, pl. xvi, fig. 1 (1836). Acherontia lethe, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 88, pl. xlii, fig. 3 (1848). Acherontia lachesis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p-. 67 (1892). Manduca lachesis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 700 (1892). My collectors met with this species at Kiukiang and various localities in Western China in June, July and August. The specimens do not appear to differ from Indian examples. Distribution. Throughout INDIA and CEYLON; Sram; PENANG; JAVA (Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 276 Mr. J. H. Leech on Subfamily SUERINTHIN A, [Genus POLYPTYCHUS. Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 68 (1892). 34. Polyptychus dyras. Smerinthus dyras, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 250 1856). Ce dyras, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 708 (1892). Triptogon cristata, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875, 253: Seah sperchius, Mén., Lep. Mus. Petr., ii, p. 137, pl. xiii, fig. 5 (1857). Triptogon piceipennis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 393 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 2, pl. xxi, fig. 4 (1878). Polyptychus dyras, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 69 (1892). There was a nice series of this variable species in Pryer’s collection. I met with examples at Tsuruga in July and received one specimen, captured in June, at Moupin; all these are of the sperchius or piceipennis form. One male taken at Omei-shan in June is referable to cristata, Butl. Pryer states that the larva in Japan feeds upon chestnut. Distribution. NortH INDIA; WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN ; KIUSHIU. 35. Polyptychus echephron. Smerinthus echephron, Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép., Het., 1, p. 21, pl. iu, fig. 3 (1875). Marumba echephron, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 706 (1892). Described from Japan and probably a form of P. dyras Walk. Hab, JAPAN. 36. Polyptychus gaschkewitsehit. Smerinthus gaschkewitschit, Brem, and Gray, Motsch. Etud, Ent., 1, p. 62 (1852); Schmett. nord. China, p. 18, pl. v, fig. 2 (1853). Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 277 Smerinthus complacens, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. 40 (1864); Butl., Ill. Typ. Het., iii, p. 2, pl. xli, fig. 4 (1879). Triptogon roseipennis, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875, p. 257; Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., ix, p. 588, pl. xci, fig. 6, transf. (1876); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iu, p. 2, pl. xh, fig. 3 (1879). Marumba roseipennis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 707 (1892). Triptogon complacens, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 586. Smerinthus roseipennis, var. carstanjeni, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 159, pl. ix, figs, 2a, 2 b (1887). Smerinthus gaschkewitschit, var. carstanjent, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 235 (1892). Smerinthus heynet, Austaut, Le Nat., 1892, p. 68. A fine series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I met with the species at Nagasaki in May and have received it from Hakodate and also from Moupin; the specimens from the latter place were taken in June. The larva is stated by Staudinger to feed on Pyrus and Crategus, whilst Dorries says that it feeds on cherry and plum and is similar in appearance to the larva of Smerinthus ocellatus. Austaut’s description of heynei evidently applies to Japanese representatives of this species. He refers to gaschkewitschii and var. carstanjeni as though he considered them distinct species, whilst he does not mention either roseupennis or complacens. Distribution. NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN ; KiusHiu ; AMURLAND. 37. Polyptychus dissimilis. Triptogon dissimilis, Brem., Bull. Acad. Petr., i, p. 475 (1861). Smerinthus dissimilis, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 35, pl. 11, fig. 12 (1864). Marumba dissimilis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 707 (1892). Phillosphingia perundulans, Swinhoe, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) xix, p. 164 (1897). There were specimens from Oiwake and Tokio in Pryer’s collection which agree with examples from Amurland. In one individual from Kiukiang the body and ground colour of the wings are rosy-brown instead of olive-brown. Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN. 278 Mr. J. H. Leech on Genus DILINA. Dalm., Vet. Akad. Handl., 1816, p. 212. 38. Dilina christophi. Smerinthus christophi, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 162, pl. ix, figs. 3a, 6, and pl. xi, fig. 1 (1887). Dilina christophi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 709 (1892). There were specimens from Fujisan and Yesso in Pryer’s collection. This species, which is closely allied to D. tiliw, can be readily separated by the absence of any green coloration, by the contour of the central fascia, and by the uniform dark brown colour of the thorax. Although my series of D. tiie comprises 165 specimens and includes all the known aberrations, there is nothing among them that could be mistaken for D. christophi. The larva feeds on Alnus incana, W., and is stated to resemble that of D. tilix very closely. Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO. Genus SMERINTHUS. Latr., Hist. Nat. Ins., ii, p. 401 (1802). 39, Smerinthus ocellatus. Sphinu ocellata, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 489 (1758). Smerinthus ocellatus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 711 (1892) Smerinthus planus, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 254 (1856). Smerinthus argus, Mén., Lep. Mus. Petr., p. 126, pl. xiii, . fig. 3 (1857). There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I obtained the species at Gensan, and have received it from Chang-yang and Kiukiang. The differences between planus (=argus) and ocellatus indicated by Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 236) do not hold good in my series from Japan, Corea, and North China when they are compared with European specimens. The Asiatic examples usually have the ocellus larger than those from Europe, but this is not invariably the case. Distribution. EUROPE.—JAPAN ; COREA; AMURLAND ; NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 279 40. Smerinthus tatarinovii. Smerinthus tatarinovii, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud. Ent., i, p. 62 (1852); Schmett. nord. China, p. 13, (1853) ; Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr., pl. xiii, fig. 1 (1857). Ambulyxz tartarinovii, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford. p. 24 (1892). Smermnthus eversmannt, Popoft, Bull. Mosc., 1854, 11, p. 182, pl. 1, fig.) 5. There were specimens from Yokohama and Yesso in Pryer’s collection, and I have received others from the same localities, Among the specimens in Pryer’s series there is one in which the primaries are suffused with pink, and the central band and apical patch are russet-brown, which would appear to be referable to to the form from Kiachta, for which Staudinger has proposed the varietal name brunnea (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 238). The larva feeds on Ulmus campestris. Distribution. AMURLAND; SIBERIA; JAPAN; YESSO ; NortTH CHINA. Genus DAPHNUSA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 287 (1856). 41. Daphnusa colligata. Daphnusa colligata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 238 (1856). Metagastes biett, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xi, p. 29, pl. i, fig. 2 (1886). A specimen in Pryer’s collection; I have also received one example from Ichang and one from Kiukiang, taken in July. Walker's type was from N. China, and that of Oberthiir’s from Ta-chien-lu. Distribution. NORTHERN, WESTERN, and CENTRAL CHINA; JAPAN. Genus LEUCOPHLEBIA. Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 46 (1848). 42. Leucophlebia lineata. Leucophlebia lineata, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 46, pl. xxu, fig. 2 (1848); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 74 (1892). One specimen from Kiukiang, Distribution. INDIA; CEYLON; JAVA (Hampson) ; CENTRAL CHINA. 280 Mr. J. H. Leech on Subfamily AMBULICINAE. Genus AMBULYX. West., Cab. Orient. Ent. p. 61 (1848). 43. Ambulyx schauffelbergerc. Ambulyx schauffelbergert, Brem, and Grey, Motsch. Etud. Ent., 1, p. 62 (1852). Ambulyx maculifera, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxv, p. 1851 (1866); Butl., Il. Het., v, p.10, pl. Ixxx, fig.3 (1881). Ambulyx consanguis, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 11, pl. Ixxx, fig. 4 (1881). Ambulyx ochracea, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii, p. 113 (1885). Ambulyx substrigilis (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 77 (1892). Ambulyxz triineata, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. 1, p. 88 (1894). I took this species in June at Nagasaki, and my native collector obtained it at Nikko. There were examples from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I have received specimens from Chia-ting-fu, Omei-shan, and Moupin, taken in June and July, some of which agree with the form described by Butler as consanguis. Most of the Japanese examples are referable to the form ochracea. I have specimens from West China which seem to agree with ¢rilineata, Rothschild from Kiushiu, but these are certainly not specifically distinct from A. schawffel- berger. Distribution. DARJILING; JAPAN; KIUSHIU; COREA; NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA. 44. Ambulyx japonica. Ambulyxz japonica, Rothschild, Novit. Zool., i, p. 87 (1894) ; op. cit., 11, pl. 1x, fig. 6 (1895). Described from Japan. Possibly a form of A. schauffel- bergert, Brem. and Grey. Alphéraky (Rom. sur Lép., ix, p-. 166) records A. japonica from Corea. Distribution, JAPAN; COREA. Genus BASIANA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 236 (1856). 45. Basiana bilineata. Basiana bilineata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl., v, p. 1857 (1866); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 702 (1892). FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 281 Clanis bilineata, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 14, pl. Ixxxi, fig. 4 (1881); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 587. Ambulyx bilineata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 80 (1892). lanis undulosa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 387. There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection, and I have received others from Kiukiang, taken in August, and also from Chang-yang and Moupin, where they were captured in July. Varies in size, colour, and marking. Fixsen records the species from Corea. Distribution. NORTHERN INDIA; EASTERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA; COREA; JAPAN. Subfamily CHAZROCAMPIN:. Genus AMPELOPHAGA. Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud. Ent., i, p. 61 (1852). 46. Ampelophaga rubiginosa. Ampelophaga rubiginosa, Brem. and Gray, Motsch. Etud. Ent., i, p. 61 (1852); Schmett. nérd. China, p. 11 (1853) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1i, p. 83 (1892). Cherocampa rubiginosa, Mén., Cat. Mus. Petr., 11, p. 91, pl. xu, fig. 2 (1857). Deilephila romanovi, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iu, p. 158. pl. ix, figs. 1 a, b (1887). There was a series, comprising specimens from Yoko- hama and Oiwake, in Pryer’s collection. I have received the species from Ichang and Kiukiang, and from several localities in Western China. Distribution. NortH- West HIMALAYAS; SIKHIM; NAcas (Hampson); NORTHERN, EASTERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA; COREA; AMURLAND; JAPAN. Genus ACOSMERYX. Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het., i, p. 214 (1875). 47. Acosmeryx anceus. Sphinz anceus, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv, p. 124, pl. ccelv, fig, A (1781). 282 Mr. J. H. Leech on Acosmeryx anceus, Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1876, p. 544, pl. 90, figs. 11, 12 (larva and pupa). Six specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I have one example from Kiukiang, taken in July. Distribution. HIMALAYAS ; NorRTH-EAstT INDIA; SouTH InpIA; CEYLON; PENANG; BORNEO; JAVA; AMBOINA (Hampson); JAPAN ; CENTRAL CHINA. 48, Acosmeryx vyenobu. Acosmeryx tyenobu, Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xvi, p. 71 (1889). I have not seen this species which Dr. Holland describes from Japan. Hab. JAPAN. 49, Acosmeryx naga. Philampelus naga, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 1, p. 271 (1857). Acosmeryx naga, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 649 (1892) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 83 (1892). Acosmeryx metanaga, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv, p. 850 (1879). There was a female specimen in Pryer’s collection and my native collector obtained a male at Hakodate in June. Alphéraky (Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 167) records this species from Corea. Distribution. NoRTH-WEST and EASTERN HIMALAYAS (Hampson); JAPAN; YESSO; COREA. Genus CHAROCAMPA. Dup., Lép. Fr., Suppl., ii, p. 159 (1835). 50. Cherocampa elpenor. Sphinx elpenor, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 491 (1758) ; Hiibn., Sphing., fig. 61. Theretra elpenor, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 650 (1892). Cherocampa macromera, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875, p. 7; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 7, pl. xxix, fig. 3, 2 (1881). Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 283 Cherocampa fraterna, Butl., P. Z. 8, 1875, p. 247; fT Ee, we pei ply xix, aed ee 7 rss), Cherocampa lewisit, Butl., P. Z. 8., 1875, p. 247. Cherocampa elpenor, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 584. I obtained the species at Shimonoseki and Gensan in July ; there were specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s col- lection and I have received others from Hakodate, also from Chang-yang, Kiukiang, Omei-shan and Wa-shan. Japanese and Chinese specimens (/ewisii, Butl.) are rather more rosy than, but do not otherwise differ from, European examples. Distribution. EUROPE.—NORTHERN INDIA; NORTHERN, ‘CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN ; COREA; AMUR- LAND. 51. Cherocampa oldenlandix. Sphinx oldenlandix, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 542 (1775). Xylophanes oldenlandix, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., u, p. 17, pl. Ixxxv, fig. 85 (1882). Xylophanes gortys, Hiibn., Zutr. exot. Schmett, iii, p. 28, figs. 5138, 514 (1825). Theretra oldenlandiz, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 653 (1892). Cherocampa oldenlandix, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 87 (1892). Deilephila proxima, Austaut, Le Nat., 1892, p. 69. A common species in Japan. Some specimens were bred in the Insect House at the Zoological Society’s Garden, London, from pupze which I brought from Yokohama, where I found the larva feeding commonly on taro and balsam. I received several specimens from Ichang taken in August. Austaut redescribes this species under the name “ D. proxima,” comparing it with japonica, Staud., no doubt intending japonica, Boisd. His description undoubtedly applies to C. oldenlandizx, Fabr., to which he does not refer. stribution. EGypt.—NoORTHERN INDIA; CENTRAL CHINA; JAPAN. 52. Cherocampa japonica. Cherocampa japonica, De YOrza, Lép. Jap., p. 36 (1869) ; Boisd., Ins. Lép. Hét., i, p. 241 (1875). Theretra japonica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 654 (1892). Pryer refers to this species as common about Yokohama. 284 Mr. J. H. Leech on I obtained it in Satsuma and at Nagasaki and Hakodate. Fixsen records specimens from Corea and I have examples from Kiukiang and Chang-yang. Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; KiIvUSHIU; COREA; CENTRAL CHINA. 53. Cherocampa silhetensis. Cherocampa silhetensis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 143 (1858); Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., v, pl. Ixxix, fig. 6. Cherocampa bisecta, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., p. 278 (1857). Theretra pinastrina, Mart.; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i, p. 654 (1892). I have one example from Kiukiang. Pryer obtained the species in the Loochoo islands. Mstribution. Throughout INDIA and CEYLON; JAVA; Borneo; Formosa ; JAPAN (Hampson) ; CENTRAL CHINA ; LoocHoo. 54. Cherocampa clotho. Sphinx clotho, Drury, Exot. Ins. iu, pl. xxviii, fig. 1 (1773). Hathia clotho, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ii, p. 20, pl. [xxvii fig. 1 (1882), Theretra clotho, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 655 (1892). Cherocampa butus, Cram.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths. i, p. 93 (1892). I obtained a specimen in Satsuma in the month of May. Distribution. Throughout Inp1a, CEYLON, and BurMa ; ANDAMANS; BorNEO; JAVA; KIUSHIU. 55. Cherocampa lineosa. Cherocampa lineosa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 144 (1856) ; Butl., Ill. Typ. Het.,v, p. 9, pl. xxix, fig. 7 (1881); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 93 (1892). Theretra lineosa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 656 (1892). Two specimens from Omei-shan and one from Chang- yang, taken in July. Distribution. MUSSOOREE; SIKHIM; ASSAM; SYLHET (Hampson) ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 285 56. Cherocampa striata. Theretra striata, Rothschild, Novit. Zool., i, p. 76 (1894). Rothschild states that this species is closely allied to C. lineosa, Walk., but is different in pattern and is barely three-fifths the size. Hab. JAPAN. Genus DEILEPHILA. Ochs., Schmett. Eur., iv, p. 42 (1816). 57. Deilephila livornica. Sphina livornica, Esp., Schmett., ii, p. 196 (1779) ; ii, (2), p. 41, pl. xlvi, figs. 3-7 (1789 ?). Dilephila livornica, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 97 (1892). Detlephila livornica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 664 (1892). A series of bred specimens from Wa-shan, July. In these the oblique band of the forewings is narrower than in typical European examples. Istribution. KUROPE.—NortTH AFRICA.— NORTH-WEST HIMALAYAS; WESTERN CHINA. 58, Deilephila gali. Sphinx galii, Rott., Naturf., vii, p. 107 (1775). Dilephila galtvi, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 98 (1892). Deilephila galw, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 665 (1892), Two specimens in Pryer’s collection, one of which was taken in June at Fujisan. I observed an example at Tsuruga in July; this was hovering over flowers in the sunshine. I have also seen this species on the wing, in the day time, in Kashmir. Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; JAPAN ; KASHMIR. 59. Deilephila euphorbioides, Deilephila euphorbiordes, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 22 (1892). Described from a Japanese specimen in the Oxford Museum. I have not seen this species, which Swinhoe states to be intermediate between D. biguttata, Walk., and D. ewphorbizx. Hab, JAPAN, 286 Mr. J. H. Leech on Genus THERETRA. Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i. p. 99 (1892). 60. Theretra nessus. Sphinx nessus, Drury, Exot. Ins., ii, p. 46, pl. xxvii, fig. 1 (1773). Sphina equestris, Fabr., Ent. Syst., 11, p. 365 (1798). Theretra nessus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 659 (1892); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 99 (1892). Cherocampa nessus, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 18 (1892). There was a fine series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collec- tion. My native collector obtained the species in the island of Kiushiu. Distribution. Honc-Kone ; throughout Inp1a, CEyLon, and BurMA; BornEo; JAVA (Hampson); JAPAN; Kivu- SHIU. Genus METOPSILUS. Dunc., Nat. Libr., Brit. Moths, p. 154 (1836). 61. Metopsilus mongolianus. Pergesa mongoliana, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875, p. 622; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ui, p. 4, pl. xxi, fig. 5 (1878). Metopsilus mongolianus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 660 (1892). Common at Yokohama. I have one specimen from Kiukiang. Probably a form of JZ. velatus, Walk. Distribution. JAPAN ; COREA; NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA. Subfamily SPHINGIN 4. Genus PROTOPARCE. Burmeister; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 103 (1892). 62. Protoparce convolvuli. Sphinz convolvuli, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 490 (1758); Hiibn., Sphing., fig. 70. Protoparce orientalis, Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., ix, p. 609, pl. xci, figs. 16, 17, larva and pupa (1876). FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 287 Protoparce convolvuli, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 103 (1892). Phlegethontius convolvuli, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 690 (1892). There were four specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I obtained the species at Fushiki and Hako- date, in Japan. My collectors met with it at Chang-yang and Ichang in Central China, and at Chung-King in Western China. Distribution. EUROPE.—ASIA.—AFRICA.—AUSTRALIA. Genus SPHINX. Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 489 (1758). 63. Sphina ligustre. Sphinx ligustri, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 490 (1758); Hiibn., Sphing., pl. xiv, fig. 69. Sphinx constricta, Butl., Cist. Ent., i, p. 113 (1885). Sphina ligustri, var. amurensis, Oberth., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. 741 (1886). A native collector obtained one specimen at Hakodate ‘in June. Var. amurensis, Oberth. would appear to be identical with the Japanese form described as constricta by Butler. Distribution. EUROPE.—JAPAN; YESSO; MANCHURIA; NortH CHINA ; AMURLAND. Genus HYLoicus. Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 139 (1822 ?). 64. Hyloicus pinastri. Sphine pinastri, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 492 (1758) ; Hiibn., Sphing., fig. 67. Hyloicus pinastri, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 693 (1892). Hyloicus caligineus, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 393 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 2, pl. xxi, fig. 6 (1878). Anceryx pinastri, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 588. Typical specimens occur in Japan, but the more common form is caligineus, Butl. It appears to be double brooded ; 288 Mr. J. H. Leech on I obtained the species at Ningpo in April and again in various parts of Japan in July. Distribution. EUROPE.— JAPAN; KIUSHIU; EASTERN CHINA. Genus PSEUDOSPHINX. Burmeister ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 104 (1892). 65. Pseudosphinx wnereta. Anceryx increta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. i, p. 36 (1864). Diludia increta, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., iui, p. 4, pl. xh, fig. 7 (1879). Meganoton increta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 682 (1892). Pseudosphina discistriga (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 105 (1892). Common in Japan. I have received specimens from Ichang, Kiukiang, and Omei-shan. Taken in July and August. Walker’s type is in very bad condition; my specimens agree very well with Butler’s figure. Distribution. NoRTHERN, CENTRAL, EASTERN and WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN ; LoocHoo; NORTHERN INDIA. 66. Pseudosphing analis. Sphinx analis, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., iv, pl. Ixxviii, fig. 4 (1874). Meganoton analis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 682 (1892). Possibly a form of P. increta, Walk., but as I have only seen Felder’s figure I am unable to form any definite conclusion on this point. Hab. SHANGHAI. 67. Pseudosphinx discistriga. Macrosila discistriga, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 208 (1856). Diludia discistriga, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 3, pl. xli, fig. 6 (1879). Diludia melanomera, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875, p. 13; Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., ix, p. 615, pl. xciv, fig. 4 (1876). Pseudosphina discistriga, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 105 (1892). Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 289 One specimen from Ichang taken in August. This agrees well with Butler’s figure except in its larger size. Distribution. SYLHET; East INDIES; BORNEO; JAVA; NORTHERN, CENTRAL, and SOUTHERN CHINA. Genus DOLBINA. Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iu, p. 155 (1887). 68. Dolbina tanerei. Dolbina tanerei, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., ui, p. 155, pl. xvii, fig: 8 (1887); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 685 (1892). Pseudosphinz tnexacta, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p- 988. Pryer in his catalogue refers to this species as occurring among yew trees. There were several specimens in his collection and I obtained five examples at Hakodate in August. The olivaceous coloration and markings of thorax separate this species from D. inexacta with which I formerly confused it. Instribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO. 69. Dolbina inexacta. Macrosila inexacta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 208 (1856). Pseudosphine inexacta, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 16, pl. Ixxxi, fig. 8 (1881); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 104 (1892). Hyloicus inexacta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 694 (1892). One specimen taken in July at Chang-yang. This species is readily distinguished from D. exacta, Staud., by the white coloration on under surface of abdomen being traversed by an interrupted black stripe. Distribution. Mussoorie; KuAsis; Bompay (Hamp- son); CENTRAL CHINA. Genus KENTROCHRYSALIS, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 157 (1887), TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1898.—PART UI. (SEPT.) 20 290 Mr. J. H. Leech on 70. KENTROCHRYSALIS STRECKERI. Sphinx streckert, Staud., Ent. Nachr., vi, p. 252 (Nov. 1880); Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 157 (1887). Sphine davidis, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 27, pl. vii, fig. 9 (Dec. 1880). Hyloicus davidis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 2. Anceryx davidis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 589. Kentrochrysalis streckeri, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 220 (1892). There were three specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection ; these were found on stems of yew trees. This. species has also been recorded from Tokio and Nikko. Distribution. JAPAN; ASKOLD; AMURLAND. 71. Kentrochrysalis steverst, Kentrochrysalis sieversi, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 164, job suing JE ae (CuI: Alphéraky describes K. siever'si from Corea. The example figured by him does not seem to differ from K. streckert, except that it is larger and darker, and the markings are more pronounced. One of my Japanese specimens of the last-named species is very much darker than svever'si, and the markings are quite as strongly developed, but I cannot see any reason for considering it as specifically distinct from XK. streckert. Hab, COREA. Subfamily JA CROGLOSSINE. Genus CINOGON. Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 1. 72. Cinogon askoldensis. Smerinthus askoldensis, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 25, pl. i, fig. 3 (1880). Cinogon cingulatum, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, pa. Cinogon askoldensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 639 (1892). There were specimens from Oiwake and Yesso in Pryer’s collection. Butler’s type was from Tokio. Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; ASKOLD. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 291 Genus GURELCA. Kirby, Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soc., (2) 11, p. 330 (1880). 73. Gurelea hyas. Lophura hyas, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 107 (1856). Gurelca hyas, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 110 (1892); Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 3, pl. i, fig. 2 (1892). Lophura sangaica, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875, p- 621. Gurelca sangaica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 643 (1892). Common in Japan from May to August. I have re- ceived the species from Gensan and also from Kiukiang, Chang-yang, Moupin, and Huang-mu-chang. Examples from the North-western Himalayas in my collection agree with Japanese specimens. Distribution. HONGKONG; SItkHIM; SYLHET; Muow; JAVA (Hampson); NortH-West HIMALAYAS; JAPAN; KiusHiu; CorEA; EASTERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA. 74. Gurelca masuriensis. Lophura masurvensis, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875, p-. 244, pl. xxxvi, fig. 3; Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 119 (1897). Gurelca masuriensis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 110 (1892). Alphéraky records a male specimen from Sé-Tchouen. Distribution. MUSSOORIE; NORTH-EASTERN HIMALAYAS (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA. Genus RHOPALOPSYCHE. Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1875, p. 239. 75. Lhopalopsyche nycteris, Macroglossa nycteris, Koll., Hiigel. Kaschm., iv (2), p. 458, pl. xix, fig. 5 (1844). Rhopalopsyche nycteris, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 111 (1892); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, p. 634 (1892). 292 Mr. J. H. Leech on I have specimens from Chang-yang, Wa-shan, Chia- ting-fu, and Chia-kou-ho, taken in July. Distribution. HIMALAYAS ; KHAsis; Burma (Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. Genus MACROGLOSSA. Scop.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 112 (1892). 76. Macroglossa stellatarwm. Sphin stellatarum, Linn., Syst. Nat. 1, p. 495 (1758); Hiibn., Sphing., pl. 1x, fig. 57. Macroglossa stellatarum, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 113 (1892); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 629 (1892). Fairly common in Japan and Yesso; I have received the species from Huang-mu-chang. Distribution. EuropE—NortH AFRICA.— NORTHERN AstA; EASTERN, CENTRAL, WESTERN and NORTHERN CHINA; AMURLAND; COREA. 77. Macroglossa belis. Sphing belis, Cram., Pap. Exot.,i, p. 147, pl. xciv, fig. c (1776). Macroglossa belis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 113 (1892). My collectors did not obtain this species in any part of China that they visited. Distribution. CHINA and throughout INDIA and CEYLON (Hampson). 78. Macroglossa bombylans. Macroglossa bombylans, Boisd., Sp. Gén. Lép., i, p. 334 (1875) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 630 (1892). Macroglossa walkeri, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875, p. 4; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 116 (1892). I obtained this species in Satsuma in May, at Nikko and Oiwake in September and October; and I have received it from Kiukiang, Chang-yang, and from several localities in Western China. Distribution. HIMALAYAS and throughout NortH INDIA (Hampson); JAPAN; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 293 79. Macroglossa gilia. Macroglossa gilia, Herr.-Schiff., Schmett., pp. 59, 79, pl. xxii, fig. 107; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1. p. 117 (1892); Alph., Rom, sur Lép., ix, p. 119 (1897). Alphéraky records three specimens, taken at the end of July, at Ja-djoou, in Sé-Tchouen. Distribution. Throughout INDIA and CEYLON; JAVA (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA. 80. Macroglossa pyrrhosticta. Macroglossa pyrrhosticta, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 242, pl. xxxvi, fig. 8. I took this species at Nagahama and Gensan in June and July; fPryer records it from Yokohama. My collectors obtained specimens at Chang-yang, Kiukiang, and at several localities in Western China. The type was from Shanghai. Distribution. EASTERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN; KiusHIU; CorEA; LoocHoo ISLANDS. 81. Macroglossa saga. Macroglossa saga, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv, p. 206 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 1, pl. xxi, fig. 1 (1878). Macroglossa kiushiuensis, Rothschild, Novit. Zool., i, p. 66 (1894) ; op. cit., ii, pl. xiii, fig. 2 (1896). Described from Yokohama. I have not received any Japanese specimens, but there were some examples from Loochoo in Pryer’s collection. M. saga may be separated from its near ally JZ pyrr- hesticta by the uninterrupted black basal patch of the secondaries and by its greater size, and the rather differ- ent character of the apical markings of the primaries. Distribution. JAPAN; Kiusaiu ; LoocHoo. 82. Macroglossa passalus. Sphine passalus, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent., ii, pl. xxix, fig. 2 (1773). Macroglossa passalus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 632 (1892). Macroglossa proxima, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 1; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 114 (1892). 294 Mr. J. H. Leech on One specimen from Moupin, June; two from Chang- yang, July; and one from Ichang Gorge, September. Distribution. SYLHET; CACHAR; KANARA; CEYLON; TENASSERIM ; Manacca (Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. Genus SPHECODINA. Blanch., Hist. Nat. Ins., iii, pl. xx, fig. 4 (1840). 83. Sphecodina (2) caudata. Thyreus caudata, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud. Ent., i, p. 62 (1852); Mén., Cat. Mus. Petr., ii, p. 95, pl. xu, fig. 4 (1857). Sphecodina (?) caudata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, p. 638 (1892). The type of this species was from Pekin. My collectors did not meet with it in any part of China that they visited. Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 238) records specimens from Amurland, and gives a description of a coloured figure of the larva. Distribution. NORTH CHINA ; AMURLAND. Genus SATASPES. Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 1, p. 261 (1857). 84. Sataspes infernalis. Sesia infernalis, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 61, pl. xxx, fig. 3 (1848). Sataspes wmfernalis, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p- 121; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 121, (1892). Sataspes xylocoparis, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875, p. 239, pl. xxxvi, fig. 1. I received this species from Ichang, Kiukiang, Chia- ting-fu, and Moupin ; fifteen specimens in all, taken in June and July. SButler’s type was from Shanghai. Distribution. StIKHIM; SYLHET; BuRMA; HoncG-KoNG (Hampson) ; EASTERN, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. Genus HEMARIS. Dalm., Vet. Akad. Handl., p. 207 (1816). Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 295 85. Hemaris radians. Sesia radians, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 84 (1856). Hemaris radians, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 1, pl. xxi, fig. 2 (1878). Hemaris mandarina, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875, p. 239, pl. xxxv. fig 2. There were specimens from Oiwake and Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I took the species at Gensan, Fushiki and Hakodate, and have received examples from Kiukiang. The rays from the outer marginal border, which are conspicuous in the type form, are altogether absent in mandarina, and all gradations between these extremes are exhibited. Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; EASTERN, CENTRAL, and NORTHERN CHINA. 86. Hemaris alternata. Sesia alternata, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xiv, p. 366 (1874). Hemaris alternata, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., 11. p. i, pl. xxi, fig. 3 (1878). According to Pryer, this species would seem to be common about Yokohama; it is recorded from Oiwake and Hakodate, and I obtained specimens at Gensan in July. My native collectors captured four examples at Chang-yang. Fixsen (Rom. sur Lép., ili, p. 323) suggests that 7. alternata may be referable to H. affinis, but the former is easily separable from the latter. Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; CENTRAL CHINA. 87. Hemaris affinis. Macroglossa affinis, Brem., Bull. Acad. Petrsb., ii, p. 659 (1861) ; Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 35, pl. i, fig. 13 (1864). Macroglossa sieboldi, Boisd., de VOrza, Lép, Jap., p. 35 (1869). Sesia whitelyi, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xiv, p. 367 (1874). 296 Mr. J. H. Leech on There were specimens from Gifu and Yokohama, in Pryer’s collection. I received examples from Hakodate, where they were captured in June. Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; AMURLAND; NoRTH CHINA. 88. Hemaris beresowskii, Hemaris beresowskti, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 120, pl. xu, tig. 9 fF (1897): Alphéraky describes this species, which is closely allied to H. afinis, Brem., from Sé-Tchouen. I received two male specimens from Ta-chien-lu, one from Pu- tsu-fong, one from Kia-tung-fu, and a female from Kwei-chow ; all these were taken in June and July. Hab, WESTERN CHINA. 89. Hemaris staudingerr. Hemaris staudingert, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 81 (1890). Eight specimens from Chang-yang taken in July. Hab. CENTRAL CHINA. Genus CEPHONODES. Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 131 (1816), 90. Cephonodes hylas. Sphina hylas, Linn., Mant., i, p. 539 (1771). Sesia hylas, Don., Ins. China, ii, pl. xlin, fig. 2 (1799). Sphinw picus, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii, p. 83, pl. cxlviii, fig. B, Ge). Hemaris hylas, Saalm., Lep. Madag., 1, p. 117, pl. 11. fig. 40 (1884). Cephonodes hylas, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 581. There were six specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I obtained the species in Satsuma in May, and at Nagasaki in May and June; I have also received specimens from Chia-ting-fu and Moupin. Distribution. Throughout InpIA to AUSTRALIA. — West and SoutTH AFricA (Hampson).—JAPAN; K1Iv- sHiu; LoocHoo ISLANDS; WESTERN CHINA. Feterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 297 Family NOTODONTID. Genus TARSOLEPIS. Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) x, p. 125 (1872). 91. Tarsolepis sommeri, Crino sommert, Hiibn., Samml. Ex. Schmett. (1824 ?). Tarsolepis remicauda, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) x, p. 125, pl. viii. (1872); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 127 (1892). Tarsolepis sommert, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 616 (1892). There was a very poor example of this species, without data, in Pryer’s collection. I am informed by Mr. A. E. Wileman that it is not uncommon at light in some parts of Japan. Distribution. StKHIM; BoRNEO (Hampson) ; JAPAN. Genus DuDvuSA. Walk., Cat. Lep, Het., xxxii, p. 446 (1865), 92, Dudusa nobilis, . Dudusa nobilis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxu, p. 447 (1865). Walker described this species, with which I am not acquainted, from “ North China.” Hab. NortH CHINA. Genus NADATA, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1062 (1855). 93. Nadata cristata. Trabala cristata, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 480 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 18, pl. xxvii, fig. 1 (1878). Nadata cristata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 614 (1892). Specimens from Oiwake and Yokohama were in Pryer’s collection. I took the species at Nagahama in July; Oberthiir records it from the isle of Askold and Staudinger from Amurland and North of Pekin. Distribution. JAPAN; AMURLAND; ASKOLD; NORTH CHINA. 298 Mr. J. H. Leech on 94. Nadata niverceps. Trabala niveiceps, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. 554 (1865). Nadata niveiceps, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vi, p. 21, pl. civ, fig. 8 (1886); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 180 (1892). One example of each sex taken in July at Wa-shan. In the male the primaries have an indistinct wavy sub- basal line and medial and postmedial elbowed lines; both sexes have a pale yellow spot in the discal cell. Distribution. NortH-WeEst HimMALAyas (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA. 95. Nadata splendida. Trabala splendida, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 65, pl. v, fig. 6 (1881). Nadata splendida, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 366 (1892). I have one specimen from Chang-yang. Staudinger, in referring to this species from the Isle of Askold and Amurland, states that the larva, which is almost uniformly greenish white, feeds upon oak. Distribution. ASKOLD; AMURLAND; CENTRAL CHINA. Genus PHALERA. Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., 146 (1816). 96. Phalera fuscescens. Phalera fuscescens, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 597. Phalera staudingeri, Alph., Iris, viii, p. 187 (1895). There were two specimens, from Oiwake and Fujisan, in Pryer’s collection and I obtained one example at Gensan in July. Alphéraky describes this species from Amurland under the name staudingeri; his excellent description of the latter exactly applies to P. fuscescens, Butl., which he was evidently not acquainted with as he does not refer to it. Distribution. JAPAN; COREA; AMURLAND. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 299 97. Phalera alpherakyt, sp. 0. ¢ Primaries fuscous-grey with several blackish, wavy, transverse lines ; the most prominent of the markings are the double line limiting the pale grey basal area, a single one just beyond the cell, and a double one from the white edged ochreous, somewhat cuneiform apical patch ; there is a blackish lunule surrounded with whitish at end of cell and a lunulate, blackish, sub-marginal line ; the latter is spotted with black between veins 1—4; fringes reddish-brown, Secondaries fuscous with a ill-defined pale band just beyond the middle ; fringes whitish marked with reddish-brown at ends of the nervures. Under surface: primaries have the basal three-fourths blackish, the outer limit defined by an oblique darker line ; the outer third of the wing is pale ochreous with a large diffuse blackish patch, traversed by a wavy pale ochreous line, between veins 6 and inner margin : secondaries whitish suffused with fuscous on basal area, Which is limited by a blackish band, and on outer fourth except towards outer angle. Expanse. 58-64 millim. Two male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June or July. Allied to P. assimilis, Brem. 98. Phalera sigmata. Phalera sigmata, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), xx, p. 473 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iu, pl. xxiv, fig. 9 (1878); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 641. A nice series in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama. I have one example from Omei-shan which was taken in June or July. Butler's female type was from Hakodate. Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; WESTERN CHINA. 99. Phalera flavescens. Phalera flavescens, Brem., Lep. Nord. China, p. 14 (1858). Trisula andreas, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 38, pl. v, fig. 4 (1880). Trisula (Phalera) flavescens, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 368 (1892). Oberthiir places this species in Z’risula and so also does Staudinger with the remark that he is unable to ascertain where the genus was characterised. Trisula was founded by Moore (Cat. Lep. E.LC., ii, p- 420) for the reception of variegata, Moore, which Hamp- 300 Mr. J. H. Leech on son (Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 430) states is a Noctua. There were specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yesso and Yokohama. I obtained the species at Gensan and my native collector at Hakodate; I have also received one example from Moupin. Graeser states that the larva resembles that of P. bucephala and feeds on birch. Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; AMURLAND ; ASKOLD ; NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA. 100. Phalera assimilis. Pygera assimilis, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud. d’Ent., i, p. 80 (1852) ; Schmett. nord. China, p. 16 (1853). Phalera assimilis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 577 (1892) ; Alphéraky, Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 156, pl. xi, fig. 4 (1897). Phalera ningpoana, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi, p. 37 (1862). One male specimen from Omei-shan and a female from Wa-shan ; both taken in July. Distribution. NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA. Genus EDEMA. Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1028 (1855). 101. Hdema nivilinea. Edema nivilinea, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 638, pl. xxxii, fig. 1. There were two specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection and three others, without locality, among his unarranged material. Hab. JAPAN. Genus PYDNA. Walk. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 188 (1892). 102. Pydna plumosa. Bireta plumosa, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 620, pl. xxxi, fig. 4. This species was taken by Pryer at Ohoyama. Hab, JAPAN. Fleterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 301 103. Pydna southerlandi. Bireta southerlandii, Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xvi, p. 73 (1889). I have several specimens comprised in my variable series of P. straminea which appear to agree fairly well with the description of P. southerlandii ; but without seeing the type of the latter I am unable to form any definite con- clusion. Hab. JAPAN. 104. Pydna straminea. Ceira straminea, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 91 (1877). Specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I obtained the species at Gensan in June and have received it from Kiushiu. Distribution. JAPAN ; KiusHIu ; CoREA; EASTERN CHINA. 105. Pydna pallida. Bireta pallida, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 473 (1877) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 12, pl. xxv, figs. 10, 11 (1878). Pydna pallida, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 140 (1892). There was a good series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Distribution, SIKHIM ; CHEKIANG (Hampson) ; JAPAN. 106. Pydna insignis, sp. n. Primaries pale buff clouded and suffused with purplish-brown on inner, central and outer marginal areas ; there are two black dots at the base of the wing, a transverse series of four dots before the middle, a mark at end of the cell followed by a wavy and curved line with a double dentated line beyond dotted with black on the nervules, there is a series of black dots between the nervules on outer marginal area ; the apices are marked with darker purplish-brown. Secondaries fuscous paler on costal area. Fringes of the ground colour marked with darker. Under surface fuscous pale buff on costal and apical areas of primaries and on costal area of secondaries, Expanse 54 to 74 millim. 302 Mr. J. H. Leech on I have three male specimens from Omei-shan, one from Pu-tsu-fong and one from Chang-yang taken in June and July. Hab, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. In some examples the transverse markings of the primaries are almost obsolete. 107. Pydna frugalis, sp. n. ¢@ Primaries whitish-brown speckled with blackish on basal area ; there is arufous streak in cell, its widest extremity enclosing the dark discal mark ; another rufous streak extends obliquely from apex almost to median nervure, between the termination of this streak and the inner margin there are two curved streaks the first of which is rufous and the other dusky ; beyond the middle of the wing there is a double series of black points, the series curved towards inner margin; black internervular dots on outer margin. Secondaries whitish-brown. Fringes of the ground colour. Under surface paler than above and slightly tinged with ochreous about costal area of primaries. @ Primaries browner, the markings less distinct, but with a conspicuous black spot below the median nervure. Expanse ¢ 42 millim ? 50 millim. One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong and a female from Moupin, June. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Genus NoRRACA. Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1881, p, 340. 108. Norraca retrofusca. Norraca retrofusca, Joannis, Bull., Soc. Ent. Fr., 1894, p. lx. Described from a male specimen taken at Kiang-nan. Hab. EKASTERN CHINA. Genus ANTICYRA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1091 (1855). 109. Anticyra combusta. Anticyra combusta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1092 (1855) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 145 (1892). One male specimen from Ichang, taken in June. Distribution. PHILIPPINES ; N. W. Himavayas; INDIA ; JAVA; CENTRAL CHINA. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 303 Genus DRYMONIA. Hiibn., Verz. Schmett, p. 144 (1822 ?). 110. Drymonia chaonia. Bombyx chaonia, Hiibn., Bomb., pl. iii, figs. 10, 11 (1800 ?). Drymonia ruficornis, Hiibn.; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 570 (1892). There were several specimens from Gifu in Pryer’s col- lection. They agree fairly well with some of my European examples. Distribution. LUROPE.—JAPAN. 111. Drymonia trimacula. Bombyx trimacula, Esp., Schmett., ii, p. 242, pl. xlvi, figs. 1-3 (1785). Drymonia trimacula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 571 (1892). Notodonta trimacula, var. dodonides, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., lli, p. 220 (1887). There was a rather damaged specimen in Pryer’s col- lection, which is undoubtedly referable to this species. Staudinger records a form from Amurland under the name dodonides. Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN. 112. Drymonia manleyi. Drymonia manleyi, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 639, pl. xxxii, fig. 2. A series, including both sexes, from Yokohama, in Pryer’s collection. Hab. JAPAN. 113. Drymonia delia, Drymonia delia, Leech, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 640, pl. xxxuy, fig. 3. One male specimen from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. Hab, JAPAN. 114, Drymonia cirewmscripta. Drymonia circumscripta, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii, p. 125 (1885). Two specimens from Nikko in Pryer’s collection. Hab. JAPAN. 304 Mr. J. H. Leech on 115. Drymonia permagna. Drymonia permagna, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 20. Three specimens from Yokohama (Pryer and Manley), I took the species at Hakodate in August. Hab, JAPAN and YESSO, Genus BRACHIONYCHA. Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 144 (1822 ?), 116. Brachionycha atrovittata, Asteroscopus atrovittatus, Brem., Bull. Acad. Pétersb., ii, p. 483 (1861); Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 46, pl. v, fig. 4 (1864). Brachionycha atrovittata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 562 (1892). One specimen in poor condition in Pryer’s collection, probably from Yokohama. Distribution, JAPAN ; AMURLAND. Genus FENTONIA, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 20. 117. Fentonia ocypete. Harpyia ocypete, Brem., Bull. Acad. Pétersb., 1861, p. 481 ; Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 44, pl. v, fig. 1 (1864). Fentonia levis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 20; Cist. Ent., 111, p. 129 (1885). Fentonia ocypete, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 148 (1892); Kirby Cat. Lep. Het., p. 562 (1892). Uropus ocypete, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 60, pl. viii, fig. 6 (1880). Uropus (Urocampa) ocypete, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 343 (1892). I have specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake. Distribution. SIMLA (Hampson); JAPAN; AMURLAND; NortH CHINA. Staudinger (Cat. Lep. Eur. 1871) places ocypete in Uropus. Butler (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881) re- FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 305 described ocypete under the name /ewvis, and founded the genus Fentonia for its reception; in 1885, however, he admits his /wvis to be specifically identical with ocypete. In 1892 Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi.) proposed Urocampa as a generic name for ocypete, and as he does not mention Fentonia levis, it is to be presumed that he considered the latter to be a distinct species. Genus UROPYIA. Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 344 (1892). 118. Uropyia meticulodina. Notodonta meticulodina, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., x, p. 16, pl. i, fig. 3 (1884). Lophopteryx meticulodina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 606 (1892). Uropyia meticulodina, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 344, pl. iv, fig. 8, larva (1892). One specimen from Yesso in Pryer’s collection. The type was from Sidemi. Staudinger records the species from Amurland, and describes the larva, which he states feeds upon Juglans mandschurica. Distribution. SIDEMI; AMURLAND ; YESSO. Genus CNETHODONTA. Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iu, p. 215 (1887). 119. Cnethodonta grisescens. Dasychira acronycta, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 35, pl. v, fig. 8, 2 (1880). Cnethodonta grisescens, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 214. plexes Lyf Clssn): A male specimen from Oiwake, and a female from Yesso in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO ; ASKOLD; AMURLAND. Genus STAUROPUS. Germar, Prod., p. 45 (1811); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 149 (1892). TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART III. (SEPT.) 21 306 Mr. J. H. Leech on 120. Stauropus basalis. Stawropus basalis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p: 90 (1877). Harpyia taczanowskw, Oberth., Diagn. Lep. Askold, p. 11 (879); 5 Btud1 id Hntous vy, oa:8 59) eplmieatio. (1880). There were six specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. JI obtained the species at Foochau in April, and at Fushiki in August. Moore’s type was from Shanghai. Staudinger records it from Amurland. Distribution. KASTERN CHINA; ASKOLD; AMURLAND ; JAPAN. 121. Stawropus fagt. Bombyx fagi, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 508 (1758); Hiibn., Bomb., pl. viii, fig. 31 (1800 2). Stawropus fagi, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths., i, p. 149 (1892). Stauropus persimilis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv, p. 353 (1879). Some specimens in Pryer’s collection from Oiwake and Yokohama. MIstribution. KUROPE.—JAPAN. 122. Stawropus comatus, sp. Nn. Primaries white, the basal and inner marginal areas are brownish- grey marked with black and there is a brownish-grey patch beyond the cell extending from costa to vein 5. Secondaries white, the abdominal half suffused with blackish and clothed with long silky brown hairs; there is a brownish-grey submarginal band, this is broad from costa to vein 3, thence narrow and indistinct. Expanse 76 millim, One female specimen from Omei-shan, taken in June or July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Genus SOMERA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iv, p. 882 (1855). Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 307 123. Somera cyanea. Somera cyanea, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 642, pl. xxxul, fig. 5. Seven specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama and Gifu. Hab. JAPAN. Genus CERURA. Schrank ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 155 (1892). 124, Cerura furcula. Bombyx furcula, Linn., Faun. Suec., p. 298 (1761) ; Hiibn., Bomb., fig. 39 (1800). Cerura sangaica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 90 (1877). I obtained one specimen at Gensan in June. As the band in sangaica is generally narrower than in typical C. furcula the name might be retained for this Eastern Asian form of the species. Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; COREA; NoRTH- East CHINA. 125. Cerura lanigera. Cerura lanigera, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 474 (1877) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 10, pl. xliii, fig. 11 (1879). Cerura furcula (part), Leech., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 644. There were four specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. These I referred, in error, to C. fwrcula instead of to C. bifida, from which species they are hardly separ- able and of which they may be the Eastern Asian repre- sentatives. The central band is not always constricted in the middle as mentioned in the description of C. lanigera and in some European examples of C. bifida the central band is constricted to the same extent as in typical C lanigera. One of the four examples from Japan is without any trace of the central band. Staudinger and Pryer state that the larva of C. lanigera feeds on both willow and poplar. Distribution. AMURLAND; COREA; JAPAN. 308 Mr. J. H. Leech on Genus DICRANURA. Boisd., Ind. Méth., p. 54 (1829). 126. Dicranura vinula. Bombyx vinula, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 499 (1758); Hiibn., Bomb., pl. 1x, fig. 34. Cerura vinula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 588 (1892). Dicranura vinula, Hampsou, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 157 (1892). Dicranura felina, Butl., Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 474 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 12, pl. xxiv, fig. 3 (1878). Dicranura askolda, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom,, v, p. 59, pl. vii, fig. 8 (1880). There were several specimens in Pryer’s collection. I bred a male specimen in June, 1887, from a larva found at Gensan in 1886. As Pryer points out in his catalogue the larva, which feeds on willow, does not differ at all fromEuropean ex- amples. Graeser makes a similar remark concerning the caterpillar in Amurland. Felina and askolda are not worth retaining even as varietal names as similar forms can be found in any representative series from Europe. Distribution. KUROPE—AMURLAND ; ASKOLD; JAPAN; COREA. 127. Dicranura erminea. Bombyx erminea, Esp., Schmett., in, p. 100, pl. xix, figs. 1, 2, (i784); Hiibn., Bomb., fig. 35, (1800). Cerura erminea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 588 (1892). Cerura menciana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) SX OO (LS 1iy): Menciana, Moore, appears to be a good local form of D. erminea. The ground colour of the primaries is grey slightly tinged with violet, and the marking are generally better defined than in the type form. I met with this form at Shanghai and Foochau, and I have received speci- mens from Omei-shan. A native collector in Japan sent me one example, obtained at Hakodate, which agrees with Fleterocera from China, Japan, aud Corea. 309 the more strongly marked European specimens. Staudin- ger (Rom. sur Lep., vi, p. 340) records the species from Amurland under the varietal name candida and states that this form is whiter than the type and the markings less clearly defined. Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; ASKOLD; YESSO; EASTERN and WESTERN CHINA. Genus PHEOSIA. Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 160 (1892). 128. Pheosia milhauseri. Bombyx milhauseri, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 577 (1775). Bombyx terrifica, Hibn., Bomb., pl. vin, figs. 32,33 (1800). Hoplitis milhausert, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 595 (1892). Hybocampa milhauseri, var. wmbrosa, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 343 (1892). There were two examples from Ohoyama in Pryev’s collection and I received one from Mr. Manley of Yoko- hama and one from Omei-shan. In all these specimens the ground colour, especially of the secondaries, is darker than in the typical form and they are doubtless referable to var. wmbrosa, Staud. Distribution. KUROPE.—AMURLAND ; ASKOLD; JAPAN ; WESTERN CHINA. 129. Pheosia puleherrima. Anodonta pulcherrima, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 814, pl. xl, fig. 4. Hupodonta corticalis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 475 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 595 (1892). Pheosia pulcherrima, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 161 (1892). Recorded from Yokohama by Butler under the name corticalis. Distribution. SIKHIM ; JAPAN Genus MICROPHALERA. Butl., Cist. Ent., iii, p. 119 (1885). 310 Mr. J. H. Leech on 130. Microphalera grisea. Microphalera grisea, Butl., Cist. Ent., mi, p. 120 (1885). I obtained this species at Hakodate and there were specimens also from Yesso in Pryer’s collection. ° Hab. YESSO. 131. Microphalera insignis. Destolmia insignis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, palo: Microphalera insignis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 594 (1892). Butler describes this species from Tokio. I did not meet with it and it was not represented in Pryer’s collection. fab. JAPAN. Genus NOTODONTA. Ochs.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 162 (1892). 132. Notodonta lineata. Notodonta lineata, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 61, pl. 11, fig. 7 (1880). One specimen in Pryer’s collection. The type was from the isle of Askold. Distribution. ASKOLD; AMURLAND; JAPAN. 133. Notodonta monetaria. Notodonta monetaria, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 62, pl. 11, fig. 6 (1880). Stauropus monetaria, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 560 (1892). There were three specimens in Pryer’s collection and I took one example at Nagahamain July. Oberthiir’s type was from the Isle of Askold. Distribution. ASKOLD ; AMURLAND ; JAPAN. 134. Notodonta cinerea. Peridea cinerea, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv. p. 353 (1878). Notodonta cinerea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 600 (1892). Specimens from Yokohama and Gifu in Pryer’s collection I obtained the species at Hakodate in August. Hab. JAPAN and YEsso. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 311 135. Notodonta gigantea. Peridea gigantea, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 474 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, pl. xxiv, fig. 6 (1878). Notodonta gigantea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 600 (1892). A specimen, probably from Yokohama, in Pryer’s collection. Hab. JAPAN. 136. Notodonta trachitso. Notodonta trachitso, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xvi, p. 21, pl. iv, fig. 55 (1894). Type from Ta-Tsien-Lot, taken in May. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 137. Notodonta toddit. Notodonta toddii, Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxi, p. 73 (1889). Dr. Holland describes this species from Japan. He states that there was a bad specimen from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection, but I have not been able to identify this. Hab. JAPAN. Genus LOPHOCOSMA. Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 222 (1887). 188. Lophocosma atriplaga. Notodonta (Lophocosma) atriplaga, Staud., Rom. sur Lép. iii, p. 220, pl. xii, fig. 8 (1887). Lophocosma atriplaga, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 606, (1892). A female specimen in Pryer’s coliection. Distribution. JAPAN; ASKOLD; AMURLAND. Genus HYPERASCHRA. Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) vi, p. 65 (1880). ale Mr. J. H. Leech on 139. Hypereschra tenebrosa. Phalera tenebrosa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 819. Hyperxschra tenebrosa, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 164 (1892). One specimen from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. SIKHIM (Hampson); JAPAN. Genus PTILOPHORA. Steph., Il. Brit. Hnt., Haust., i, p. 29 (1828). 140. Piilophora plumigera. Bombyx plumigera, Esp., Schmett., iii, p. 254, pl. 1, figs. 6, 7 (1785). Ptilophora plwmigera, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 598 (1892). One female specimen from Yokohama in Pryer’s col- lection. This is No. 286 of Pryer’s catalogue, “ Yoko- hama January,” an unusual month for the emergence of this moth. Distribution. KUROPE.—J APAN. Genus LOPHOPTERYX. Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust., ii, p. 26 (1829). 141. Lophopteryx capucina. Bombyx capucina, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 507, no. 55 (1758). Bombyx camelina, Linn., l.c., no. 56; Hiibn., Bomb., fig. 19, (1800). Lophopteryz capucina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 605 (1892). Lophopteryx camelina, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 646. Specimen from Nikko, Fujisan and Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. I took examples in June at Hakodate and also met with it at Gensan. An allied species, Z. satwrata, Walk., is represented in Amurland and the isle of Askold by a form which Graeser (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1888, p. 143) has named hoegez. Distribution. KuROPE—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; CoREA. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 318 142. Lophopteryx umbrosa, sp. n. Primaries reddish-brown clouded with darker brown and blackish ; there is a pale mark at outer end of discal cell and between this and the outer margin there is a sinuous line which turns obliquely inwards from third median nervule (vein 4) and terminates on inner margin near the lobe. Secondaries fuscous ; fringes pale brown marked with fuscous. Under surface: primaries fuscous with some pale brown marks on apical portion of costa and on outer margin ; secon- daries pale brown with indication of three fuscous bands. Expanse 42 millim. One male specimen taken at Ni-tou in July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Allied to Z. ferruginosa, Moore, from North India. 143. Lophopteryx pryeri. Lophopteryx pryert, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv, p. 355 (1879). A long series in Pryer’s collection, comprising specimens from Yokohama, Oiwake and Yesso. In some examples all the wings are deeply suffused with fuscous-brown. Hab. JAPAN and YESSO. 144, Lophopteryx (?) sinensis. Lophopteryx sinensis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Giixsep. DISK): The type of this species was from Shanghai. There are two specimens from Chekiang in the National Collection. My collectors do not appear to have met with it in any part of China that they visited. Hab, NortuH-East CHINA. 145. Lophopteryx ladislai. Lophopteryx ladislac, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 66, vl. u1, fig. 3 (1880). There was one male specimen from Nikko in Pryer’s collection. Oberthiir’s type was from the Isle of Askold and the species has been recorded from various places in Amurland. This species strongly resembles Z. cwewlla, Esp., from Europe. Distribution. JAPAN ; ASKOLD; AMURLAND. 314 Mr. J. H. Leech on Genus PLATYCHASMA. Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 596. 146. Platychasma virgo. Platychasma virgo, Butl, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 596. I obtained a specimen at Gensan in July; there were three examples from Nikko in Pryer’s collection, and I have received one from Mr. Manley of Yokohama. Distribution. JAPAN ; COREA. Genus PTEROSTOMA. Germ., Prodr., ii, p. 42 (1812). Ptilodontis, Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust., 11, p. 28 (1828). 147. Pterostoma griseum. Ptilodontis grisea, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib., p. 45, pl. v, fig. 2 (1864). Pterostoma griseum, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, 00 1O02): Pterostoma grisea, var. brunnea, Graeser, Berl, ent. Zeitschr., 1888, p. 145. One male specimen from the Wa-ssu-Kow taken in July. Distribution. AMURLAND ; WESTERN CHINA. 148. Pterostoma sinicwm. Pterostoma sinica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 91 (S77). Pterostoma palpina, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 638. Pterostoma palpina, var. gigantina, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 363 (1892). There were specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama and Oiwake; I obtained two examples at Nagasaki in June, and my native collector took the species at Hakodate. Specimens have also been received from Ichang, where they were captured in September. Staudinger records var. gigantina as well as typical P. palpina from Amurland. Distribution. JAPAN ; YESSO; KiusHIU; CENTRAL and EASTERN CHINA. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. ale Genus SPATALIA. Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 168 (1892). 149. Spatalia plusiotis. Ptilodontis plusiotis, Oberth., Etud d’Entom., v, p. 65, pl. vi, fig. 3 (1880). Pterostoma wplusiotis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 597 (1892). There were two male specimens from Oiwake and Nikko in Pryer’s collection. I have one from Yokohama taken by Mr. Manley and I obtained one female example at Gensan in July. This species seems to be closely allied to S. gemmifera, Moore from Sikhim. Distribution. ASKOLD; AMURLAND; JAPAN; COREA. 150. Spatalia macrodonta. osama macrodonta, Butl., Cist. Ent., 11, p. 127 (1885). There was a male specimen in Pryer’s collection from ‘Japan but the exact locality was not indicated ; it was probably Yokohama. Butler's type of the female was from Pekin. Distribution. JAPAN ; NoRTH CHINA. 151. Spataha ornata. Ptilodontis ornata, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., x, p. 15, pl. ii, fie. 5 (1884). Two examples from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. The male specimen is smaller than Oberthiir’s figure which represents an example from Sidemi. 8S. ornata is probably a form of S. plusioides, Moore (Lep. Atk., i, p. 62). Distribution. SIDEMI; JAPAN. 152. Spatalia cinnamomea. Rosama cinnamomea, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888 p: 637, pl =x, fo EE The type was in Pryer’s collection and is from Ohoyama. I took a female at Nagasaki in June. Hab. JAPAN and KIUSHIU. 316 Mr. J. H. Leech on Genus GELASTOCERA. Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 476 (1877). 153. Gelastocera exusta. Gelastocera exusta, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 476 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 18, pl. xxiv fio. 2 (1878). Earias ochroleucana, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iu, p. 176, pl. viii, fig. 11 (1887); Fixs., op. ciz., p. 326. Specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s col- lection. I obtained the species at Gensan in June and July. Butler’s type was from Hakodate. The species varies in the tone of the ground colour. The Gensan examples are paler than those from Japan but the pink tinge is stronger than in the specimens from Amurland figured by Staudinger. The markings are identical in all the specimens. Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; AMURLAND; COREA. Genus LEUCODONTA. Staud., Rom. sur Lép, vi, p. 349 (1892). 154. Leucodonta bicoloria. Bombyx bicoloria, Schift., Esp., Schmett, 11, pl. xl, fig. 7. Bombyz bicolora, Hiibn., Bomb., pl. v, fig. 18. Microdonta bicoloria, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 603 (1892). Leucodonta bicoloria, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 349 (1892). Two specimens in Pryer’s collection from Fujisan and the other from Nikko, both taken in June. They are very strongly marked. Distribution—EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; ASKOLD; JAPAN. Genus ICHTHYURA. Hiibn; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 172 (1892). Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 317 155. Ichthyura anastomosis. Bombyx anastomosis, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 506 (1758). Clostera anastomosis, var. orientalis, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., ii, p. 3850 (1887). Ichthyura anastomosis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 172 (1892). Melalopha anastomosis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 609 (1892). There were five specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s collec- tion and I have received four examples from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June or July. The specimens from China as well as those from Yesso agree with European examples. Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; COREA; YESSO; WESTERN CHINA. 156. Ichthyura anachoreta. Bombyx anachoreta, Fabr., Mant. Ins., ii, p. 120 (1787) ; Hiibn., Bomb., pl. xxu, fig. 88 (1880). Ichthyura fulgurita, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 433 (1865). Melalopha fulgurita, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 611 (1892). ‘Ichthyura anachoreta, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 172 (1892). A nice series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. . I obtained one example at Hakodate in August and have received specimens from Ichang, Chang-yang, and Pu-tsu- fong, taken in July. I do not find that the Asiatic specimens of this species differ in any way from the European. Distribution. HKUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA; and according to Hampson, throughout INDIA and CEYLon; JAVA. Genus PLUSIOGRAMMA. Hampson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 278. 157. Plusiogramma aurosigna. Plusiogramma aurosigna, Hampson, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond., 1895, p. 278 (fig.) One male specimen taken at Chang-yang in August. Distribution. TENASSERIM; CENTRAL CHINA. 318 Mr. J. H. Leech on Genus PYG@RA. Ochs., Schmett. Eur., iii, p. 224 (1810). 158. Pygera timonides. Pygera timonides, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 45 (1864). Pygzra timonmorum, Brem., l.c., pl. v, fig. 3. Clostera timonides, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., x, p. 13, pl. u, fig. 2 (1884). Gonoclostera latipennis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 476 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 13, pl. xxvii, fig. 2 (1878). I captured this species at Hakodate in August ; there were eight specimens from Yokohama and Nikko in Pryer’s collection. Staudinger records one example from a locality to the north of Pekin (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 370). Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; NORTH CHINA. Genus NERICE. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1076 (1855). 159. Nerice davidi. Nerice davidi, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., vi, p. 17, pl. ix, fig. 2 (1881). Nerice bidentata, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, p. 638. I obtained two specimens at Hakodate in August. Oberthiir’s type was from the north of China but the exact locality is not mentioned. Distribution. JAPAN; NortTH CHINA. 160. Nerice bipartita. Nerice bipartita, Butl., Cist., Ent., 11, p. 119 (1885). Nerice upina, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 17, pl. 1, fig. 7 (1892). Butier records this species from Sappora, Nikko and Yesso. There was one example from each of the last named localities in Pryer’s collection. Alphéraky records the species under the name N. wpina from Ou-pin. Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; NortTH CHINA. Fleterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 319 Family SYNTOMID. Genus SYNTOMIS. Ochs.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 212 (1892). 161. Syntomis erebina. Syntomis erebina, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 5. Zygena erebina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 90 (1892). Butler describes this species from Tokio and states that it is allied to the European S. phegea. There is an aberrant example in the series at South Kensington Natural History Museum which has the primaries almost entirely black and with but little indications of hyaline markings. Hab. JAPAN. 162. Syntomis fortunei. Syntomis fortunei, De VOrza, Lép. Jap., p. 38 (1869). ' Lygena fortunei, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 92 (1892). Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I obtained this species at Tsuruga, Nagahama, Shimono- seki, Hakone and Gensan in June and July and my native collector took it at Nikko and Hakodate. One specimen only was received from Chang-yang. Mstribution. JAPAN ; YESSO; COREA; CENTRAL CHINA. 163. Syntomis cingulata. Zygena cingulata, Web., Obs. Ent., p. 109 (1801). Syntomis annetia, Butl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool., xi, p. 347 (1876): HL Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 4, pl. xlii, fig. 1 (1878). Syntomis atereus, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 128 (1854). Syntomis fortuner (part) Leech, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 593. Recorded from China but the exact locality is not indicated by either author. 320 Mr. J. H. Leech on 164. Syntomis thelebus, Zygena thelebus, Fabr., Mant. Ins., ii, p. 103 (1787) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 95 (1892). Syntomis thelebus, Meén., Schrenck’s Reisen, Lep., p. 48 (1859) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 593. Syntomis germana, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 87 (1862). Syntomis mandarinia, Butl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool., xu, p. 349 (1876). I have an extensive series of this species which com- prises specimens from Nagahama, Nagasaki, Tsuruga, Oiwake, Ningpo, Kiukiang, Chang-yang, Foochau, Gensan, Chia-ting-fu, Huang-mu-chang, and the province of Kwei- chow. Pryer gives Ohoyama, Fujisan, and Kanosan as other Japanese localities. The Ningpo specimens agree with germana which, as Felder states, differs from thelebus in being smaller in size and in having narrower yellow bands on the abdomen. Distribution. JAPAN ; KIUSHIU ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA; COREA; AMURLAND. 165. Syntomis formose. Syntomis formose, Butl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool., xi, p. 346 (1876). Lygena formosx, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 92 (1892). Syntomis emma, Butl., le., p. 850. These two insects appear to be forms of a species allied to S. thelebws. They were described from Formosa and Foochow. Hab. EASTERN and NortH CHINA. 166. Syntomis pascus. Syntomis pascus, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 124, pl. ix,-fig. 1. Zygena pascus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 94 (1892). Originally described from Kiukiang. I have since received a number of specimens from Moupin and single examples from Chia-ting-fu and the province of Kwei- chow. Occurs in June and July. There is some variation in the size of the hyaline spots and in some examples there are two subapical spots. The only specimen I have seen from Kwei-chow has this Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 321 additional spot and the black borders of all the wings are much narrower than in any other specimen in the series. In the original description of this species it is stated that the male has six belts on the abdomen and the female five; but as there is also a band on the first segment of the abdomen it would perhaps be better to amend the description by saying that the male has seven and the female six yellow bands. Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 167. Syntomis ewryzona. Syntomis euryzona, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 153 (1898). One male specimen from Moupin, June. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 168. Syntomis torquatus. Syntomis torquatus, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 124, pl. ix, fig. 2 Zygena torquatus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 92 (1892). Described from a Kiukiang specimen. I have also examples from Chia-kou-ho and Kwei-chow, taken in July, and one from Ichang, taken in August. Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 169. Syntomis xcanthoma. Syntomis xcanthoma, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 152 (1898). Described from four male specimens taken in June or July in the province of Kwei- chow. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 170. Syntomis perrxanthia. Syntomis perizanthia, Hampson, Cat. Lep. Phal.,i,ined.(1898). Occurs at Omei-shan, Moupin, Kwei-chow, Wa-shan, in June. I have a long series, but most of the specimens are from Moupin. The type, which is in the National Collection at South Kensington, is from Formosa. The hyaline markings vary in size, but appear to be constant in number. In some examples, chiefly females, there is a small yellow spot (not hyaline), seeming to be a detached portion of the pair of spots below the cell. The males range from 40—48 millim. in expanse, and the females from 45—50 millim. Distribution. WESTERN CHINA; FoRMOSA. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART III, (SEPT.) 22 322 Mr. J. H. Leech on 171. Syntomis persimilis. Syntomis persimilis, Leech, Kntom., xxxi, p. 152 (1898). Three female specimens from Ni-tou and Omei-shan. Similar to S. perizanthia but smaller, and the collar is black instead of yellow. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 172. Syntomis acrospila. Syntomis acrospila, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., iv, pl. cu, fig. 11 (1875). Zygena acrospila, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 94 (1892). My collectors appear to have met with this species commonly at Wa-shan in July; they also obtained specimens in the same month at Ta-chien-lu, Huang-mu- chang, Ni-tou, and Chia-kou-ho. In the Huang-mu-chang example, the hyaline spots in the interno-median interspace are united. I propose the varietal name conflwens for this form. Distribution. WESTERN and NoRTH-EASTERN CaINA. 173. Syntomis muirheadi. Syntomis muirheadi, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 37 (1862). Zygena muirheadi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 95 (1892). Occurs fairly commonly at Kiukiang in June; I have also received specimens taken in the same month in the province of Kwei-chow and at Ningpo, and others captured in July at Chia-ting-fu. The Kwei-chow specimens have much larger hyaline spots than the other examples comprised in the series. Distribution. CENTRAL, WESTERN and NorTH-EASTERN CHINA. 174. Syntomis swinhoct. Syntomis swinkoet, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 152 (1898). Syntomis swinhoer, var. obsoleta, Leech, 1. ¢. Occurs in June and July at Moupin, Chia-ting-fu, and Ningpo. Distribution. NORTH-EASTERN and WESTERN CHINA. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 328 175. Syntomis dichotoma. Syntomis dichotoma, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 153 (1898). Syntomis dichotoma, var. concurrens, Leech, 7. ¢. The type form appears to be common at Moupin in June, but the variety has only been received from Kia- ting-fu and the province of Kwei-chow. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 176. Syntomis davidi. Syntomis davidi, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) iv, p. exxxvii (1885). Zygxena davidi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 96 (1892). I have examples of this species from Chang-yang, Chia- kou-ho, and Wa-shan, taken in June and July; also three specimens from Huang-mu-chang, captured in August. Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 177. Syntomis aucta. _ Syntomis aucta, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 153 (1898). Three specimens from the province of Kwei-chow, taken in June or July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 178. Syntomis blanchardi. Syntomis blanchardi, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) iv, p. exxxvi (1885); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 221 (1892). Zygena blanchardi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 92 (1892). Described by Poujade from Moupin. I have specimens from that locality and also from Chow-pin-sa, Wa-shan, Omei-shan, and Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June and July. The specimens exhibit a good deal of variation in the width of the black on outer margin of the primaries; in some examples the black is projected inwards along the fifth vein, and in others there is a similar projection along the second vein also; the black border of the secondaries also varies in width, and the colour of the collar, tegule, and abdomen ranges from yellow to dull 324 Mr. J. H. Leech on crimson. The hyaline portions of the wings may or may not be yellowish, but this seems to be largely a matter of condition. I am inclined to think that blanchardi is probably not specifically distinct from S. multigutta. Distribution. SiKHIM (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA. 179. Syntomis multigutta. Syntomis multigutta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 134 (1854); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 220 (1892). Hydrusa multigutta, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 1, p. 19, pl. vii, fig. 3 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 102 (1892). Four specimens from Ni-tou, taken in July. The black on the apex of the primaries is broader than in the type. In one example the collar, tegul, and ground colour of the abdomen are tinged with crimson. Distribution. NEPAL; SIKHIM; TIBET; BuRMA (Hamp- son); WESTERN CHINA. 180. Syntomis rubrozonata. Syntomis rubrozonata, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. cxvil (1886). Zygena rubrizonata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 93 (1892). A male specimen from Moupin and a female from Omei- shan, taken in June. Poujade records three males and one female from Moupin. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 181. Syntomis consequa. Syntomis consequa, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 153 (1898). One female specimen from Moupin: June. Allied to S. rubruzonata. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 182. Syntomis leucoma. Syntonis lewcoma, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 154 (1898). One male specimen from Omei-shan : June. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. og bo Or Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 183. Syntomis pratt. Syntomis pratti, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 128, pl. ix, fig. 3 Zygena pratti, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 95 (1892). One example of each sex from Kiukiang. Hab. CENTRAL CHINA. Family ZYGAINIDAi, Subfamily ZYGA2NINAE. Genus ZYGENA. Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 550 (1775). 184. Zygena niphona. Zygena niphona, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 393° C8i7); WT Lyp: Lep. Het, 5p. 9; pila, fig. 9 (1878); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, 597. Pieris ae niphona, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 73 (1892). Zygena christophi, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., Ls ee le fiese pl. viii, fig. 9 (1887). Butler's type was from Yokohama; there was a fine series from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection, and my native collector met with the species at Hakodate in August. Staudinger described it from Amurland as christophi. There may be either five or six spots on the upper surface of the primaries; but the sixth spot is always indicated on the under surface, sometimes only faintly. Butler’s figure represents a specimen with the spots con- fluent, and I have two similar specimens in my series; but such variation does not appear to be of frequent occurrence. Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO. Genus AGLAOPE. Latreille, Gen. Crust. Ins., iv, p. 214 (1809). 185. Aglaope fasciata. Aglaope fasciata, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 32 (1862). This species, which is near Aglavpe infausta, was de- scribed by Felder from Ningpo. My collectors did not meet with it in any part of China that they visited. Hab. CHINA. oo bo lor) Mr. J. H. Leech on Genus BINTHA. Bintha, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. 127 (1864). Artona (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 234 (1892). 186. Bintha graciiis. Bintha gracilis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. 127 (1864); Butl,, Ill. Typ: Lep. Het ai, p. 5, pl. xlu; fe) 3 (1879). Six specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection ; I obtained the species at Nagahama and Gensan in July. Distribution. JAPAN ; CORFA. 187. Pintha octomaculata. Euchromia octomaculata, Brem., Bull. Acad. Petr., iii, p- 476 (1861); Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 36, pl. iv, fig. 1 (1864). Bintha octomaculata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 110 (1892). Rhaphidognatha sesixformis, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 32 (1862) ; Reise Nov., Lep., iv, pl. Ixxxiui, fig. 1 (1874). Balatvxa xgerwoides, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. i (1864) ; Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iui, p. 4, pl. xu, fig. 2 (1879). Balatea sesixformis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 109 (1892). Balatxa octomaculata, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 594. One female specimen from Ohoyama in Pryer’s collec- tion; I took four males at Gensan in June and I have received examples from Chang-yang and Ichang. B. xgerioides, Walk., is not separable from octomaculata, Brem., and the former is certainly identical with sesix- formis, Feld. Distribution. AMURLAND ; JAPAN ; COREA; CENTRAL and NoRTH CHINA. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 327 188. Bintha (?) clathrata. : Lintha clathrata, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. exvil (1886). Poujade describes this species from a female specimen received from Moupin. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Genus CHRYSARTONA. Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Oxford, p. 56; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 232 (1892). 189. Chrysartona stipata. Procris stipata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 114 (1854) ; Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Hets. 1, p. 13, pl. vu, fig, 9 (1877). . Chrysartona stipata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 282 (1892); Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 121 (1897). Alphéraky records a female specimen from Té-choui- van, in the province Sée-Tchouen. Distribution. KANGRA ; SIKHIM; BuRMA ; BERNARDMYO (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA. Genus BREMERIA. Alphéraky, Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 7 (1892). 190. Bremeria manza, Bremeria manza, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 7, pl. i, fig. 3 (1892) ; op. cit., ix, p. 122 (1897). Alphéraky describes this species from a female specimen taken in July near the Hei-ho river in the province of Gan-sou. Hab. NORTH-WESTERN CHINA. 328 Mr. J. H. Leech on 191. Bremeria sinica. Bremeria sinica, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 122, pl. xi, fig. 6 (1897). Alphéraky describes a specimen from Sé-Tchouen which he considers to be a female, but is not certain of the sex as the body was damaged. If this should prove to be a male, he suggests that the species should be removed to the genus Chrysartona. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Genus ARTONA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 439 (1854). Artona (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,1, p. 234 (1892). 192. Artona sieversi. Artona sieversi, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 5, pl. i, fig. 4 (1892). Artona deeani, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 29, pl. vi, fig. 51 (1894). My collectors met with this species throughout their journey in Western China during the months of June and July. Hab. NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA. 193. Artona cuneonotata, sp. n. Frons white; abdomen blackish above whitish below, legs whitish. Primaries brownish-black ; there is a narrow streak above the cell, a wedge-shaped streak below the cell and a quadrate spot at the outer end of the cell, all pale yellow. Secondaries pale yellow intersected by the black vein 1c and broadly bordered with black. Fringes of all the wings pale yellow. Expanse 20 millim. One male specimen from Wa-shan and one from Pu- tsu-fong, both taken in July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Allied to A. sieversi but distinguished by the subcostal streak and smaller spot at the end of the cell on the primaries and by the broader borders of the secondaries. 9 Heterocera from China, Japan, aud Corea. 329 194, Avrtona delavayi. Artona delavayi, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 29, pl. v, fig. 39 (1894). A fine series comprising specimens from How-Kow, Ta- chien-lu, Moupin, and Chia-Kou-ho ; the species occurs in the month of July. Oberthtir’s types, two males, were from Yunnan. Distribution, WESTERN CHINA; YUNNAN. 195. Artona cyanicornis. Bintha cyanicornis, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. exvi (1886). Poujade describes this species from Moupin. I received a male specimen from Chang-yang and a female from Omei-shan, both taken in June. Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 196. Artona aurulenta. Bintha aurulenta, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. exvi (1886). Poujade describes this species from one male specimen _and five females received from Moupin. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 197. Artona albomacula, sp. n. Primaries black with three white spots placed as in A. aurulenta, Pouj., 7.e., one in the cell, one below cell and a slightly angulated lunule beyond. Secondaries white with broad black borders. Fringes white marked with blackish. Expanse 20 millim. One male specimen from Chow-pin-sa taken in May or June. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. This may possibly be a colour-aberration of A. awrulenta. 198. Artona superba. Antona superba, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 121, pl. xu, fig, 5, 9 (1897). Alphéraky describes a female specimen taken on August 27th in the Siad-tjin-ho valley in the province of Sé-Tchouen (Szechuen). Hab, WESTERN CHINA. 330 Mr. J. H. Leech on Genus TASEMA. Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 236 (1892). 199. Tasema merens. Aglaino mexrens, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., 11, p. 171 (1887). Three specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. NORTHERN CHINA ; AMURLAND ; JAPAN. This species seems very closely allied to 7. bipars, Walk., and possibly may be specifically identical with it. Genus THYRASSIA. Butl., Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., xii, p. 855 (1876). 200. Thyrassia penange. Syntomis penange, Moore, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1859, p: 198) pl los figs 7, Hydrusa penange, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 102 (1892) ; Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 51 (1892). Moore described this species from Penang. I have a specimen from the province of Kwei-chow taken in June or July. Distribution. PENANG; WESTERN CHINA. Swinhoe gives Syntomis diversa, Walk. (C.L.H., xxxi, p. 75) as a synonym of Hydrusa penange, Moore. Genus CLELEA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 465 (1854). 201. Clelea sapphirina. Clelea sapphirina, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 465 (1858); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 239 (1892). Occurs at Chang-yang, Ichang and Omei-shan in June and July. Walker's type is from Hong-Kong Distribution. SikHIM; Momeit; Burma (Hampson); CENTRAL, WESTERN and SOUTHERN CHINA. FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 331 202, Clelea syfanica. Laurion syfanicum, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 25, pl. vi, fig. 45 (1894). One example of each sex received from Moupin, where they were captured in June. Oberthiir’s specimens (two males) were from the “ Vallée du Tong-H6” and were taken in April and May. The female has very long simple antenne. Hab, WESTERN CHINA. Genus ADSCITA. Retz.; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 81 (1892). 203. Adscita tristis. Procris tristis, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 97, pl. viii, fig. 4 (1864) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 594. Adscita tristis, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het., i, p. 82 (1892). Procris esmeralda, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 394 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 4, pl. xxi, fig. 8 (1878). Common in Japan and Corea. I have one example of the type form from Chang-yang taken in June. Of forty specimens from Japan and Corea eight are of various shades of green (var. esmeralda) and seventeen more or less blackish-grey ; the remainder are not quite like either typical tristis or esmeralda. The insect recorded by Motschulsky, as Procris budensis, from Japan should probably be referred to this species. Distribution. AMURLAND ; EAST SIBERIA ; JAPAN ; CorEA ; CENTRAL CHINA. 204. Adscita funeralis. Procris funeralis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv. p. 351 (1879). Adscita funeralis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 82 (1892). One male specimen taken at Chang-yang in June, and one example of the same sex taken at Gensan in July. Butler’s type was from Japan. Distribution. JAPAN ; COREA ; CENTRAL CHINA. 332 Mr. J. H. Leech on 205. Adscita fusca. Procris fusca, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 595, pl. xxx, figs. 6, 6a. Adscita fusca, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 82 (1892). Four specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection and one example from Ichang, the latter taken in June. Distribution. JAPAN ; CENTRAL CHINA. 206. Pseudopsyche ? yarka. Pseudopsyche ? yarka, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xviii, p. 42, pl. iv, fig. 49 (1894). Obertbiir describes this species from Ta-chien-lu. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Genus ARAOCERA. Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 244 (1892). 207. Areocera chinensis. Ino chinensis, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 31 (1862). Adscita chinensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 82 (1892). I obtained specimens at Nagasaki in June; there were two specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama. Distribution. NORTH CHINA; JAPAN ; KIUSHIU. Genus AMURIA. Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 172 (1887). 208. Amuria cyclops. Amuria cyclops, Staud., Rom. sur Lep., ii, p. 172, pl. vin, fig. 6 (1887). One male specimen from Chang-yang, taken in June. Distribution. AMURLAND ; CENTRAL CHINA. Genus ILLIBERIS. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 280 (1854). iy) eu) Heterocera from China, Japan and Corea. 3% 209. Illiberis nigrigemma. Glaucopis nigrigemma, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 141 (1854). Zama cyanecula, Herr.-Schiff., Auss. Schmett., 1, p. 7, fig. 224 (1855). Northia cyanecula, Butl, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 1, p. 13, pl. vu, fig. 8 (1877). Llliberis nigrigemma, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 88 (1892). Llliberis eyanecula, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 59 (1892). This species has been recorded from Hong-Kong and North China. My collectors did not meet with it. Distribution. Norte and SoutH CHINA. 210. Llliberis translucida. Procris translucida, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) iv, p. exxxvi (1885). Adscita translucida, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 82 (1892). Northia translucida, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, pl. vi, fig. 66 (1894). I have four specimens from Moupin and one from Wa- Sen-Kow, all taken in June. Hab, WESTERN CHINA. 211. Llliberis tenwis. Northia tenwis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 394 (1877); IIL Typ. Leps Wet: ps 92 pl xx, fio: 17 (1878). Illiberis tenuis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 88 (1892). I obtained this species in Satsuma and at Nagasaki in May and at Hakodate in August; there were specimens from Oiwake, Yokohama and Yesso in Pryer’s collection. Two specimens have been received from Moupin where they were taken in June. Distribution. AMURLAND; COREA; JAPAN; YESSO; Kiusaiu; WESTERN CHINA. Perhaps identical with J. khasiana, Moore, which species Hampson refers to his Section III of the genus Phacusa, Walker. 334 Mr. J. H. Leech on 212. Illiberis consimilis, sp. n. Closely allied to I. tenwis, but the primaries are fuscous grey and the secondaries are slightly tinged with the same colour. The borders of all the wings are very narrow and the costal area of secondaries is not blackish. Expanse 30 millim. Two female specimens in Pryer’s collection but without exact locality. Hab. JAPAN. 213. Llliberis dirce. Northia dirce, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 596, Pl xxxs tows) Illiberis dirce, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 88 (1892). A female example from Gensan taken in June. There are four specimens from North China in the National Museum at South Kensington. Distribution. COREA ; NorTH CHINA. 214. Llliberis cybele. Northia cybele, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 596, jk eee-g ile, 'S), Tiluberis cybele, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 88 (1892). I took the type (2) at Gensan in June. Hab, COREA. 215. Llliberis sinensis. Illiberis sinensis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 280 (1854). Northia sinensis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 595, pl. xxx, fig. 20. I took specimens at Foochau in April and at Gensan in June and have received examples from Ichang, Chang- yang, Kiukiang, and Mopuin. Distribution. AMURLAND; COREA; JAPAN; YESSO; NORTHERN, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 335 216. Llliberis psychina. Procris psychina, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 28, pl. vii, fig. 6 (1880). Northia psychina, Leech, Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 596. Llliberis sinensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 88 (1892). I obtained one example at Hakodate in August and there were two specimens in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. ASKOLD; JAPAN; YESSO. 217. Llliberis ochracea, sp. n. Greatly resembling I. elegans, Pouj., but with the abdomen dingy- ochreous above and brighter below. Expanse 6 20—26 millim ? 30 millim. Five male specimens and one female from the province of Kwei-chow, one male from Moupin and another from Ichang; all taken in June. I have one specimen, which I took in Foochau in April, that seems to be referable to this species, but the prim- aries are rather opaque. Hab, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 218. Llliberis elegans. Thyrina elegans, Pouj., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1886, p. exliii. Type from Moupin. I have several specimens from Moupin and two from the province of Kwei-chow. This species is very closely allied to Z. psychina. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 219. Llliberts nigra. Procris nigra, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 595, pl. xxx, figs. 7, fa. Adscita nigra, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 83 (1892). One female specimen from Ohoyama in Pryer’s collection, Hab. JAPAN. Genus PHACUSA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 150 (1854). 336 Mr. J. H. Leech on 220. Phacusa djrewma. Phacusa djrewma, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xvili, p. 21, pl. ii, fig. 31 (1898). Described by Oberthiir from Tsé-kou. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Genus PIAROSOMA. Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p- 243 (1892). 221. Piarosoma hyalina. Arachotia hyalina, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 128, pl. vii, fig. 6. Phacusa thibetana, Oberth., Etud. d’Extom., xix, p. 30, pl. v, fig. 23 (1894). One male specimen from Kiukiang taken in June. I described this species from Kiukiang and Oberthiir redescribed it from Ta-chien-lu and Moupin. Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. Subfamily CHALCOSIINZE. Genus SORITIA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Hep., ui, p. 435 (1854). 222. Soritia leptalina. Chaleosia leptalina, Koll., Hiigel’s Kasch., iv (2), p. 462 (1844). Eterusia sexpunctata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 432 (1854). Heterusia octopunctata, Motsch., Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1872, p. 344. Soritia leptalina, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 252 (1892). Two male specimens and eight females from Kwei- chow; one female from Moupin and four examples of the same sex from Chang-yang. June and July. The males have a yellow triangular patch extending from the base to beyond the middle of the primaries. The females are variable as regards number of spots; two of Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 387 the Chang-yang specimens are referable to octopwnctata and two to sezpunctata. All but two of the Kwei-chow examples are six spotted, one of the exceptions has four spots and the other two only, 7.c., one on each primary. The Moupin female has pale straw-coloured secondaries with two very faint spots on each of the wings, and two well developed spots on each primary. One female from Kwei-chow has two spots on the left primary and one on the left secondary, whilst on the opposite pair the primary only is marked with one dot. Distribution. HIMALAYAS; SYLHET; BuRMA; BER- NARDMYO (Hampson) ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 223. Soritia elizabetha. Eterusia elizabetha, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 433 (1854). Heterusia microcephala, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., iv, pl. Ixxxiu, fig. 7 (1874). It occurs at Chang-yang, Ichang, Kiukiang, and Ta- chien-lu ; June, July, and August. I have only two female specimens, both from Ichang taken in August. The only example that I have from Ta-chien-lu is a male taken in July ; it is not in very good condition but the yellow is deeper in tone than in any of the other specimens. | Distribution. CENTRAL, WESTERN, and NorTH-EASTERN CHINA. Genus RETINA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ui, p. 488 (1854). 224, Retina costata. Retina costata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 439 (1854); Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iui, pl. xliii, fig. 7 (1879). I have received this species from Chang-yang, Ichang, Kiukiang, Omei-shan, and the province of Kwei-chow. The specimen from the last-named locality is a female; this and also two examples of the same sex from Omei- shan have the band as broad as in the male, but in three other females from Omei-shan the band is narrower than in the male. In the Omei-shan specimens the band is orange-red instead of crimson. Distribution. NORTH, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA, TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (SEPT.) 23 339 Mr. J. H. Leech on 225. Retina rubiginosa, sp. n. Primaries pinkish tinged with fuscous on basal area; there is a black streak under median nervure from the base to beyond the middle : apex bordered with black. Secondaries black. Under-sur- face as above but the basal area of secondaries is tinged with grey. Expanse 42 millim. One male specimen from the province of Kwei-chow, taken in June or July. Hab, WESTERN CHINA. Genus PIDORUS. Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 254 (1892). 226. Pidorus glaucopis. Bombyx glaucopis, Drury., Ill. Exot. Entom., ii, p. 11, pl. vi, fig. 4 (1773). Pidorus atratus, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 401 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 9, pl. xxiii, fig. 9 (1878). Pidorus glaucopis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p- 613; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 255 (1892). Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I obtained the species at Shimonoseki and Tsuruga and my collectors at Hakone, Gensan, and Kia-ting-fu. Butler records it from Hakodate as well as from Yokohama. Variable in size and in the width and shape of the white band of the primaries. Distribution. StkHIM; BHuTAN; NAGAS; CACHAR; SyLHET (Hampson) ; JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; WESTERN CHINA. 227. Pidorus remota. Eterusia remota, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 431 (1854). Laurion remota, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het, u, p. 9, pl. xxii, fig. 10 (1878). There were examples from Yokohama, Nikko, and Tokio in Pryer’s collection. I took specimens at Fushiki, Tsuruga, and Gensan; Fixsen records it from Corea. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 339 Three specimens have been received from Kia-ting-fu and one from Chang-yang. The species varies in size, the average expanse being 57 millim. In some specimens the band of the primaries is much broader than in the type and in others the white portion of the secondaries is much obscured by enlarge- ment of the central black band; in others again the central band of the secondaries is much reduced. Distribution. JAPAN; COREA; NortTH, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA. 228. Pidorus geminus. Laurion gemina, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 427 (1854). Pidorus geminus, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 254 (1892). One male specimen captured at Omei-shan in May or June. Distribution. HONGKONG; SIKHIM; SYLHET; MOUL- MEIN; CAMBODIA; BorNEO (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA. 229. Pidorus euchromoides. Hierusia euchromoides, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. i, p. 120 (1864). Laurion euchromoides, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 53 (1892). Two male specimens and one female taken at Gensan in July. Distribution. NORTHERN CHINA; COREA, 230. Pidorus fasciatus, sp. 0. ¢ All the wings black with a yellow central fascia, broadest on secondaries. The fascia on primaries is oblique, sometimes slightly curved ; fascia of secondaries curved and slightly indented on its inner edge. Under surface as above. The fascia on all the wings rather broader. Expanse 38—41 millim, Three male specimens and five females from Omei-shan, and one male from Moupin ; all taken in May and June. Hab, WESTERN CHINA. 340 Mr. J. H. Leech on Genus ARBUDAS. Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 19 (1879). 231. Arbudas albofascia, sp. 0. Frons metallic green, palpi black above whitish beneath ; thorax violet, metallic ; abdomen bronzy green. Primaries blackish, the basal area tinged with metallic green and violet, and limited by an almost straight whitish fascia, the outer edge of which is irregular. Secondaries white with a black outer marginal border wide towards costa but narrow before and angle. Expanse 16—20 millim. Five male specimens and two females from Ta-chien-lu, taken in July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Genus HERPA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 441 (1854). 232. Herpa ochracea, sp. n. Allied to H. venosa, Walk., but the wings are pale ochreous in colour and the thorax and abdomen are entirely black ; the inner margin of primaries and the apical and outer inarginal areas of secondaries suffused with blackish. Expanse 40 millim. One male specimen taken at Wa-shan in July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Oberthiir (Etud. d’Entom., xv, p. 21) refers to a form of H. venosa, Walk., which he obtained from Kouy-Tchéou. He gives it the name sinica and says that it is smaller and whiter than venosa; possibly this may be identical with the insect described above. 233. Herpa venosa. Herpa venosa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 442 (1854) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 257 (1892). Herpa venosa var. sinica, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xv, p. 21 (1891). Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 341 Alphéraky records a large female taken at Ta-chien-lu, in June, which he says agrees with the typical form from India. As previously stated, var. sinica, Oberth., from the pro- vince of Kwei-chow (Kouy-Tchéou) is described as being smaller and whiter than typical /H. venosa. Distribution. KuAsis (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA. 234. Herpa luteola, sp. n. Head black, tegulz yellow ; thorax and abdomen bluish-black, underside of the latter ochreous. Primaries pale buff, venation and margins black. Secondaries pale yellow, venation and outer margins black except vein la and basal portions of veins 14, c. Vein 11 of primaries is nearer to 12 than to 10. Expanse 30 millim. One female specimen from Wa-shan ; taken in July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Allied to H. primulina, Elwes. 235. Herpa basiflava. Herpa basiflava, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xv, p. 21, pl. ii, fig. 25 (1891). Specimens were received from T'a-chien-lu, Wa-ssu-kow, and Chi-tou, twelve in all (10 ¢ 2 @); they were obtained in July. In most of my examples the venation is broadly black and the inner margin of the primaries and outer marginal area of the secondaries are suffused with the same colour. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Genus HETERUSIA. LEterusia, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xvill, p. 445 (1841). Heterusia, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 259 (1892). 236. Heterusia tricolor. Eterusia tricolor, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xviii, p. 445, pl. xxxi, tig. 4 (1841). 342 Mr. J. H. Leech on Heterusia tricolor, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 260 (1892). One male specimen taken in June at Omei-shan. This differs from Indian examples of the same sex in the more orange colour of the basal area of the secondaries and in the neuration on this portion of the wing being less conspicuous. Distribution. SikHIM; SYLHET; NEPAL; Nagas: E. Precu (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA. 237. Heterusia magnifica. Eterusia magnifica, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 5; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 20, pl. Ixxxiii, fig. 2 (1881). Heterusia magnifica, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p- 261 (1892). Four specimens from the province of Kwei-chow, taken in June or July. Except that the markings of the primaries are creamy white, Chinese specimens agree very well with Indian examples. Distribution. SikKHIM; Assam; NAGAsS; SYLHET; CacHAR (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA. 238. Heterusia xdea. Papilio xdea, Clerck, Icon., pl. iv, fig. 2 (1759). Eterusia xdea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 50 (1892). Heterusia xdea, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 262 (1892). Common at Kiukiang ; the specimens received from that locality are mostly females. The species also occurs at Chang-yang, Omei-shan, Chia-ting-fu, and in the province of Kwei-chow. Distribution. SYLHET (Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. Genus MILLERIA. Herr.-Schiiff.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 262 (1892). Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 343 239, Milleria virginalis. Milleria virginalis, Herr.-Schiaff., Auss. Schmett., fig. 4 (18538); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 263 (1892). Cyclosia fuliginosa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 418 (1854). Milleria fuliginosa, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 22, pl. lxxxiil, fig. 6 (1881). One male specimen and two females from Omei-shan and one male from Chi-ting-fu, all taken in June, are referable to var. fuliginosa, Walk. Distribution. SitKHIM; SYLHET; BurMA (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA. Genus CHALCOSIA. Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 173 (1818). 240. Chalcosia thallo. Papilio thallo, Linn., Syst. Nat., i (2), p. 756 (1767). Sphinx thallo, Don., Ins. China, pl. xl, fig. 2 (1798). Chalcosia thallo, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 45 (1892) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 266 (1892). Sphinx pectinicornis, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 807. Bombyx tiberina, Cram., Pap. Exot., 1, p. 52, pl. xxxu, figs. C, D (1775). Probably a Southern Chinese species. Distribution. CHtyA; Norta Inpia; CEyYLon (Hamp- Son). ' 241. Chalcosia querini. Gynautocera pectinicornis, Guér., Deless. Souv. Inde, u, p. 88, pl. xxiv, fig. 4 (1843). Chalcosia guerini, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 45 (1892). Probably a Southern Chinese species. Hab. CHINA. 242. Chalcosia suffusa, sp. 0. Basal half of primaries chocolate-brown, marked with white on the nervures, and limited by large black patches (one in cell and one in each interspace below) ; the inner margin is tinged with metallic blue ; beyond the black spots there is a broad white band ex- 344 Mr. J. H. Leech on tending from costa to first vein and interrupted by the neuration above ; outer marginal area black with a series of subapical white spots, the neuration on this portion of the wing is chocolate brown. Secondaries white with a broad black band on outer marginal area ; the space between the cell and vein 1) more or less suffused with fuscous ; venation on outer marginal area metallic blue and the anal angle is tinged with the same colour. Expanse 65—70 millim. A long series, including both sexes, taken in June and July at Omei-shan, and one male from Chia-ting-fu, cap- tured in July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Allied to C. idxoides, H.-S., but, apart from the different colour of the primaries, it is at once separated by the crimson collar being without blue spots. 242A. Chalcosia reticularis, sp. n. Q Head and antenne with green reflection, collar crimson. Primaries creamy white, venation broadly black, especially on outer area ; the basal third streaked with black between the veins, and there are two diffuse black transverse bands, the first oblique and the second undulated ; outer marginal area black. Secondaries creamy white with an indented black band from costa to vein 2, this is interrupted by the venation, which is metallic green on the outer arta of the wing ; fringes black preceded by a line of metallic green between vein 2 and outerangle. Under surface creamy white : primaries have a metallic green patch in the basal half of the discal cell and a black band, the latter interrupted by the venation, which is metallic green on outer portion of the wing: secondaries as above but the band is narrower. Expanse 88 millim. One female example taken by a native collector to the north of Ta-chien-lu. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. The species appears to be most nearly allied to C. idxoides, from Northern India. 243. Chalcosia syfanica. Arbudas syfanica, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 33, pl. vi, fig. 43 (1894). Oberthiir described this species from two male speci- mens, received from TA-Tsien-Lot Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 345 Alphéraky (Rom. sur. Lép., ix, p. 125) records two speci- mens, one from the province of Gan-sou, and the other from the valley of the river Fou-bian; these he says have considerable resemblance to both “ Arbudas” syfanica and “ A.” thibetana, but do not agree exactly with either, and suggests that all may be forms of one species. 244. Chalcosia thibetana. Arbudas thibetana, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 32, pl. vi, fig. 44 (1894). Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 245. Chalcosia alpherakyi, sp. n. ¢ Differs from C. thibetana, Oberth., as figured, in its larger size, and the metallic green colour of primaries ; the neuration is not marked with white, the white transverse band is broader and not connected with the costa to form a Y-shaped mark. In shape it more resembles C. syfanica, from which species, however, it can readily be separated by the absence of white basal band and yellow markings on thorax and abdomen. Q Agrees with the male except that the band of primaries is ' broader and the marginal band of secondaries is absent. Expanse 32-38 millim. Six male specimens and three females were taken at How-kow, on the Thibetan frontier, at an elevation of 10,000 feet ; June and July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Genus CYCLOSIA. Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 269 (1892). 246. Cyclosia papilionaris. Noctua papilionaris, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent., ui, p. 4, pl. u, fig. 4 (1773). Milleria papilionaris, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 43 (1892). Cyclosia papilionaris, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 269 (1892). Probably occurs in Southern China only. Distribution. CHINA; SIKHIM; KHAsIS; BURMA ; Mercut; Java (Hampson). 346 Mr. J. H. Leech ov. Genus ERASMIA. Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xviii, p. 446 (1841). 247. Hrasmia pulchella. Erasmia pulchella, Hope, Trans. Linn Soe., xviii, p. 446, pl. xxxi, fig. 5 (1841). A fine series from Chia-ting-fu, and one example from the province of Kwei-chow, all taken in June and July. The Chinese specimens differ from the Indian type in having smaller blue spots on the primaries, and a broader outer marginal border to the secondaries. Distribution. StkHIM; ASSAM; NAGAS; SYLHET (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA. 248. Hrasmia sangacca. Erasmia sangaica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 86 (1877). Moore describes this species from Shanghai. Hab. NORTH-EASTERN CHINA. Genus CAMPYLOTES. Westw., Royle’s Botany of Himalayas, Lep., p. liii. (1839). 249. Campylotes histrionicus. Campylotes histrionicus, Westw., Royle’s Botany of Hima- layas, Lep., p. liu, pl. x, fig. 1 (1889); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 274 (1892). I have a series from the province of Kwei-chow; the specimens were taken in June and July. Mstribution. Throughout the HimataAyas; KHAsIS (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA. 250. Campylotes romanovi, sp. n. Blue-black with markings as in C. histrionicus from the North- west Himalayas ; the spots on apical area, with the exception of three near costa, are not subhyaline whitish as in C. histrionicus; the Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 347 tegule are crimson instead of yellow, and there are no yellow markings on the abdomen or on the legs. Expanse 70—85 millim. A very fine series, including both sexes, from Moupin, and one specimen from Wa-shan ; June. Hab, WESTERN CHINA. 251. Campylotes desgodinsi. Epyrgis desgodinsi, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., ix, p. 18, pl. ii, fig. 10 (1884). Campylotes desgodinsi, var. splendida, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 384, pl. xxxiii, fig. 3. Occurs at Moupin and most of the localities in Western China that my collectors visited ; June and July. Many of the specimens have a distinct basal band on the primaries. Distribution. N&AGAs (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA. 252. Campylotes pratt. Campylotes pratti, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 109 (1890). I have only received this species from Chang-yang, with the exception of one example from Pu-tsu-fong, in which the basal band of the primaries is absent, the spots on the apical area are whitish, and all the discal markings are reddish ochreous in colour. Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 2538. Campylotes minima. Campylotes minima, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 25, pl. vi, fig. 54 (1894). One example of each sex from Omei-shan, and a male from Ta-chien-lu, taken in June and July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Genus HIsTIA. Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 198 (1818). 348 : Mr. J. H. Leech on 254. Histia flabellicornis. Zygxna flabellicornis, Fabr., Sp. Ins., ii, p. 163 (1781). Histia flabellicornis, Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 198 (1816). Papilio rhodope, Cram., Pap. Exot., i, pl. xxx, fig. F. (1775). Histia rhodope, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 55 (1892). One male specimen from Fung-tu, taken in September, two females from Ichang, and one from Chia-ting-fu, cap- tured in July, and one example of the same sex from Kiukiang obtained in August. There was a specimen in Pryer’s collection from Loochoo. The blue colour in the secondaries of the females is suffused with blackish, and only shows in certain lights. Distribution. Honc-Kone; SIKHIM; ASSAM; KHASiSs; N&aas; Burma (Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA ; LoocHoo. Genus AGALOPE. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii. p. 437 (1854). 255. Agalope david. Chalcosia davidi, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., ix, p. 19, pl. 1, fig. 2 (1884). Agalope davidi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 57 (1892). This appears to be a common species at Chang-yang, and Moupin in June; it also occurs at Omei-shan, Ni-tou, Chow-pin-sa, and Chia-Kou-ho. Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 256. Agalope immaculata, sp. n. All the wings semi-transparent. Primaries creamy-white, neuration fuscous ; there is a small yellow patch at the base, and the inner area is tinged with yellow. Secondaries whiter than primaries; the venation is distinct but not tinged with fuscous. Under surface as above. Expanse 56 millim. One male specimen from Ta-chien-lu, taken in July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Allied to A. davidi, Oberth., but separable from that species by the absence of markings and by the longer pectinations of the antenne. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 349 257. Agalope livida. Agalope livida, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 391. Probably a Southern Chinese species. Hab, CHINA. Genus CHELURA. Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xviii, p. 444 (1840). 258. Chelura eronioides. Chelura eronioides, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 15 (1857). Achelura eronioides, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 56 (1892). One example of each sex from Moupin, and four females from Omei-shan, all captured in June. Distribution. SIKHIM (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA. 259. Chelura bieti. Chalcosia bieti, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xi, p. 29, pl. vi, fig. 40 (1886). Agalope bieti, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 57 (1892). Oberthiir describes this species from Ta-chien-lu. It seems to be very closely allied to C. eronioides. My collectors did not meet with it. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 260. Chelura dejeani. Agalope dejeani, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xviii, p. 20, pl. ii, fig. 24 (1893). Four male specimens from the high plateau to the north of Ta-chien-lu. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Genus ELcYsMA. Butl, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 4. 261. Eleysma westwoodii, Agalope westwoodii, Voll., Tijdschr. Ent., vi, p, 136, pl. ix, fig. 3 (1863). 350 Mr. J. H. Leech on Elcysma translucida, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 4 Eleysma west woodii, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 386, pl. xxxiv, fig. 5. There were three specimens in Pryer’s collection, one of which is from Gifu; my native collector obtained a female example at Gensan in August. Dr. Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 248) considers E. caudata, Brem., from Amurland to be a local form of this species. Distribution. AMURLAND (Staudinger) ; JAPAN ; CHINA ; CoREA. Subfamily PHAUDINE. Genus PHAUDA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 256 (1854). 262. Phauda triadum. Euchromia triadum, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 257 (1854). Xenares fortunti, Herr.-Schaff., Auss. Schmett., i, p. 223, (1854). Phauda fortunii, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., i, p. 20, pl. ix, fig. 3 (1877). Two specimens from Kiukiang taken in June. Hab. NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA. 263. Phauda pratt. Phauda pratti, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 81 (1890). The type was from Ichang; I have since received a specimen from Moupin, taken in June, and one from Wa-shan, captured in July. Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. Genus PRYERIA. Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 85 (1877). Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 351 264. Pryeria sinica. Pryeria sinica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 86 (1877). A long series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. NORTHERN CHINA; JAPAN. Family PSYCHID. Subfamily G@CETICIN 2. Genus CLANIA. Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 291 (1892). 265. Clania variegata. Oiketicus variegatus, Snell., Tijdschr. Ent., xxii, p. 114, pl. ix, fig. 6 (1879). Ewmeta pryeri, Moore; Leech, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 598. Clania variegata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 291 (1892). Two specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection and I have one from Nikko. Distribution. SHANGHAI; CANARA; NILGIRIS ; CEYLON ; BorNEO; CELEBES (Hampson) ; JAPAN. 266. Clania japonica. Eumeta japonica, Heyl., C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxviii, p. xl (1884). Male type, with pupa and pupa-case, described from specimen received from Tokio by M. Heylaerts. It appears to be very closely allied to C. variegata. (* Hab, JAPAN. 267. Clania minuscula. Eumeta minuscula, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 22. There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection; I bred a specimen at Nagasaki, and I have eleven examples from Ichang, taken in August. Distribution. JAPAN; KIuSHIU ; CENTRAL CHINA. 352, Mr. J. H. Leech on Subfamily PSYCHIN. Genus ACANTHOPSYCHE. Heyl., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1881, p. 66. 268. Acanthopsyche bipars. Perina bipars, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 406 (1865). Acanthopsyche (CEceticoides) bipars, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 298 (1892). Kophene bipars, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 506 (1892). One specimen in Pryer’s collection ; exact locality not indicated. Distribution. BomBay (Hampson) ; JAPAN. Genus PLATEUMETA. Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 22. 269. Platewmeta awrea. Plateumeta aurea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p- 22. Two examples from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Hab. JAPAN. : Genus PSYCHE. Schrank, Fauna Boica, ii (2), p. 87 (1802). 270. Psyche viciella. Tinea viciella, Schiff., Syst. Verz. Lep. Wien., pp. 133, 288, pol atti’, W/nLivei)): Psyche viciella, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 515 (1892). One specimen of var. ste¢inensis, Her., in Pryer’s collection without locality. Distribution. KUROPE.—JAPAN. 271. Psyche wnicolor. Bombyx wnicolor. Hufn., Berl. Mag., ii, p. 418 (1766). Canephora wnicolor, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.,i, p. 509 (1892). Psyche unicolor, var. asiatica, Staud., Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1887, p. 94. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 353 There were several specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama and Yesso ; these are referable to var. asiatica, Staud. Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO ; FoocHAU. Family COSSID. Genus Cossus. Fabr.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 305 (1892). 272. Cossus ligniperda. Bombyx cossus, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 504 (1858); Hiibn., Kur. Schmett., Bomb., fig. 198. Cossus ligniperda, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii, p. 8 (1794). Trypanus cossus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 860 (1892). Cossus cossus, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 337 (1887). Fixsen records this species from Corea. Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 291) refers to a specimen which he received from Hertz, who took it in the north of Pekin, as Cossus cossus ; from his description of this example, how- ever, it would seem to be C. vicarius. Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; CorREA; ? NorTH CHINA. 273. Cossus vicartus. Cossus vicarius, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 584 (1865). Trypanus vicarius, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 861 (1892). There were two specimens in Pryer’s collection but without data. I took a male at Gensan and I have received one taken by a native collector at Nikko. My collectors in China appear to have met with the species at Ta-chien-lu only where one female example was obtained. Distribution. JAPAN ; CorREA; NortH and WESTERN CHINA. TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1898.—PART III. (SEPT.) 24 354 Mr. J. H. Leech on 274. Cossus acronyctoides, Brachylia acronyetoides, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 411, pl. xxxiv, fig. 4. Cossus acronyctoides, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 305 (1892). One male specimen taken at Wa-shan in May. Mstribution. KASHMIR; GANJAM; BomBay; Muow; NiLerris (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA. Genus AZYGOPHLEPS. Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 8309 (1892). 275. Azygophleps albofasciata. Zeuzxera albofasciata, Moore, Lep., Atk., i, p. 87 (1879). Azygophleps albofasciata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 309 (1892). A female specimen taken in July at Chia-kou-ho. Distribution. KASHMIR ; SIKHIM (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA. Genus ZEUZERA. Latr., Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., xxiv, p. 186 (1804) ; Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent. Haust., ii, p. 8 (1828). 276. Zeuzera pyrina. Noctua pyrina, Linn. Faun. Suec., p. 306 (1761). Noctua xsculi, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 833 (1767). Bombyx xsculi, Hubn., Bomb., fig. 202 (1804 2). Zeuzera pyrina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 871 (1892). One example in Pryer’s collection and one from Gensan taken in July. Distribution. EUROPE.—JAPAN ; COREA. 277. Zeuzera leuconotum. Zeuzera leuconotum, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 22. T have one example of each sex from Moupin, and one small male specimen from Ta-chien-lu, all taken in July. There was one male in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 355 Z. multistrigata, Moore, is very closely allied to Z. lewco- notum if it is not specifically identical with it. Distribution, JAPAN ; WESTERN CHINA. Genus PHRAGMATCCIA. Newm., Zoologist, vii, p. 2931 (1850). 278. Phragmatacia castanex. Bombyx castanex, Hiibn.; Esp., Schmett., p. 94, pl. xciv, figs. 1, 2 (1807). Bombyx arundinis, Hibn., Bomb., pl. xlvii, figs. 200, 201 (1803). Zcuzera innotata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxu, p. 587 (1865). Phragmatecia castanex, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 313 (1892); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 876 (1892), Phragmatacia castanex, Hb., var. pygmea, Graes, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 293 (1892). Occurs in July and August at Yokohama and Hako- date. Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; NortH-EAsteRN Cuina; NILGIRIS; AFRICA.—CEYLON. — MADAGASCAR. Family HEPIALIDZ. Genus PHASSUS. Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 318 (1892). 279. Phassus signifer. Phassus signifer, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 1568 (1856) ; Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, pl. cix, fig. 2 (1886) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 820 (1892). Phassus sinensis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 94 (1877). Phassus herzi, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 335, pl. xv, fic. 3 (1887). I have examples of this variable species from Yoko- 356 Mr. J. H. Leech on hama, Oiwake, Satsuma, Shimoneseki, Gensan, Ichang, and Moupin. The silvery mark at the outer end of the cell may be bar-like, geminate, or punctiform, but it is not entirely absent in any of my specimens; other silvery marks are found at the base of the cell (always present) and towards the apex of the primares. Distribution. SYLHET; BERNARDMYO; Burma; E. Precu ; BornEo (Hampson); JAPAN; COREA; CENTRAL, WESTERN and NORTH-EASTERN CHINA. 280. Phassus marginenotatus, sp. n. Primaries brownish, sparsely striated with darker, the costal and «central areas are variegated with golden brown ; there is a diffuse, oblique, dark brown, sub-basal band, a patch of the same colour ‘beyond the cell, and some dark brown quadrate spots on the -apical half of the costa; fringes of the ground colour, preeeded by silvery white dots. Secondaries and undersurface of all the wings fuliginous. Expanse 70 millim. One male specimen from Omei-shan, taken in June or July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 981. Phassus david. Flepialus davidi, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. xcii (1886). Described from specimens received from Moupin. I have four examples from Chia-kou-ho, taken in July and August. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 282. Phassus excrescens. Fepialus excrescens, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 482° (1877); Ill Typ. Mep.e Mets ein) ps 205 pl. xxvii, fig. 7 (1878). Phassus excrescens, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 889 (1892). Hepialus emulus, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 482 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 20, pl. xxvii, fig. 8 (1878). Phassus excrescens, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, . 645. faa species. I have specimens from Yokohama Hakodate and Kiushiu. Distribution. JAPAN, YESSO and KiusHiu ; AMURLAND. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 357 Genus HEPIALUS. Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 589 (1775). 283. Hepialus velleda. Bombyz velleda, Hiibn., Bomb., figs. 212, 233, 234 (1814). Hepialus fusconebulosus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, 1, p. 880 (1892). One example which appears to be referable to the greyish form of this species was received from Ichang where it was captured in June. Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; CENTRAL CHINA. 284. Hepialus hectus. Noctua hectus, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, App., p. 822 (1858). Bombyx hectus, Hiibn., Bomb., figs. 208, 209, 258 (1804 2). Hepialus hectus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 883 (1892). There were two specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. EUROPE—AMURLAND ; YESSO. 285. Hepialus nebulosus. Hepialus nebulosus, Alph., Rom, sur Lép., v, p. 85 (1889). One specimen from Chia-kou-ho and one from Wa-shan appear to be referable to this species which Alphéraky describes from North-East Thibet. Possibly it may be a form of H. velleda. Distribution. NORTH-EAST THIBET; WESTERN CHINA. Genus GORGOPIS. Hiibn., Verz, Schmett., p. 198 (1822 2). 286. Gorgopis nuphonica. Gorgopis niphonica, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv, p. 357 (1879). Two specimens from the foot of Ohoyama, near Yoko- hama, in Pryer’s collection ; I obtained one example at Tsuruga in July. Hab, JAPAN. 358 Mr, J. H. Leech on Family CALLIDULID. Genus PTERODECTA. Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 399 (1877). 287. Pterodecta felderr. Callidula feldert, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 38, pl. iv, fig. 3 (1864). Pierodecta gloriosa, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) x, Py 09 S77) UE yp =ieps let yet pers: pl. xxiii, fig. 4 (1878). Specimens from Yokohama, Yamato, and Fujisan in Pryer’s collection. I obtained the species at Nagahama and Tsuruga and my collectors at Chang-yang and at most of the localities in Western China that they visited. Distribution. AMURLAND; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN. Genus HERIMBA. Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 20 (1879). 2&8. Herimba nigropuncta, sp. n. Head, palpi, and thorax black, marked with yellow ; abdomen, black, with yellow dorsal line and bands, Primaries white, basal area yellow ; costal area and inner margin spotted with black; basal, sub-basal, submarginal, and marginal bands indicated by black spots, which are often confluent especially on outer margin ; there is a large black spot at end of cell and one beyond middle of inner margin ; a wavy and sometimes interrupted yellow line separates the marginal from the submarginal series of spots, and there are spurs of the same colour along the venation. Secondaries white, with one or two black spots at the base, a sub- basal band represented by a large black spot towards costa, and a similar one with two smaller on inner margin ; marginal and sub- marginal bands indicated by black spots, but the latter is irregular, and the spots absent between veins 4 and 7 ; marginal line yellow, terminating in a diffuse yellow patch at anal angle. Fringes black, marked with yellow at anal angle of secondaries. Expanse, ¢ 32—34 millim., 9 36 millim. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 359 Specimens were received from Chang-yang, Chia-ting- fu, and Chia-kou-ho; they were taken in June and July. Hab, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. The markings are subject to considerable modification. In some examples the costal spots are confluent, forming a broad black border. 289. Herimba flavilinea, sp. n. Similar to H. nigropuncta, but the yellow markings are more prominent, the sub-basal black band of secondaries is more complete and separated from the marginal band bya yellow line as on primaries ; the spots forming the marginal band are sometimes surrounded by yellow. Expanse ¢ 26—34 millim., ? 36 millim. Four male specimens from Wa-ssu-kow and one female from Ni-tou. Occurs in June and July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 290. Herimba trachiaria. Abraxas trachiaria, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xvii, p. 35, pl. ui, fig. 21 (1893). Described from a female specimen taken in May some- where between Ta-chien-lu and Moupin. I have one example from Moupin and one from Omei- shan, both captured in July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Family DREPANULIDZ. Genus EUCHERA. Hibn., Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 327 (1892). 291. Huchera cupitata. Abraxas capitata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxiv, p. 112] (1862). Cyclidia capitata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 725 (1892). There were specimens of this very variable species from Ohoyama and Fujisan in Pryer’s collection. I took the species at Gensan in July and have received examples 360 Mr. J. H. Leech on from Mr. Manley of Yokohama. My collectors in China obtained specimens at Ship-y-shan, Chang-yang, Wa- shan, and Chia-kou-ho. Walker’s type was from Hong- kong. Distribution. CHINA; COREA; JAPAN. 292. Huchera fractifasciata, sp. n. White. Primaries with a fuscous basal patch and sub-basal band, the latter interrupted by the nervures ; a central fascia, interrupted below the middle, the costal portion broad, enclosing a white spot, and the inner marginal portion represented by two almost round spots ; outer margin broadly bordered with fuscous, traversed by an ill defined wavy line of the ground colour, which unites with a large patch between veins 3 and 4, in the interspaces above this patch there are whitish rings enclosing fuscous spots, but these are not well defined ; there are narrow, wavy, fuscous bands between the sub-basal and central and between the central band and marginal border. Secondaries have an interrupted fuscous submarginal band, not extending to outer angle, and a series of spots of the same colour before the interrupted fuscous marginal line; there is a fuscous cloud towards anal angle between the submarginal band and the marginal spots. Expanse, ¢ 80 millim., ? 90 millim. An example of each sex taken at Wa-shan in June. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 293. Huchera ociferaria. Cyclidia ociferaria, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xx, p. 56 (1860). Walker described this species from North China; my collectors did not meet with it. Genus MACROCILIX. Butl,, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vi, p. 18 (1886). 294. Macrocilix maia. Argyris maia, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 647, pl. xxxii, fig. 6. Described from a specimen that I captured at Gensan in the month of July. I have since received another ex- ample taken in the island of Kiushiu by a native collector. Distribution. COREA ; KIusHIU. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 361 295. Macrocilix orbiferata. Abraxas orbiferata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxiv, p. 1126 (1862). Macrocilix orbiferata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 330 (1892). Six specimens from Omei-shan, two from Moupin and one from Chia-ting-fu ; all taken in June and July. Nstribution. SIKHIM; BHUTAN; Kuisis; BORNEO (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA. Genus MACRAUZATA. Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vu, p. 43 (1889). 296. Macrauzata fenestraria. Comibena fenestraria, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1867, p. 639. Macrauzata fenestraria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 330 (1892). One example from Tokio in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. KANGRA ; SIKHIM (Hampson) ; JAPAN. Genus CALLICILIX. Butl., Cist. Ent., iii, p. 124 (1885). 297. Callictlix abraxata. Callicilix abraxata, Butl., Cist. Ent., iii, p. 124 (1885). Platypteryx nguldoe, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xviii, p. 22, pl. u1, fig. 29 (1893). There was a specimen from Yesso in Pryer’s collection ; my native collector obtained a male at Hakodate in July and I have received examples of both sexes from Chang- yang, Omei-shan, and Kwei-chow, also taken in July. Oberthiir’s specimen was taken between Ta-chien-lu and Moupin. The Chinese specimens are rather larger than those from Yesso and the markings are somewhat broader and heavier. Distribution. YESSO ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 362 Mr. J. H. Leech on Genus AUZATA Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxvi, p. 1620 (1862). 298. Auzata chinensis, sp. n. Somewhat similar to A. superba, but all the wings have a double antemedial pale fuscous line, and an interrupted submarginal band of the same colour ; the secondaries have a patch as on primaries ; fringes of all the wings pale fuscous interrupted with white at the ends of the nervules. Expanse, ¢ 38 millim., 9 48 millim. I have a series of eight specimens. They were taken at Ta-chien-lu, Omei-shan, Chia-ting-fu, and in the pro- vince of Kwei-chow during the months of June and July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 299. Auzata superba. Argyris superba, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 52, pl. Xxxvii, fig. 2 (1878). Occurs in July and August at Yokohama, Oiwake and Hakodate. Hab. JAPAN and YESSO, 300. Auzata minuta, sp. Un. White. Primaries have a fuscous dot at end of the cell and a fuscous grey line beyond; the latter is angulated below costa, and thence curved to inner margin, in the hollow of this curve there is a fuscous patch tinged with ochreous and intersected by the white veins, which are here dotted with black ; submarginal band fuscous grey, interrupted towards costa. Secondaries have a double central line and a submarginal band, both fuscous grey, and there are two dark dots beyond the central line and towards abdominal margin. Fringes fuscous grey, marked with white at the ends of the nervules. Expanse, ¢ 25 millim., 9 28—30 millim. Occurs at Chang-yang, Ichang, Omei-shan, Chia-ting- fu, and in the province of K wei-chow. Hab, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. Genus TELDENIA. Moore, Lep. Cey]., 11, p. 119 (1882). Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 363 301. Zeldenia sericea, sp. n. Silky white. Primaries traversed by four wavy, dusky, lines, the outer two submarginal and close together ; secondaries have three similar lines. Expanse 30—33 millim. Two male specimens from Moupin, taken in July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. The species superficially resembles a pale marked ex- ample of Dilinia pusaria, Linn. 302. Teldenia inconspicua, sp. n. Silky-white, powdered with fuscous scales, which assume the form of very wavy transverse lines, these are most clearly defined on the outer marginal area of all the wings. Under surface white, the costa of primaries tinged with fuscous. Expanse 33 millim. One male specimen from Ta-chien-lu, and a female from Omei-shan, both taken in July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. Genus LEUCODREPANA. Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 338 (1892). 303. Leucodrepana idexoides. Leucodrepana wdxoides, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, 333 (1892). . One male specimen from Wa-shan, captured in July. Distribution. SIKHIM; WESTERN CHINA, 304. Leucodrepana sacra. Corycia sacra, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) i, p. 404 (1878); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 44, pl. li, fig. 11 (1879). Bapta sacra, Leech, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) xix, p. 198 (1897). This species belongs to the Drepanulide and not to the Geometride, in which family I previously placed it. Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 364 Mr. J. H. Leech on 305. Leucodrepana virgo. Corycia virgo, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) i, p. 404 (1878); lil. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 44, pl. li, fig. 10 (1879). Described from Yokohama. Hab. JAPAN. 306. Leucodrepana ? lineata, sp. n. Silvery white. Primaries have four dusky, transverse lines, almost parallel and nearly straight. Secondaries have four parallel, curved, dusky lines, Fringes yellowish. Under surface silvery white, basal area of primaries suffused with fuscous. Expanse 38 millim. One male specimen from Omei-shan ; July. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 307. Leucodrepana nivea. Leucodrepana nivea, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 3383 (1892). One male specimen taken in June at Wa-shan. Distribution. StKHIM (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA. 308. Leucodrepana thibetaria. Micronia thibetaria, Pouj., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1895, p. 311, pl. 6, fig. 10. This species was described by Poujade from Moupin. I have a fine series from Ichang and Chang-yang; the specimens which are chiefly from the latter locality were taken in June and July. Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 309. Leucodrepana quinquelineata, sp. 0. White. Primaries have four wavy, ochreous, transverse lines, the third and fourth rather more wavy than the other two, submarginal line represented by ochreous dots on the neuration. Secondaries have three ochreous, wavy, transverse lines, the second and third appearing to be continuations of the third and fourth of primaries ; submarginal line as on primaries. Under surface white ; primaries fuscous on costal area. Expanse 30 millim. One male specimen in Pryer’s collection, Hab. JAPAN. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 365 Genus DREPANA. Schr.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 333 (1892). 310. Drepana crocea. Drepana crocea, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 649, be S-orghly TES 7h Albara crocea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 784 (1892). The type (a female, not a male as described) of this species was in Pryer’s Japanese collection. I have since received an example of each sex from Moupin, taken in June. The female example agrees with the type in all respects, but the male is smaller (36 millim.) and has the 8-mark on the secondaries less distinct. Distribution. JAPAN; WESTERN CHINA. 311. Drepana rubromarginata, sp. n. Primaries, yellow, outer margin bordered with reddish-brown from vein 6 to inner margin,—antemedial line, blackish, undulated ; postmedial line, blackish, wavy, interrupted towards costa ; sub- ‘marginal line blackish, wavy but indistinct towards costa and inner margin, a black spot on inner margin represents the termination of each of these lines ; there are two blackish spots in the discal cell, an 8-shaped mark at end of cell, and a more or less round one below it, the upper part of 8-mark centred with whitish ; the reddish marginal border is traversed by a wavy line of the ground colour. Secondaries paler with traces of transverse markings, mostly confined to abdominal area ; there is a blackish spot between veins 2 and 3, and another between veins 3 and 4, the former centred with white. Expanse 33 millim. One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June or July. Hab. WeSTERN CHINA. Allied to D. crocea. 312. Drepana grisearia, sp. n. Primaries whitish hyaline tinged with pale fuscous grey ; basal patch, antemedial, medial, and postmedial bands darker, outer edge of the latter strongly defined and elbowed below costa ; submar- ginal line diffuse running in a slight curve from apex to outer 366 Mr. J. H. Leech on angle ; there is an elongate black spot on upper discocellular and two almost round ones on lower discocellular. Secondaries whitish with five fuscous grey transverse lines and bands, all indistinct towards costa ; there is a black dot at upper angle of cell and one at lower angle. Expanse 40 millim. One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June or July. Hab, WESTERN CHINA. 313. Drepana hyalina. Drepana hyalina, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 401; Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vii, pl. exxv, fig. 1 (1889). One specimen from Huang-mu-chang, which agrees with examples of this species that I have from Kokser. MNstribution. DHARMSALA ; KuLu (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA. 314. Drepana acuminata. Drepana acuminata, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 113 (1890). Platypteryx acuminata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 731 (1892), Described from a male specimen received from Ichang. Distribution. CENTRAL CHINA. Drepana manleytr, sp. n. Primaries pale ochreous brown traversed by two transverse lines ; the first line curved, slightly indented below costa, and rather indistinct ; the second line dark brown, acutely angled below costa, where it is joined by a short oblique line from the apex ; there is a black spot in the cell and the apex is purplish-brown : submar- ginal line brown running from angle of second line to inner margin, just before outer angle. Secondaries pale straw colour, dusted with pale ochreous brown, traversed by four brownish lines, the second most distinct and appearing to be a continuation of the second line of primaries. Under surface pale straw colour, brownish at apex as above, postmedial and submarginal lines of primaries brownish. Expanse 30—33 millim. Two male specimens received from Mr, Manley, who captured them at Yokohama. Hab. JAPAN. Allied to. D. acwminata. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 367 316. Drepana japonica. Drepana japonica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) mop. 940 (S47), Platypteryx japonica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 732 (1892). I took this species at Nagasaki in June, and there were several specimens from Yokohama and Gifu in Pryer’s collection. Hab, JAPAN and KIUSHIU. 317. Drepana vira. Drepana vira, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 817; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 342 (1892). One specimen from Moupin, taken in June. Distribution. SUKHIM; WESTERN CHINA. 318. Drepana scabiosa, Drepana scabiosa, Butl., Ann and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 478 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., i, pl. xxv, fig. 9 (1878). Platypteryx scabiosa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 732 (1892). I have specimens from Yokohama, Oiwake, Shimonoseki, ' and Gensan; also one example taken in June at Chang- yang, and one taken in August in the same locality. Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; COREA; CENTRAL CHINA. 319. Drepana curvatula. Bombyx curvatula, Borkh., Eur, Schmett., iii, p. 460 (1790). Bombyx harpagula, Hiibn., Bomb., pl. xi, figs. 42, 43 (1800). Platypteryx curvatula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p.'732 (1892). Drepana acuta, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 596. Platypteryx acuta, Kirby, /. ¢., p. 733. There were specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. 1 obtained the species at Gensan in June, and have one example from Hakodate, where it was taken by a native eollector in the same month. The specimen last referred to, also one from Oiwake, are pale in colour and almost exactly resemble a form of D. falca- taria, Linn., except that the outer line of the primaries is continued on the secondaries. Mistribution, KUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; CorEA. 368 Mr. J. H. Leech on 320. Drepana flavilinea. Drepana flavilinea, Leech, Entom., xxii, p. 113 (1890). Platypteryx flavilinea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 731 (1892). Three specimens from Chang-yang, all taken in July. Hab. CENTRAL CHINA. 321. Drepana parvula. Drepana parvula, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 112 (1890). Platypteryx parvula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 731 (1892). Drepana muscula, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 335, pl. xii, fig. 7 (1892). Four specimens taken by myself at Ningpo in April, and two received from Chang-yang, where they were cap- tured in July. Staudinger has redescribed this species from Amurland. Distribution. NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA; AMUR- LAND. 322, Drepana fenestra, sp. D. Primaries, greyish-brown, tinged with violet ; with two interrupted, wavy, blackish lines before the middle, and an oblique double line from apex to inner margin ; there is a small hyaline spot in the middle of the cell and a cluster of eight spots at the end of the cell ; a wavy, blackish submarginal line is indicated.. Secondaries have the basal area of the same colour as primaries, but the outer area is ferruginous ; there is adouble medial line which appears to be a con- tinuation of the oblique one of primaries ; submarginal line, wavy, blackish but not distinct. Expanse 26—30 millim. Three specimens (2 f and 1 2 ) from Wa-shan, taken in May. Hab. WESTERN CHINA. 323. Drepana palleolus. Drepanulides ? palleolus, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc., xxxix, p. 193 (1866). Callidrepana palleolus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 730 (1892). Occurs at Oiwake, Fujisan, Ohoyama, and Hakodate. Hab, JAPAN and YESSO. Feterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 369 324, Drepana argenteola. Drepana argenteola, Moore, Lep. E.LC., p. 369 (1859) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 338 (1892). Drepana patrana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 816. Callidrepana patrana, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 730 (1892). There were specimens from Nikko, Oiwake, and Fujisan in Pryer’s collection, and Mr. Manley sent me an example from Yokohama, I have several specimens from Chang- yang, one from Ichang, and one from Moupin. The species is on the wing in July and August. Distribution. SIKHIM; BuRMA ; CEYLON ; JAVA (Hamp- son); JAPAN ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 325. Drepana (?) bidens. Drepana bidens, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 113 (1890). Platypteryx bidens, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 731 (1892). Described from a specimen taken at Chang-yang in July. Hab, CENTRAL CHINA. Genus HyPsSOMADIUS. But]., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 478 (1877). 326. Hypsomadius insignis. Hypsomadius insignis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 479 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 15, pl. xxv, fig. 3 (1878). Type from Yokohama. Hal. JAPAN. Genus SPICA. Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 424. 327. Spica parallelangula. Spica parallelangula, Alph., Rom, sur Lép., ix, p. 2, pl. ii, fig. 3 (1897). TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (SEPT.) 25 370 Mr. J. H. Leech on The species differs from 8, lwteola, Swinhoe, in the paler ground colour of the primaries and in the second trans- verse line of these wings being angulated. It is variable in the colour of the primaries, which ranges from pale whitish ochreous to pale reddish ochreous on the one hand and to luteous-grey on the other. Alphéraky describes this species from the province of Aindo, Central Asia. It appears to have occurred in June and July in most of the localities in Western China that my collectors visited. Distribution. WESTERN CHINA; CENTRAL ASIA. Genus DEROGCA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iv, p. 822 (1855). 328. Deroca inconclusa. Deroca inconclusa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vu, p. 1727 (1856); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 344 (1892). Deroca phasma, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) 1, p. 442 (1871); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 49, pl. lui, fig. 4 (1879). Four specimens of each sex from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. One female example taken in June or July in the province of Kwei-chow. In male specimens of phasma, Butl., the markings are much more pronounced than in typical male dconelusa. Distribution. NortH-WeEst HIMALAYAS ; NAGAS ; MANI- PUR (Hampson) ; JAPAN ; WESTERN CHINA. 329. Deroca hyalina. Deroca hyalina, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iv, p. 823 ; Hamp- son, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 344 (1892). I have specimens from Chang-yang and Omei-shan, taken in June and July, which agree very well with ex- amples from Kulu in my collection. Distribution. Norru-Werst HIMALAYAS ; SIKHIM ; NAcas; Manipur; East Precu (Hampson) ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. Bi! Genus PHALACRA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxv, p. 1638 (1866). 330. Phalacra vidhisara. Hemerophila vidhisara, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxi, p. 319 (1860). Phalacra vidhisara, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., i, p. 541, pl. eci, figs. 1, la (1887) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 845 (1892). Two female specimens from Omei-shan ; July. Distribution. BomBAy ; CatcuttTa ; NILGIRIS ; CEYLON (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA. Genus CILIXx. Leach, Edinb. Encycl., ix, p. 134 (1815). 331. Cilix glaucata. Phalena glaucata, Scop., Ent. Carn., p. 221 (1764). -Drepana glaucata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 736 (1892). Ciliz glaucata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 347 (1892). I have one example taken at Chang-yang in June and Alphéraky (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 17) records one from Hei-ho. Distribution. Europe. — NortH# AMERICA. — SIMLA ; DALHOUSIE (Hampson); AMURLAND ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. Genus ORETA. Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1166 (1855). 332. Oreta pulchripes. Oreta pulchripes, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 477 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 15, pl. xxv, tig. 7 (1878). Oreta caleeolaria, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 478 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 15, pl. xxv fig. 4 (1878). 372 Mr. J. H. Leech on A very fine and variable series from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. I obtained examples at Hakodate in August. Calceolaria is a yellow form of O. pulchripes, and is much commoner than the type. I received one example of the typical form from Chia- ting-fu. Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; WESTERN CHINA ; LoocHoo. 333. Oreta auripes. Oreta auripes, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv, p. 355 (1879). Described from Yokohama specimens. I obtained two examples at Fushiki in July and have received one from Chang-yang, where it was taken in June. Distribution. JAPAN ; CENTRAL CHINA. 335. Oreta calida. Oreta calida, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 4 Gs); alle Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 14, pl. xxv, fig. (1878). Occurs at Yokohama, Oiwake, and Hakodate. Hab. JAPAN and YESSO. 335. Oreta turpis. Oreta turpis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 477 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, pl. xxv, fig. 8 (1878). This was described from Yokohama. I have not seen any example of it other than the type. Hab. JAPAN. Genus CAMPTOCHILUS. Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 351 (1892). ‘ Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 378 336. Camptochilus reticulatum. Auzea reticulata, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 233, pl. vin, fig. 3 (1887), Camptochilus reticulatum, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 351 (1892). Four specimens from Ichang and one from Chang-yang, all taken in July. Distribution, SIKHIM: CENTRAL CHINA. 337. Camptochilus sinuosa. Camptochilus sinwosa, Warren, Novit. Zool., ii, p. 342 (1896). One example of each sex obtained in July and one male in August at Chang-yang. Warren described this species from a female specimen taken in North Manipur. Distribution. CENTRAL CHINA ; NoRTH MANIPUR: Family THYRIDID. Genus STRIGLINA. Guen.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 353 (1892). 3388. Striglina scitaria. Drepanodes ? scitaria, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxvi, p. 1488 (1862). Striglina scitaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 354 (1892). Timandra (?) cancellata, Christoph, Bull. Mosc., lv, (2), p. 55 (1881). Sonagara scitaria, Staud., Rom. sur. Lép., vi, p. 636 (1892). A series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection; I took specimens in Satsuma in May and at Gensan in July; the 374 Mr. J. H. Leech on latter agree with the Sikhim form strigipennis, Moore. The species has also been received from Ichang, where it was taken in June and again in August. Distribution. Formosa; throughout InpIA, CEYLON and Burma; ANDAMANS; BorNEO; NEW GUINEA ; SOLOMON ISLANDS; AUSTRALIA ; Fist (Hampson); JAPAN; COREA ; CENTRAL CHINA. 339. Striglina vialis. Songara vialis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 27, pl. vi, fig. 9. Striglina scitaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 354 (1892). One specimen taken in July at Kiukiang; this is identical with Moore’s type. This species seems to me to be quite distinct from S. scitaria, although it must be admitted that the latter is very variable. Distribution. HIMALAYAS ; CENTRAL CHINA. 340. Striglina fixsent. Striglina fixseni, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 167, pl. xi, fig. 10 2 (1897). Alphéraky’s types, a male and a female, were from Corea. I took a male specimen at Gensan in July. Hab. COREA. 341. Striglina suffusa, sp. n. Stramineous tinged with pink. Primaries have three pinkish transverse lines beyond the middle, the first is angulated below costa and between it and the base of the wing there are some ill- defined transverse marks. Secondaries have six or seven transverse lines but only two of these are distinct ; the abdominal margin is pink. Under surface as above, but the lines on primaries are less distinct. Expanse 35 millim. One male specimen from Chang-yang, where it was obtained in June. Hab. CENTRAL CHINA. 1) Or Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. Genus SERICOPHORA. Christoph, Bull. Mosc., lv, (2), p. 64 (1881). 342. Sericophora guttata. Sericophora guttata. Christ., Bull. Mosce., lv, (2), p. 65 (1881); Staud.,-Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 636, pl. xiv, fig. 14 (1892). Siculodes ? lucidulina, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1894, p- clxxxvi. Three specimens taken by myself at Gensan in July; I have received examples from Chang-yang, Ichang, Moupin, Ta-chien-lu and Wa-ssu-kow, all captured in June or July. The Gensan specimens agree with Staudinger’s figure, but all the others are rather smaller in size and darker in colour, and are referable to var. lucidulina, Poujade. Distribution. AMURLAND; COREA; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 343. Sericophora (2) brunnea, sp. n. Brownish suffused and marked with darker. Primaries dotted with white on the costa, barely visible from above, and traversed by several dark brown lines ; antemedial, medial, and submarginal bands dark brown, the latter rather broad, but all ill-defined. Secondaries, ochreous-brown on outer margin, with eight transverse, wavy, dark brown lines ; the third and fourth and the sixth and seventh most clearly defined, and the space enclosed by each pair is brown. Under surface yellowish-orange, traversed by brown lines and bands; the apex of primaries is of the ground colour ; there is a silvery white mark at the end of the cell, and there are some white dots on the costa. Expanse 25 millim., One male from Ichang taken in June. Hab, CENTRAL CHINA. Genus PYRINIOIDES. Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 199. 376 Mr. J. H. Leech on 344, Pyrinioides aurea. Pyrinioides aurea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 200. One male specimen and two females were obtained by my native collector at Hakodate in June or July, and I have received a male example from Chang-yang, taken in June, and a female from Omei-shan,staken in July. In both Chinese specimens the transverse line of the primaries is preceded by a blotch of its own colour on the costa, and the ground colour of the Chang-yang example is pale yellowish. Distribution. YESSO; JAPAN ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA, Genus RHODONEURA. Guen.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 355 (1892). 345. Rhodoneura marginepunctalis. Microsca marginepunctalis, Leech, Entom., xxii, p. 5, pl. iv, fig. 10 (1889). fthodoneura nitens (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 359 (1892). Pharambara quadrovata, Warr., Novit. Zool., iii, p. 342. Described from four specimens taken in Satsuma in May. Hab. JAPAN and KIUSHIU. 346. Rhodoneura nitens. Microsca nitens, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) xx, p- 116 (1887). Pharambara hamifera, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 213 (1887). Rhodoneura nitens, Hampson, Fauna, Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 359 (1892). One specimen taken by a native collector at Ningpo in July. Distribution. NILetris; CEYLON; JAPAN; SOLOMON IsLANDS (Hampson); NORTHERN CHINA. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 377 347. Rhodoneura exusta. Microsca exusta, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 71, pl. lviii, fig. 8 (1879). Microsca ardens, Butl., 1. ¢. fig. 9 Microsca exusta, var. erecta, Leech, Entom., xxii, p. 66, pl. iv, fig. 3 (1889). Rhodonewra exusta, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 359 (1892). I took the type-form of this species at Nagasaki in May, at Shimonoseki, Fusan, and Gensan in June, and at Fushiki, Nagahama, and Hakodate in July; I have also received specimens from Nikko and Ichang, taken in June, and there were a number of examples from Yoko- hama in Pryer’s collection. The ardens form was only met with at Hakodate, and erecta at Gensan, both in July. Distribution. Srxutm (Hampson); JAPAN; YESSO; CoREA ; CENTRAL CHINA. 348. Rhodoneura pallida. Microsca pallida, Butl., I. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 71, pl. lviu, fig. 7 (1879). Rhodoneura pallida, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p- 359 (1892). I obtained this species in Satsuma in May, at Fusan in June, and at Ningpo in July. There were specimens in Pryer’s collection, and others have been received from Ichang and Chang-yang, where they were captured in July. Distribution. StkKHIM; Assam (Hampson); JAPAN; CorEA; NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA. 349. Rhodoneura parallelina, sp. 0. ¢ Pale cinnamon brown striated with dark brown. Primaries have two almost parallel blackish lines traversing the central area, the first is slightly angulated below costa, and the second is joined by a short oblique black line from costa ; there is a fine, irregular black line running from the costa, shortly before apex, to middle of outer margin. Secondaries have a black, curved, antemedial line, and a fine line similar to that on outer area of primaries. Fringes dark brown. 3718 Mr. J. H. Leech on 2 Dark cinnamon brown ; markings as in the male, Fringes ochreous brown marked with blackish, and preceded by a blackish line. Expanse, ¢ 29 millim., 9 32 millim. ne male specimen from Chang-yang, and a fer rom O le specimen from Chang-yang, and a female f: Ichang, both taken in June. Hab. CENTRAL CHINA. Genus HYPOLAMPRUS. Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 364 (1892). 350. Hypolamprus subrosealis. Microsca subrosealis, Leech, Entom., 1889, p. 5. Two specimens from Ningpo taken by a native collector in June. Hab. Nortu-East CHINA. Genus THYRIS. Ochs. ; Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 72 (1856). 351. Thyris fenestrella. Phalena fenestrella, Scop., Ent. Carn., p. 217 (1763). Sphine pyralidiformis, Hiibn., Sphing., pl. iii, fig. 16. Thyris fenestrina, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 73 (1856). I obtained specimens at Gensan in June and July, and have received examples from Chang-yang, Wa-ssu-Kow and Ta-chien-lu taken in July. Staudinger records the species from Amurland and North China. Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; CorEA; NORTH, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA. 352. Thyris usitata. Thyris usitata, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv, p- 367 (1879). There were specimens from Yokohama, Oiwake, and Gifu in Pryer’s collection; I took the species in Satsuma in May. T. usitata differs from 7. fenestrella in having only one Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 379 hyaline spot on the primaries, and in the yellow coloration of the other spots; the ground colour is also invariably black. These characters hold good in a series of thirty- two specimens of 7’. wsitata as compared with a series of thirty 7. fenestrella from various localities. Hab. JAPAN and KIUSHIU. Genus HYPERTHYRIS. Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 121. 353. Hyperthyris aperta. Hyperthyris aperta, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 122, pl. vu, fig. 7; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 370 (1892). One male specimen from Kiukiang. Distribution. StKHIM (Hampson) ; CENTRAL CHINA,’ SEPTEMBER 30, 1898, 4¢ ( 381 ) XVI. Further notes on Dyscritina, Westw. By E. ERNEST GREEN, F.E.S. With an Appendix on the species of Dyscritina reared by Mr. Green. By MALCOLM Burr, F.ZS., F.E.S. [Read March 16th, 1898. ] Puates XVIII. anp XIX. On March 18th, 1896, I had the honour of reading at a meeting of this Society, a few notes on Dyscritina longisetosa, Westw., in which I drew attention to the similarity of structure in this genus to that of the Forficulidz. During the discussion that followed, it was suggested by several members that Westwood’s insect was immature, and that the adult form would be winged. Upon my return to Ceylon in January, 1897, I set myself the task of tracing out the life-history of this interesting insect. I am now able to report that I have -been so far successful that, with the exception of the actual change from the egg to the young larva, I have followed the transformations of Dyscritina to its final stage, and witnessed the pairing of the adult imsects and the subsequent oviposition. I may here say that the above-mentioned surmises have proved to be correct, and that the adult Dyscritina is provided with ample wings and caudal forceps in both sexes, the general appearance of the imago being that of a typical earwig. One character that distinguishes Dyscritina from most other Forficulidz is the presence in the imago of a well-developed pad (pulvillus) between the claws (Fig. 14), which enables the insect to run with ease over a glass surface. Examples of the insect are not uncommon in this district (Pundaluoya). I have as yet had no opportunity of searching for it in other parts of Ceylon. The usual habitat of the larva is beneath loose stones on the surface of the ground. I have occasionally found specimens under moss upon rocks, and under loose bark of trees. In fact it frequents much the same situations as do the common earwigs. One curious difference of TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1898.—PARTIV. (DEC.) 26 382 Mr. E. Ernest Green’s habit is noticeable. On lifting a stone, a Dyscritina, when present, will usually be found back downwards, clinging to the stone itself; while other Forficulids that I have found in a similar habitat are generally seen resting on the ground beneath the stone. Dyscritina is extremely agile, and a very difficult subject to secure. I do not recollect having met with any other insect that can run so rapidly. It simply darts across the surface of the stone and either conceals itself in some crevice on the other side, or drops to the ground and is lost beneath any rubbish that may be lying about. The adult insect flies at night. JI have taken several examples in my rooms, attracted by the lamp. For purposes of study I find it advisable to keep the living insects confined in a somewhat small space. If allowed more ample room they conceal themselves too easily for convenience of observation. A small glass- topped cardboard box forms a convenient breeding cage, and a piece of moss-covered bark will provide sufficient shelter. I have been unable to determine the natural food of Dyscritina ; but it probably consists of small soft-bodied insects. In captivity both larva and imago feed sparingly upon the dead bodies of small spiders and of flies and other minute insects, showing a preference, however, for some species. They do not appear to care for lepidoptera. The common mosquito is not relished, though if Dyscritina is very hungry it will devour the abdomen of that insect. Bread, raw meat, petals of flowers, fruit, minute fungi, were offered, but were all refused. When food is offered to an adult Dyscritina it usually goes through a curlous performance to test its suitability. It takes up its position to one side of and slightly in advance of the object ; then bending its abdomen round to one side, it gives it a sharp nip with its forceps and retires quickly to note results. If the proffered object does not resent this treatment, it 1s then considered safe and fit for food: but if the victim makes any movement, Dyscritina immediately retires beneath its shelter. The insects remain under cover during the day, but become very active and restless at night. When dis- turbed they run about with the extremity of the abdomen erected and the long caudal appendages inclined forwards. Amongst the numerous examples obtained in this Further Notes on Dyscritina 883 locality there appear to be two distinct species. Not being properly conversant with the important points of the Forficulide, I will not myself attempt a formal description, but content myself with noting some general characters by which the two species may be distinguished. They may be separated roughly by the structure and proportionate length of the caudal appendages in the larval stages. In the typical form, D. longisetosa, the cerci are con- siderably longer than the body of the insect, cylindrical, multiarticulate, with many fine longish backwardly- directed hairs amongst the shorter pubescence (Figs. 4, 16). In the new species these appendages are always shorter than the body of the insect, with comparatively few joints, tapering and with a few stout forwardly-directed spines amongst the shorter pubescence (Figs. 2, 15). The general coloration of the two species is also different. In its larval stage D. longisetosa may be readily distin- guished by its paler tints, the abdomen being straw- colour with brown transverse bands (Fig. 4). The larva of the new species (Fig. 2) is of a more uniform blackish- brown colour, and the femora are more distinctly banded. ‘In both species the hinder angles of the prothorax are ornamented with well defined straw-coloured patches (Fig. 2, 4). The imago of DP. longisetosa varies in colour from castaneous to bright fulvous. In the darker form the prothorax bears a conspicuous blackish curved fascia on each side (Fig. 5). The paler variety usually has a diffuse brownish fascia upon the middle of the elytra. In the new species the general tint is blackish brown. The female (Fig. 3) is more suffused with castaneous, the elytra are more conspicuously reddish. The male insect is distinguished by the greater number of abdominal segments (Fig. 6). On Oct. 27, 1897, a pair of this new species, reared up in captivity, were found in coitu. The abdomen of the male was twisted round and the extremity was closely applied to the undersurface of the pygidium of the female. The first eggs were deposited on November 4, and others were added at intervals during the following week, until a total of twenty-five had been laid. The eggs were 384 Mr. E. Ernest Green’s scattered singly over the exposed surface of the moss- covered bark which had been provided as a shelter for the insect, adhering shghtly to their support. Towards the end of the egg-laying period a few were deposited in irregular clusters and unattached to the moss. The parent remained constantly near her eggs, visiting each one in turn, and mouthing them in a peculiar manner as if to keep them clean. The egg is regularly elliptical; pale pinkish yellow ; shining ; long, 0°30 mm.; broad, 0°50 mm. In spite of the attentions of the parent the eggs gradually shrivelled and dried up, and were eventually devoured. The female parent lived on till January 18, 1898, feeding upon smal] insects and drinking water greedily. This specimen was captured early in October and was then in the penultimate stage. It lived in captivity for 34 months. The following notes upon the development of Dyscritina apply to both species of the insect. : In ecdysis the skin splits along the median dorsal line of the thorax, and is shed in one complete piece, including the covering of the delicate caudal appendages. I have been unable to satisfy myself as to the total number of ecdyses undergone, the examples under observation being from a quarter to half grown at the time of capture. I have, however, observed four successive moults, the last revealing the adult insect. Each stage occupies about ten days. With each moult, instead of a diminution in the number of joints of the caudal appendages there is a distinct progressive increase in the length of the cerci until shortly before the final ecdysis, when the appendages are abruptly curtailed, leaving nothing but the long basal joint on each side (Fig. 1). The number of joints is variable and seldom exactly the same in both cerci of any individual. The following series of measurements will demonstrate this development of the caudal appendages. DYSCRITINA LONGISETOSA. No. 1. Body 2°5 mm. long. Ceret of same length with 14 joints. Antenne with seven joints. No. 2. Body 3 mm. long. Cerci 6 mm., with 27 joints, many with incomplete divisions where fresh joints are forming. Antenne with 10 joints. Further Notes on Dyscritina 385 No. 3. Body 4°5 mm. long. Cerci 10 mm., with 43 joints. Antenne with 8 joints on left and 9 on right side. No. 4. Body 65 mm. long. Cevci incomplete, apparently injured (within them the cerci of the next stage are plainly visible and it is noticeable that the joints of the two sets do not correspond). Antenne, left with 14, right with 12 joints. No. 5. Body 7°75 mm. long. Cerct 13°5 mm., with 45 joints. No. 6. The penultimate stage—Body 9 mm. long. Cerer Imm. Antenne with 14 joints. The length of the adult insect varies from 11°50 to 16 mm. of which the forceps occupy from 1 to 1°25 mm. In the larva of the new species there is a corresponding increase in the number of joints of the cerci during grewth ; though in this case it is more gradual and less noticeable as the total number of joints is much smalier, tke fully grown larva having only from 18 to 20 joints in these appendages. Their total length is only about three quarters that of the body of the insect. As stated above, in the penultimate stage the cerci are abruptly curtailed to a single jomt. These basal joints retain their previous character, and bear no resemblance to the forceps of the perfect insect. They are quite straight, with irregularly truncate extremities, looking as if the subsequent joints had been broken or bitten off. And I believe that such is really the case. No cast skin has been observed to accompany this change, and in one instance the insect lost the appendage on one side twenty-, four hours before the opposite one disappeared. The superfluous parts are probably eaten off by the insect itself. Upon examination of the abbreviated caudal appendages by transmitted light, the future forceps of the adult insect can be plainly seen within them (Fig. 11). From the above facts it would appear probable that the single jointed cercus (forceps) of the larval Porficulidx is not formed by a fusion of smaller joints, but corresponds with the long basal joints of the larval’ appendages of Dyscritina. Towards the end of the larval period the notal plates of the metathorax are distinctly sculptured with a radiating pattern, resembling in miniature a Forficulid wing (Figs. 2, 4). 386 Mr. E. Ernest Green’s The glandular folds of the (5rd and 4th ?) dorsal plates of the abdomen commence to appear when the larva is about half grown. Fig. 10 is taken from an example with a body length of 4°50 mm. Another character is noticeable in all stages—from the young larva to the adult insect. Towards the undersurface of each antennal joint can be distinguished an oval glandular (?) body (Figs. 12, 13), indicated on the surface by a shallow depression and a minute pore. I suppose these to be sense organs of some kind. Can they be of the nature of auditory organs ? Upon the terminal joint of each of the palpi is a minute tactile organ cousisting of a small fleshy tubercle bearing a number of minute points at its extremity (Fig. 7). Throughout the larval period the feet are destitute of any pad between the claws, and the second tarsal joint is minute and fused with the first. In the adult insect the three tarsal joints become distinct, and there is a con- spicuous cup-shaped pulvillus between the claws of each foot (Fig. 14). The coriaceous tips of the folded wings of the imago project to a distance equal to about half the length of the elytra. The wing itself is ample (Fig. 6) and longer than the body of the insect. The membranous area is not entirely concealed when the wing is closed, several short folds appearing outside the coriaceous part. The number of antennal joints in the imago is variable. One example shows 16 joints on one side and 15 on the other, Another has 18 and 16 respectively. A third example has 16 and 17; a fourth carries 15 joints only. I am inclined to consider 16 as the normal number. I was able to observe one imago shortly after its emergence. All the parts of the insect were soft and colourless; but the wings were accurately folded in their proper position. In the penultimate stage the femora of the first pair of legs are broad and are armed on the inner edge with a row of spines (Fig. 1) which gives them a distinctly raptorial appearance: but I have never seen them used either to catch or hold their prey. On the other hand I have watched one of these insects feeding upon and dragging about a fly without using its forelimbs for any other purpose than locomotion. From the above general particulars the following Further Notes on Dyscritina 387 characters may perhaps be selected as distinctive of the genus Dyscritina. Larva with many-jointed caudal appendages. Adult with single jointed appendages in the form of forceps. Wings as in Forficula. Feet with pulvillus between claws. Number of antennal joints variable (normally 16 2). A glandular pore on each antennal joint in all stages of the insect. ON THE SPECIES OF DYSCRITINA REARED BY MR. GREEN. By Matcotm Burr, F.ZS., F.ES. THE great interest and importance of Mr. E. E. Green’s paper is twofold. First, it settles definitely the vexed question of the affinities of Dyscritina longisetosa, Westw., and to a great extent elucidates the economy of earwigs, about which little has been known, especially with regard to tropical species. Secondly, the facts disclosed throw much light on a more general question, the origin of the Forficulide and their phylogenetic relationship to other insects, particularly among the Orthoptera. An examination of the imagos which Mr. Green has bred from the Dyscritina form at once shows that they are to be referred to the genus Diplatys, Serv., to which Cylindrogaster, Stal, is nearly allied. These two genera are separated by Kirby in his synoptical table by the presence on the third and fourth abdominal segments in Diplatys of pliciform tubercles, which are absent from Cylindrogaster. Both genera are represented in the tropical part of the New World as well as in Africa and Asia. The surprising point shown by Mr. Green’s investigations lies not so much in fact that the mysterious larva has developed into an earwig, for that was to a certain extent foretold by most entomologists who examined the immature specimens, but rather in the manner in which the caudal setze develop into forceps. That the forceps of earwigs are the homologues of the cerci of true Orthoptera is now obvious, but their manner of development, in the species before us at least, is 388 Mr. M. Burr on remarkable. I have seen immature specimens of allied genera in various stages of growth, but know of no case which presents an analogous development. There still remain two insufficiently described creatures, at present assigned to the Forficulidz, whose true position is doubtful but may be determined in time, as has been that of Dyscritina longisetosa. One of these is Condylopalama agilis, Sund., taken at Stockholm in timber imported from Brazil, which Mr. Kirby suggests may be Japyz. The other doubtful species is T'yphlolabia larva (Phil.), which possibly is not an earwig. It is not yet clear to what group earwigs are most nearly allied; but it seems to me that earwigs and cockroaches are offshoots of acommon stock. Some exotic cockroaches present an arrangment of the wings which is analogous with the folding of the wings of earwigs, and the development and general habits of the two groups are almost identical. A wingless earwig with jointed cerci would resemble a small wingless cockroach to a very marked extent. It is not meant to advance this theory as a definite view but rather to throw it out as a suggestion. It was altogether unexpected that two species should be derived from the old Dyscritina longisetosa. Early last summer Mr. Green kindly sent me, among a lot of earwigs, an adult D. longisctosa; but at that time neither of us suspected that it was the imago of this curious larva, and I then regarded it as a new species of Cylindrogaster, Stal. As Mr. Green’s two species are to be referred to the genus Diplatys, Serv., the first will be Diplatys longisetosa (Westw.); the other I regard as identical with Diplatys nigriceps (Kirby) from which it differs only in minor details of coloration. D. nigriceps (Kirby) is already known from Hong-Kong and Bombay, but D. longisetosa, so far as I know, has never been taken outside Ceylon. As the latter species has not been described in the imago stage, I append a description, and to make things com- plete add a further description of D. nigriceps (Kirby). Diplatys longisetosa (Westw.). Larva. Dyscritina longisetosa, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 601, pl. xxii, fig. 1; Green, op. cit., 1896, p. 229. Colore testacea. Caput pronoto latius: pronotum subquadratum | margine postico rotundato. Elytra et alae perfecte explicatae, longe, . the Species of Dyscritina reared by Mr. Green. . 389 illa apice oblique rotundata, hae valde prominentes,. Pedes testacei. Abdominis segmenta 3 et 4 tuberculis pliciformibus instructa ; segmentum ultimum magnum; forcipum — crura -brevia, recta, conica. Long. corporis 10°5-14°75 millim.; long. forcipum 1-1'25 millim. Head flattened, reddish, slightly broader than the pronotum ; antennae testaceous ; eyes black ; mouth parts testaceous. Pronotum reddish, squared, the hinder margin rounded, the disc somewhat raised anteriorly, flattened posteriorly. Elytra long and broad, pale testaceous, the disc darker ; broader near the base, considerably narrower at the apex, where they are obliquely rounded ; scutellum visible at the base of the elytra, very small. Wings ample, project- ing well beyond the elytra, the coriaceous portion testaceous on inner margin, darker on outer margin. Legs uniform testaceous. Abdomen cylindrical, reddish, basal half of the segments paler ; tubercles of the 3rd and 4th segments indistinct ; apical segment large, dark reddish, with a very faint median longitudinal sulcus, the posterior border produced into a small tubercle at each angle. Branches of the forceps stout, straight, short and conical, not quite contiguous, furnished each at the base on the upper side with a small sensory (?) foramen. The hinder part of the head, the pronotum, the basal and apical parts of the elytra, the wings, femora and tibiae clothed with a few long bristles; dorsal aspect of the abdomen and the tarsi with a dense pale pubescence, Hab, CEYLON, Punduluoya (Green). Judging by the descriptions this species appears to be smaller and redder than its allies. ° Diplatys nigriceps (Kirby). Cylindrogaster nigriceps, Kirby, Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool., xxiii, p. 507 (1890). Colore fuscus. Caput rotundatum, pronoto latius. Pronotum deplanatum, margine postico rotundato. Elytra et alae perfecte ex- plicatze, longze, illa apice oblique rotundata, Pedes fusci, tibiis palli- dioribus. Abdomen gracile, segmento ultimo magno. ¢. Abdomen medio paullo constrictum, forcipum crura previa, basi subcontigua, valida, dehine attenuata, recta, in parte apicali graciliora, inermia, apice ipso incurva, vix decussata. @. Abdomen cylindricum, minus gracile, forcipum crura inter 390 On the Species of Dyscritina reared by Mr, Green se distantia, basi validiora, dehine attenuata, recta, Inermia, apice attingentia, Long. corporis 10 millim.; long. forcipum 1°4 millim. Head blackish, rounded, slightly rounded between the eyes, broader than the pronotum ; eyes black, antennz black, palpi testaceous. Pronotum blackish, flattened, hinder margin rounded. Elytra long and broad, dark brown, slightly paler in the female than in the male. Wings creamy, the coriaceous part blackish, shorter than in D. longisetosa. Legs, femora blackish, tibiz paler, blackish at the base, tarsi paler. Abdomen black, the tubercles of the 3rd and 4th seg- ments less distinct in the male than in the female ; in the male long and slender, subconstricted in the middle, the last segment large, its median sulcus very faint. Forceps black ¢, reddish ?. Hab. Hone-Kone (Kirby, Mus. Brit.) ; Inp1a, Bombay, (Mus. Brit.); CEYLON, Punduluoya (Green). The pubescence and hairs of this species are arranged as in the last, but are less dense and strongly marked. The specimens reared by Mr. Green differ slightly from the type form in colour. In the type form the pronotum is broadly bordered with white posteriorly, whereas it is uniform blackish in Mr. Green’s examples. This difference, which is not enough to justify the establishment of a separate species, is the only distinction which I could find upon comparing Mr. Green’s insects with Mr. Kirby’s type. PLATES XVIII. anp XIX. [See Explanations facing the PLATES]. (1391 ) XVII. The Larva of Eriocephala allionella, By THomMAsS ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D., F.E.S. [Read April 6th, 1898.] At the end of March, 1897, I met with Zriocephala allionella near Cannes, and by imprisoning several of the females with damp moss, I succeeded in obtaining eggs in the same way as I had done in the case of Hrio- cephala calthella. In due time these eggs hatched, but though a few of the larvz appeared to have eaten a little, as evidenced by some coloration of their intestinal contents, nothing further came of the experiment. This was, however, due rather to my travelling about at the time and giving them no fair chance, than to the want of a proper species of moss; which may, however, have been the effective cause of failure. I preserved one specimen of the larva tolerably successfully, and from this example and my recollections of them alive, the remainder having ‘been sacrificed in the attempt to rear them, I am able to give some account of it. Briefly, this account might be reduced to a statement that the larva does not differ to any appreciable extent from that of calthella, It is some- what larger and less flimsy in consequence, and perhaps whiter in colour. The eggs are a little larger than those of £. calthella, but I have not the exact measurement; they are similarly clothed with a snowy exudation of white filaments. The larva is about 0°95 mm. in length and of the same truncate angular outlines as that of calthella. The antenne are similarly very long, and the true legs and eight pairs of false legs have the same structure, relation and size as in calthella. There is an error in my description of the larva of calthella, which was first called attention to by Professor H. G. Dyar, to whom I sent specimens; this is as to the number of rows of ball-like appendages. On the first seven abdominal segments, there are ten rows of them and not eight, as stated in my description (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1894, p. 342). They occur in double rows, a double row on each side of the dorsum, and a double row on each lateral region, and a double row again on each side kelow TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.) 392 Dr. T. A. Chapman on Lriocephala allionella this, the upper members of the last-mentioned double row being balls like the others, the lower forming the series of false feet. That is, if the false feet are taken to be representative of the balls, there are twelve rows, ten of balls and two of feet, only that the two rows of feet do not form a double row of themselves but appear to be the inferior members of the double row of which the lower series of ball appendages is the other. The reason for taking the appendages thus in double rows is that there is a greater distance from one double row to the next, than between the two rows of which it consists. The first thoracic segment has two rows transversely, four in the first and three in the second on either side. The second and third thoracic segments have the two upper pairs of rows on either side as in the following segments, but on each segment the lower row just above the feet has two appendages, one in front of the other. The eighth abdominal segment has one appendage in this row, but above this it has two transverse rows of two on either side ; the ninth segment has three on either side, and the tenth carries the two set, which appear to be homologous with cerci rather than with any ordinary tubercles or processes of lepidopterous larvee. The larva appears also to have asucker similar to that of Z. calthella, but I did not happen to see it obviously used by the living larva, I have not been able as yet to get larvee of Panorpa, but Brauer’s account of the larva and especially of the disposition of the tubercles and of the abdominal legs shows that the resemblance between the larvee of Panorpa and Hriocephala is very close. The idea that the bristles on the last abdominal seg- ment are cerci is one requiring fuller investigation ; but I fail to imagine what else they can be. It seems impossible to correlate them with any of the ordinary appendages of lepidopterous larve, since they are the only bristle-like appendages and are quite different from the ball appendages that probably represent the usual tubercles. It is to be remembered that, though I call them bristles, they are of very large size (for bristles) in comparison with the size of the larva itself, and I do not know what their structure is. C308" XVIII. A list of the Clavicorn Coleoptera of St. Vincent Grenada, and the Grenadines. By G. C. CHAM- PION, F.Z.8. {Read October Sth, 1898. ] THE Clavicorn Coleoptera collected by Mr. H. H. Smith in St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines, under the auspices of the Royal Society and the British Association, have been partially worked out by M. A. Grouvelle of Paris. He has already published descriptions of two genera and seventeen species, [Notes from the Leyden Museum, xx. pp. 35—48 (1898)], and it is proposed here to give a complete list of the insects named by him. These belong to the families Nitidulidee, Trogositide, Oolydiidee, Rhysodid, Cucujide, Cryptophagide, Mono- tomide, Mycetophagide, Dermestidz, Byrrhidze, and Par- nide. The two new genera appertain to the last-mentioned family. The Silphidz, Phalacride, and Scaphidiide, and some few species of Cryptophagide, Latridiidz, Byrrhide, and Dermestide, have still to be dealt with. The Tricho- pterygide, and some of the Corylophide, have been ‘described or noticed by the late A. Matthews [Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiii. pp. 334—342, (1894)]. A list of the Histeridee has been furnished by Mr. G. Lewis. It may be noted that M. Grouvelle in his paper (loc. cit. p. 35) has by some inadvertence stated that the specimens belong to the Cambridge Museum: this is quite a mis- take, the collections being really the property of the West India Committee, who hand them over to the British Museum as soon as they are worked out. The new species that have been described from Mr. Smith’s captures are marked with an asterisk. Fam. HISTERID. PHELISTER, Mars. Phelister hemorrhous. Phelister hemorrhous, Mars., Monogr. Hist., p. 476, t. 14, fig. 9 (1853); Lewis, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1, p. 185. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side ; Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side). Sixteen specimens. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.) 394 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn Phelister rouzeti. Paromalus rouzeti, Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1849, p. 421. Phelister rouzetit, Mars., Monogr. Hist. p. 488, t. 14, fig. 20 (1853); Lewis, Biol. Centr-Am., Col. un, Tepe g3: Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side, &c. Four specimens. Hister, Linn. Hister confinis. Mister confinis, Er. in Klug’s Jahrb., 1834, p. 15; Mars., Monogr. Hist., p. 250, t. 7, fig. 58 (1854). Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side; Grenada—Bal- thazar (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side). Six specimens. ister planiformis.* Hister planiformis, Lewis, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) XX, p. 399 (1897). Hab, Grenada—Mount Gay Estate. One specimen. PAROMALUS, Er. Paromalus hispaniole. Paromalus hispaniole, Mars., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xi, p- 101 (1870). Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side and South end; Grenada— Balthazar (Windward side). Six specimens. Described from Cuba. Carcrnoes, Mars. Carcinops troglodytes. ffister troglodytes, Payk., Monogr. Hist., p. 46, t. 10, neal, Carcinops troglodytes, Mars., Monogr. Hist., p. 92, t. 8, no. 22, fig. 5 (1855). Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side; Grenada—Bal- thazar, Soubise (Windwards ide), Mount Gay Estate (Lee- ward side). Fifteen specimens. Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines, 395 SAPRINUS, Er. Saprinus xneicollis, Saprinus xneicollis, Mars., Monogr. Hist., p. 424, t. 17, fig. 56 (1855); Lewis, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. u, 1, p. 223. Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side, &c. Five specimens. Saprinus apricarvus. Saprinus apricartus, Er. in Klug’s Jahrb., 1884, p. 194; Mars., Monogr. Hist., p. 725, t. 20, no. 38, fig. 158 (1855). Hab. St. Vincent. One specimen. Acritus, Lee. Six or seven very obscure species of this genus were obtained by Mr. H. H. Smith in Grenada or St. Vincent, but they are mostly represented by one or two specimens only, and Mr. Lewis has not ventured to name them. Fam. NITIDULID. BRACHYPTERUS, Kugel. Brachypterus insularis.* Brachypterus insularis, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus, xx, p. 35. . Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side), One specimen. CoLastus, Er, Colastus ruptus. Nitidula rupta, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., i, p. 354. Colastus ruptus, Kr.in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 237; Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 258, t. 34, fig 1. Hab. St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward sides; Grenada—Balthazar and Chantilly Estate (Windward side). Found in abundance in St. Vincent. 396 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn Colastus triangularis. Colastus triangularis, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 282. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side ; Grenada—Balthazar, Chantilly Estate, Soubise (Windward side), St. George’s, Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side). BRACHYPEPLUS, Er. Brachypeplus anceps. Brachypeplus aneeps, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 297. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides; Grenada—Chantilly Estate, Balthazar (Windward side), Mt. Maitland (Leeward side). Sent in plenty from St. Vincent. Brachypeplus mutilatus. Brachypeplus mutilatus, Kr. in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 246. Hab. Grenada—St. George’s (Leeward side). One specimen. Brachypeplus tenuis ? Brachypeplus tenuis, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 298. Hiab. St. Vincent. Nine specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as possibly referable to this species. Macrostoua, Murr. Macrostola lutea. Macrostola lutea, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 333. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side. One specimen. CONOTELUS, Germ. Conotelus conicus. Stenus conicus, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., 11, p. 603. Conotelus conicus, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 334; Lacord., Gen. Col., Atlas, t. 18, fig. 2. Hab. St. Vincent—South end, Windward and Leeward sides; Grenadines—Mustique I., Becquia I. Sent in abundance from each of these localities, but apparently not met with in Grenada. Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 397 Conotelus stenordes, Conotelus stenoides, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 838; Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. 11, 1, p. 283, t. 9, fig 7. Hab. St. Vincent— Leeward side. Three specimens. CARPOPHILUS, Steph. Carpophilus hemipterus. Dermestes hemipterus, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. xii, 1, 2, p. 565. Carpophilus hemipterus, Murr., Monogr, Nitid., p. 362, t. 32, fig. 10; Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., u, ip: 256 Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Balthazar, Soubise, Chantilly Estate (Windward side), Found in profusion in St. Vincent. Carpophilus dimidiatus. Nitidula dimidiata, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i, p. 261. Carpophilus dimidiatus, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 379. Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), St. George’s (Leeward side). Two specimens. Carpophilus mutilatus, Carpophilus mutilatus, Er. in Germ Zeitschr., iv, p. 258 ; Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 378. Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side). One specimen. Haptoncus, Murr. Haptoncus luteola. Epurea luteola, Kr. in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 272. Haptoncus pauperculus, Reitt., Verh. Ver. Briinn, 1878, joa ALE Hab. St. Vinecent—Windward and Leeward sides; Grenada—Balthazar, Chantilly Estate (Windward side), St. John’s River, Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s (Lee- ward side). Found in abundance in both islands. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART.IV. (DEC.) 27 398 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn STELIDOTA, Er. Stelidota strigosa, Nitidula strigosa,Gyll. in Schonherr’s, Syn. Ins., 11, p. 140. Stelidota strigosa, Kr. in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 302 ; Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. 11, 1, p. 310. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides, Kings- town; Grenada—Balthazar and Chantilly Estate( Windward side), Mt. Maitland, Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s and Grand Etang Rd. (Leeward side); Grenadines—Becquia I. Sent in plenty from St. Vincent and Grenada. Stelidota geminata. Nitidula geminata, Say, Journ. Acad. Phil., v, p. 181. Stelidota geminata, Er. in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 802; Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1, p. 312. Hab. St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward sides, Kingstown; Grenada—Balthazar and Chantilly Estate (Windward side), Mt. Maitland and Mount Gay Ksiate (Leeward side), Windsor. Found commonly in both islands. Stelidota champroni ? Stelidota championi, Sharp, Biol, Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1 p. 315, t. 10, fig. 6. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides, Kingstown ; Grenada—Lake Antoine Estate, Bal- thazar, Soubise (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s, Grand Etang Rd., St. John’s River (Leeward side), Woburn (South end); Grenadines—Mustique I. Found in abundance everywhere in these islands. The specimens are labelled by M. Grouvelle as being referable to S. champtoni or possibly to S. chontalensis, Sharp. He has separated as a variety several examples with a well-defined black patch on each elytron. ? Stelidota chontalensis. Stelidota chontalensis, Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1, p. 314. Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side. Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines, 399 Lopiopa, Er. Lobiopa decumana. Lobiopa decumana, Er. in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 295 ; Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1, p, 321. Hab, St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward sides; Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), Grand Etang Rd., Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side); Grena- dines—Becquia I. Found in plenty in both Grenada and St. Vincent. CAMPTODES, Er. Camptodes sp. Hab. St. Vincent. Three specimens, returned unnamed by M Grouvelle. PALLODES, Er. Pallodes cyanescens.* Pallodes cyanescens, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 36. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side, &e. Twenty specimens. Pallodes ruficollis ? Pallodes ruficollis, Reitt., Verh. Ver. Briinn, xii, p. 135. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides. Found in profusion in St. Vincent. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as probably referable to P. ruficollis, Reitt. The type was from Cuba. Pallodes smitha.* Pallodes smithi, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 35. Hab. Grenada—Black Forest and Chantilly Estates (Windward side), Mt. Maitland (Leeward side). Nine specimens. Fam. TROGOSITIDA. TENEBROIDES, Piller and Mitterp, Tenebroides steinherli ? Tenebrioides steinheili, Reitt., Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 187d; pelo: Hab. Grenadimes—Mustique I. One specimen; perhaps belonging to this species. 400 Mr. GC. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn TEMNOCHILA, Westw. Temnochila ebenina, Blanch., Voy. d’Orb., Col., p. 205, t. 19, mee 1 Hab. Grenadines—Mustique I. One specimen. LOPHOCATERES, Olliff. Lophocateres pusillus. Peltis pusilla, Klug, Ins. Madag., p. 71. Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side. One specimen. Originally described from Madagascar. Fam. COLYDIIDA. Ditoma, Illig. Ditoma quadricolilis. Ditoma quadricollis, Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., xii, p 149, Hab. St. Vincent—South end. Four specimens. LEMNIs, Pase. Lemnis denticulatus.* Lemnis denticulatus, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 39. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Balthazar and Chantilly Estate (Windward side). Eight specimens, seven of which are from Grenada. Syncuita, Hellw. Synchita laticollrs, Synchita laticollis, Lec., New Sp. Col., p. 66 (1863). Hab. St. Vincent—South end, Leeward side; Grenada —Balthazar, Grand Etang, Black Forest Estate (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side). Numerous specimens from both islands, Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 401 CATOLZMUS, Sharp. Catolemus exilis.* Catolemus exilis, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p, 38. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s, Grand Etang Rd. (Leeward side). Seven specimens, all but one from Grenada. Microstcus, Sharp. Microsicus minimus.* Microsicus minimus, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, Dp: ov. Hab, Grenada—Balthazar, Chantilly Estate (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side), Four specimens. NeEorricHus, Sharp. Neotrichus tinsularis.* Neotrichus insularis, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 38. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides; Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side). Found in abundance in St. Vincent, singly in Grenada. PENTHELISPA, Pasc. Penthelispa sp. Hab, St. Vincent—Leeward side. One specimen, probably belonging to an undescribed species. PYCNOMERUS, Er. Pycnomerus exaratus, Cerylon exaratum, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1863, p. 610. Hab. St. Vincent; Grenada—Black Forest Estate (Windward side). Many specimens from both islands. Recorded. from Cuba, Puerto Rico, and Guadaloupe. 402 - Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn | BOTHRIDERES, Er. Bothrideres dentatus. Bothrideres dentatus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1863, p. 609. Hab. St. Vincent. One specimen. Occurs in Cuba. Sosy.Lus, Er. Sosylus costipennis. Nematidiwm costipenne, Jacq. Duv. in Sagra’s Hist. fis. polit. y nat. de Cuba, Ins., p. 103, t. 9, fig. 15. Hab, Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side). One specimen. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as identical with the Cuban type. NEMATIDIUM, Er. Nematidium filiforme ? Nematidium filiforme, Lec., New Sp. Col., p. 68 (1863), (nec Pasc.). Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side). Two specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as WV. filiforme, Lec., or a very closely allied species. CERYLON, Latr. Cerylon amaroides. Cerylon amaroides, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1868, p. 610. Hab. Grenada—St. George’s (Leeward side). One specimen. Recorded from Cuba. LYTOPEPLUS, Sharp. Lytopeplus insularis.* Lytopeplus insularis, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 40. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side. One specimen. /oleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines, 403 PHILOTHERMUS, Aubé. Philothermus puberulus, Philothermus puberulus, Schwarz, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., xvii, p. 3861; Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1, p. 493. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Black Forest Estate (Windward side). Ten specimens. Fam. RHYSODID. Clindium guildingi. Clinidium guildingit, Kirby, Zool. Journ., v, p. 8, t. 2, figs, 1-4; Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1863, p. 611. fthysodes guildingu, Newm., Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), ui, p- 667. Ehysodes planus, Chevr. in Guérin’s Icon. Régne Anim., Ins as po8: Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides. . Thirteen specimens. Recorded from St. Vincent, Guadaloupe and Cuba. Fam. CUCUJIDA. INOPEPLUS, Smith. Inopeplus preustus. Ino preusta, Chevr., Rev. Zool., 1858, p. 212; Lacord., Gen. Col., Atlas, t. 21, fig. 2. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side. One specimen. Also found in Guadaloupe. Inopeplus insularis.* Inopeplus insularis, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 41. Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate, St. John’s River, St. George’s (Leeward side), Grand Etang Rd., Balthazar, Chantilly Estate (Windward side) ; Grenadines—Mus- tique I. ; Seventeen specimens, 404 . Mr, GC. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn TELEPHANUS Er. Telephanus terminatus. Telephanus terminatus, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1880, p. 175,15, fig. 11s 1889p ok Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides, Kingstown. Sixteen examples. Telephanus sp. ? Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides, Kingstown; Grenada—Balthazar and Chantilly Estate (Windward side). Fifteen examples. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as very near his 7’. elongatus. Telephanus paradoxus. Telephanus paradoxus, Reitt., Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxiv, p. 524; Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1880, p. 175, t. 5, fig. 12, and 1889, p. 160. Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side). One specimen. L&MOPHLEUS, Steph. Lemophleus nitens. Lemophlaus nitens, Lec., Proc. Acad. Phil., 1854, p, 75. Hab, Grenada—Soubise (Windward side). One specimen. _ Lemophleus pusillus. Cucujus pusillus, Schonh., Syn. Ins., i, 3, p. 55. Lemophleus pusillus, Er., Naturg. Ins. Deutschl., iu, p. 321. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—St. George’s (Leeward side). Five specimens. . Lemophleus pallentipennis, Lemophieus pallentipennis, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Hr, 1876) p. 500; t; Opie, 20: Hab. St.Vincent—Windward side, Kingstown; Grenada —Balthazar (Windward side). Eight specimens, The types were from Central America. Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 405 Lemophleus castaneipennis. Lemophleus castaneipennis, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1876, p. 494, t. 8, fig. 12. Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), St. George's (Leeward side). Eleven specimens. Lemophleus caseyi.* Lemophieus caseyi, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 42. Hab. Grenada—Grand Etang Rd. (Leeward side). One specimen. Lemophlaus smithi.* Lemophiwus smithi, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 41. Hab, Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side). One specimen. MICROBRONTES, Reitt. Microbrontes uncicornis. Microbrontes uncicornis, Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 45. Lemophleus uncicornis, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1876, p. 502, t. 9, fig. 23. Hab. St. Vincent—South end ; Grenada—Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s, St. John’s River (Leeward side), Woburn (South end): Grenadines—Mustique I. Found in plenty in Grenada and Mustique. Recorded from Cuba, Martinique, Puerto Rico, Mexico, and Brazil. CRYPTAMORPHA, Woll. Cryptamorpha muse. Cryptamorpha muse, Woll., Ins. Mader., p. 157, t. 4, fig. 1. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side ; Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side). Three specimens. SILVANUS. Silvanus unidentatus. Ips unidentatus, Oliv., Ent., 11, no. 18, p. 12, t. 1, fig. 4. Silvanus unidentatus, Er., Naturg. Ins. Deutschl., iii, p. 338. Hab, Grenada—Soubise (Windward side). Two specimens. 406 Mr. G. C.Champion’s List of the Clavicorn Silvanus triangulus. Silvanus triangulus, Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 60. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side ; Grenada—Mount Gay Estate and St. John’s River (Leeward side). The type was from Japan. M. Grouvelle notes that this species had not previously been recorded from America, and that it has recently been found by M. Fauvel in Madeira. Silvanus fasciatus. Silvanus signatus, Frauenf., Verh. zool.-bot. ges. Wien, xvii, p. 488, t. 121, fig. 28 (1867). Cathartus fascipennis, Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 129 (1876). Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Vendome and Mount Gay Kstates, St. John’s River, St. George’s (Leeward side), Balthazar, Soubise, Chantilly and Tele- scope Estates (Windward side) ; Grenadines—Mustique [. Found in plenty in Grenada. Frauenfeld’s type of this species was found on board the Austrian ship “ Novara,” near Shanghai. Silvanus trivialis. Silvanus trivialis, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1878, p. 75, t. 2, fig. 13. Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side; Grenada—Bal- thazar, Soubise (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side). Twelve examples. CATHARTUS, Reiche. Cathartus quadricollis. Silvanus quadricollis, Guér., Icon Regne Anim., Ins., 111, p. 198. Cathartus quadricollis, Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 128. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward alee Grenada—Balthazar, Chantilly Estate, Soubise (Windward side), St. George’s, St. John’s River, Mount Gay Estate, Grand Etang Rd. (Leeward side), Woburn (South end); Grenadines— Mustique I. Found in profusion everywhere. Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 407 Cathartus advena. Cryptophagus advena, Waltl, Faunus, i, p. 169. Silvanus advena, Ey., Nature. Ins. Deutschl., 11, p. 339. Cathartus advena, Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 127. Hab. Grenada—Chantilly Estate and Balthazar (Wind- ward side). Two specimens. Catnartus cassie. Cathartus cassie, Reiche, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1854, p. 78 ; Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 126. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada (Windward side). Three specimens. Recorded from Cuba. Balthazar Cathartus angulicollis. Cathartus angulicollis, Reitt., Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, y Xxvili, p. 194. Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side). Four examples. Cathartus gemellatus. Sylvanus gemellatus, Jacq. Duv. in Sagra’s Hist. fis. polit. y nat. de Cuba, Ins., p. 104. Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side). Hight specimens. NAUSIBIUS, Redt. Nausibius clavicornis. Cucujus clavicormis, Kugel., Neuest. Mag. Ent., p. 571. Corticaria dentata, Marsh., Ent. Brit., p. 108. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side. Two specimens. Fam. CRYPTOPHAGIDA. CRYPTOPHILUS, Reitt. Cryptophilus frater* Cryptophilus frater, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 43. Hab. Grenada—Soubise (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side), Twelve specimens 408 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn LoBERUS, Lec. Loberus testaceus. Loberus testaceus, Reitt., Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1875, p. (i Hab. St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward = sides, Kingstown; Grenada — Lake Antoine Estate (Windward side) ; Grenadines—Becquia I. Numerous examples from Grenada and St. Vincent. The type was from St. Thomas. Loberus discupennis. Loberus discipennis, Reitt., Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1875, p. 76. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side and South end; Grenada — Woodford and Mount Gay Estates, Grand Etang Rd., St. George’s (Leeward side), Mirabeau and Chantilly Estates, Balthazar (Wind- ward side). Found in plenty in both islands. The type was from Teapa, Mexico. Fam. MONOTOMID. Monotoma, Herbst. Monotoma picipes. Monotoma picipes, Herbst, Kifer, V, p. 24, t. 46, fig. 2 ; Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vii, p. 259, Monotoma foveata, Lec., Proc. Acad, Phil., 1855, p. 305. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side). Two specimens. Monotoma spinicollis. Monotoma spinicollis, Aubé, Anu. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1837, p. 463, t. 17, fig. 6. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side). Two specimens. a Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 409 Monotoma americana. Monotoma americana, Aubé, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr., 1837, p. 461, t. 17, fig. 5; Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vii, p. 260. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Mount Gay Estate and Grand Etang Rd. (Leeward side), Soubise (Windward side), Woburn (South end). Found in abundance in Grenada, one specimen only from St. Vincent. Monotoma parellela ? Monotoma parellela, Lec., Proc. Acad. Phil., 1855, p. 305 ; Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vii, p. 260. Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side). Named by M. Grouvelle as probably J/. parallela, Lec. Numerous examples. Europes, Woll. EHurops sp. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides ; Grenada— Balthazar (Windward side). Sixteen specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as very near L. rhizophagoides, Reitt. Hurops lineellus ? Lurops lineellus, Reitt., Verh, Ver. Briinn., xi, p. 42. Hab. St. Vincent; Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side). Three specimens, referred by M. Grouvelle with some doubt to this species. Kurops maculatus. Hurops maculatus, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1876, p. 210. Hab. St. Vincent. One specimen, labelled by M. Grouvelle as a variety ? of this species. 410 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn Bactripium, Lec. Bactridium sp. Hab. St. Vincent—South end ; Grenada—Mount- Gay Estate, St. John’s River (Leeward side). Ten specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as very near B. adustum, Reitt. TISIPHONE, Reitt. Tisiphone exrlis. Cercus exilis, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 238. Tisiphone nitiduloides, Reitt., Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1876, p. 301. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side), Chantilly Estate, Balthazar (Windward side). Found in plenty in Grenada. M. Grouvelle notes that Reitter’s insect agrees with a type of Cercus exilis, Murr., in the collection of Mr. A. Fry. Fam. MYCETOPHAGID. TyPHZA, Steph. Typhea fumata. Dermestes fumatus, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. xii, i, 2, p. 564. Typhea fumata, Steph., Ilustr. Brit. Ent., Mand., in, je ae Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides; Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side), Balthazar (Windward side). Found in plenty in both islands. Liraraus, Er. LIntargus sp. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides; Grenada—Grand Etang, Balthazar (Windward side), Grand Etang Rd. (Leeward side). Seven specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as very near L. balteatus. Lec. Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada,and Grenadines, 411 DipLoca.us, Guer. Diplocelus similis.* Diplocelus (Marginus) similis, Grouy., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 44. Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s (Lee- ward side). Eighteen specimens. Fam. DERMESTIDZ. DERMESTES, Linn. Dermestes carnivorus ? Dermestes carnivorus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 55, Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side). Three specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as prob- ably D. carnivorus, Fabr. Fam. BYRRHIDZ. NOSODENDRON, Latr. Nosodendron cribratum. Cercyon cribratum, Cast., Hist. Nat. Ins., , p. 62. Hab. St. Vincent. Twelve specimens. The type was from Guadaloupe. Fam. PARNIDA. PSEPHENOPS. Psephenops, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 44. Psephenops smithi.* Psephenops smithi, Grouv., loc. cit., p. 45. Hab. -St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mt. Maitland (Leeward side), Chantilly Estate (Windward side). Four specimens, two from each island. + An allied form was found by myself in Guatemala. This insect was incorrectly placed with the Dascillide when the Central- American collections were sorted, and for this reason was omitted by Dr. Sharp in his published enumeration of the Parnide of that region. va 412 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of Clavicorn Coleoptera. XEXANCHORINUS. Xexanchorinus, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 45. Xexanchorinus latus.* Xexanchorinus latus, Grouv., loc. cit., p. 46. Hab. Grenada—Chantilly Estate (Windward side). Three specimens. PHANOCERUS, Sharp. Phanocerus congener.* Phanocerus congener, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 46. Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side). Three specimens. Enis, Latr, Elmis smithi.* Helmis smithi, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 47. Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate, St. John’s River, St. George’s (Leeward side). Found in abundance by Mr. H. H. Smith. ( 413 ) XIX. Notes on some Syrphidx collected near Aden by Colonel J. W. Yerbury in February and March, 1895. By Grorce Henry VERRALL, F.ES. [Read October 5th, 1898. ] SoME very interesting species of Syrphidx were collected near Aden by Col. J. W. Yerbury in the early part of 1895, and although he has succeeded in identifying almost all of them, he has asked me to publish an account of them. There are fifteen species in the collection, and I shall as far as possible use Col. Yerbury’s own notes, which I place in Inverted commas. 1. Paragus serratus, Fabr. “Very common throughout the neighbourhood—in Ceylon too it may be considered the commonest and most generally distributed Syrphid found in the island.” This species varies considerably in coloration, like most species of Paragus. Col. Yerbury’s nine specimens are all males, some of which have blackish markings on the dise of the third abdominal segment, and also have the hindmargin of the fourth segment broadly black, as well as all the genitalia. The middle black line down the face is sometimes not very distinct. The grey lines on the front part of the thorax distinctly diverge. 2. Paragus longiwentris, Loew, Dipt. Sud.-Afr., p. 295. “Uncommon; only three specimens, Lahej and Hait- halhim, March, 1895.” This species is easily distinguished by the shape of its abdomen. Loew described it from Kaffraria, and therefore it probably occurs on all the East African coast. The pubescence on the eyes is so slight that it is not easily detected, but the microscopical pubescence on the wings extends over the whole of the wings, except on the basal cells. TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.) 28 414 Mr. G. H. Verrall’s Notes on Syrphide 3. Syrphus adligatus. Wied., Auss.-eur. Zweifl., ii, p. 122. Iam of opinion that a single female taken by Col. Yerbury may belong to this species, rather than to “8S. claripennis? Loew, etc.,” as suggested by him, though he also suggested a comparison with S. adligatus. Identifica- tions from a single specimen, especially when a female, cannot be conclusive in such groupsas this. The specimen was captured at Aden, February 23, 1895. 4. Syrphus xgyptius. “Syrphus xgyptius, Wied., Auss.-eur. Zweifl., ii, p. 138. ? Sceva scutellaris, Fabr., Syst. Antl., p. 252, 15. ? Syrphus splendens, Dolesch., Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., x, p. 410, pl. 1, fig. 3. ? Syrphus javanus, Wied., op. cit., 11, p. 181. Very common. Can this species be kept distinct from S. scutellaris (Fabr.)? Specimens from Ceylon and India appear to be nearer to wxgyptius than to scwtellaris. Wiedemann’s type was from Egypt,—Fabricius’s from Tranquebar, not Mogador as erroneously stated by Loew (Dipt. Sud.-Afr., p. 303). It is a common species in Ceylon and also in the Deccan (neighbourhood of Poonah and Mahableshwar?), though the specimens from this locality are not properly labelled.” I see no objection to sinking S. egyptius under S. scutel- laris, It is very divergent from the European species of Syrphus, and tends towards Sphxrophoria. The species is very variable, as the basal abdominal band is often entire, even in the female, though in that sex the abdominal bands are narrower and much more sharply defined. I doubt whether S. javanus is a synonym, but I think that S. splendens is only a variety with dark rings on the hind femora and tibie. 5. Asarcina salviw, Fabr. “ Scxva salvix, Fabr. ? Syrphus ericetorum, Fabr., Spec. Ins., ii, p. 425. One specimen from Aden. There seems considerable doubt as to the name under which this species should stand—ericetorum appears to have priority, and though Fabricius (Syst. Antl., p. 250) collected near Aden by Col. J. W. Yerbury. 415 sinks the name ‘ Syrphus ericetorwm’ in favour of ‘ Sce@va eae salvix, still the question arises whether the matter was not out of his hands, and whether, having described the insect, he was not bound to abide by his first description. This is a common species throughout the Oriental Region.” The old description of S. ericetorwm is unrecognisable. 6. Baccha sapphirina. “ Baccha sapphirina, Wied., Auss.-eur. Zweifl., ii, p. 96. Very common in the neighbourhood of Aden, this species occurs also in Ceylon (rare) and the Bombay Presidency (Deccan?) where it appears to be un- common.” 7. Hristalis eneus, Scop., var. taphicus. “ Eristalis taphicus, Wied., Auss.-eur. Zweifl., ii, p. 191. Very common.” When examining various type collections of Diptera in -1896, I came to the conclusion that I could not consider EL. taphicus as anything but a tropical form of Z. xneus, and the specimens taken by Col. Yerbury strongly confirm me in that opinion; some of his males would pass for true LH. eneus, and I possess European and even British females which might be considered almost /. taphicus. 8. Hristalis teniops. “ Hristalis teniops, Wied., Zool. Mag., xi, p. 42. ELristalis torridus, Walk., List Dipt. B.M., p. 612. Eristalis egyptius, Walk., List Dipt. B.M., p. 621. wD A single specimen Aden, 23.2.95. 9. Hristalis quinquelineatus. “ Hristalis quinquelineatus, Fabr., Spec. Ins., ii, p. 425, 21. ? Eristalis punctifer, Walk., Ent., v, p. 274. 2? Eristalis tabanoides, Jaennicke, Abh. Senckenb. Ges., vi, p. 402. Rather uncommon, found sitting on the wet mud 416 Mr. G. H. Verrall’s Notes on Syrphide (where the water has splashed over) round the wells and water casks at the tanks. Walker records #. punetofer from Tajurra.” I believe that Col. Yerbury has correctly identified this species, but I had hitherto considered ZL. punctifer, Walk., as a doubtful synonym of &. twniops. 10. Simoides crassupes. “ Hristalis crassipes, Fabr., Syst. Antl., p. 237, 22. Simoides crassipes, Loew, Dipt. Sud.-Afr., p. 322. Only one specimen taken at Lahej, 7.3.95. This species was seen flying round the flowers of Terminalia catappa in company with the bee Apis indica; it was extremely difficult to distinguish the two insects apart when on the wing.” This case of mimicry is very interesting. 11. Helophilus africanus, sp. n. Fic. 1. Helophilus africanus, sp. n., 3. Oculi maris contigui; thorax niger, vittis quinque flavis; abdomen ochraceum opacum, macula nigra in segmento secundo T-formi, in segmentis tertio et quarto rotundatis; pedes nigri, genubus, tibis anterioribus annuloque in tibiis posticis obscure ochraceis ; femora omnia crassa, postica inferius apud apicem scabra ; tibiz omnes villosze ; tarsi postici in basi extrema pilorum globuli- ferorum fasciculo praediti. Long. corp. circa 13 millm. collected near Aden by Col. J. W. Yerbury. 417 6. Face yellow, with an ill-defined median black line ; it is almost perpendicular from the antennz to the upper mouth edge. The face and frons are clothed with rather abundant yellow pubescence ; the back of the head bears longer paler pubescence below ; the vertex is black about the ocelli, but greyish-yellow in front, and bears short black pubescence. Eyes touching for a small space. Antenne dull blackish, basal joints sometimes dull reddish ; arista yellowish-brown. Thorax black with five distinct yellow lines, the middle line being quite distinct though rather narrower than the others. Abdomen reddish-ochreous (“rothlichochergelb ” of Loew), dull ; the second segment has the base narrowly, and an incomplete wider dersal line, blackish ; the third and fourth segments bear an almost circular blackish dorsal spot near the base ; all the hindmargins of the segments show obscure signs of darkening ; genitalia brown, rather shining. Legs dull black, with the tips of the femora dull ochreous and more extensively so behind the hind femora; the anterior tibize are all dull obscure ochreous; while the hind tibiz have the base and a rather broad middle ring obscurely ochreous, and the two basal joints of the middle tarsi and the base of the front tarsi are similarly coloured, All the femora are thick, the middle pair being least so - and the hind pair most so ; the hind femora are not serrulate beneath, but bear black bristly hairs and a scabrous patch near the tip composed of short black bristles, while there.is the usual scabrous black patch at the base in front ; all the femora bear abundant soft yellow pubescence. Tibize all with abundant soft pubescence, mainly yellow but mixed with black ; hind tibiz dilated and curved, bearing long shaggy black pubescence beneath. ‘Tarsi all dilated, at any rate towards the tip, the hind pair bearing rather long shaggy black pubescence in front, and also bearing at the base beneath the peculiar knob-headed black hairs, which peculiar hairs can be traced, though very short, over all the sole of the basal joint. Wings slightly tinged with brown, dullish. Squame and halteres orange. Q. Similar but with shorter pubescence; frons narrow for a female, all brownish-yellow except on the shining bare space just above the antenne, its pubescence being all yellow except just about the ocelli. Abdomen less sharply marked, all the hindmargins being greyish glaucous, while the round black spot on the fourth segment has a tendency to spread out into two sloping darkened lines, of which there is some indication on the third segment ; the fifth segment is mainly ochreous yellow with an ill-defined shining black space about the middle of the hindmargin. Legs much paler, the 418 Mr. G. H. Verrall’s Notes on Syrphidze femora ranging from dull brownish-black with a paler tip to being all dull ochreous except a blackish streak above the anterior pairs on the apical half, or sometimes the basal half of the hind femora blackish ; the hind tibize have only obscure blackish patches before and after the middle ; pubescence mostly short and inconspicuous, but there are some scattered thin hairs beneath the hind femora, and there is a neat fringe beneath the hind tibiz, besides which the short black bristles beneath the hind femora form a large irregularly crowded clump between the middle and the tip; the knob-headed hairs beneath the basal joint of the kind tarsi are almost as distinct as in the male. “ Helophilus sp. nov? near HH, senegalensis, Macq., Dipt. exot., 11, p. 61. Not uncommon in the bed of the stream at Haithalhim.” Three males and five females. I am prepared to go further than Col. Yerbury, and to say that I think that the species is H. senegalensis, but as the insect described by Macquart could be identified only by a reference to the type, which is not in Bigot’s collection, I prefer to give a name and description which I hope may serve for identification. This species is very near H. caffer, Loew, but it has the middle yellow line on the thorax far more distinct, and also has different abdominal markings. In all probability it is one of a group of closely allied African species which would come under Rondani’s genus Mesembrius, in which the eyes of the male touch and of which one species only, H. peregrinus, Loew, is known to occur in Europe. There are many species closely allied to H. trivittatus in Europe and North America, and in Arctic regions there is a group circling round H., borealis. 12. Syritta latitarsata. Syritta latitarsata, Macq., Dipt. exot., ii, p. 75. Colonel Yerbury’s notes (“ Syritta abyssinica ? Rondani, Ann. Mus. Genov., iv, p. 282; fairly common at Lahej and Haithalhim”) merely suggest that this and the next species, which he also refers to, may be S. abyssinica of Rondani. I cannot agree with this, but I believe that the little-known S. datitarsata of Macquart is clearly repre- sented by three males and four females among Col. Yerbury’s captures. collected near Aden by Col. J. W. Yerbury. 419 A detailed description of this species may be of value, as the species of Syritta are so very closely allied and so insufficiently distinguished. Fie, 2. Syritta latitarsata, right hind leg, from behind. S. latitarsata. About the size of S. pipiens, but the abdomen is narrower and longer. Face, frons, and all the vertex except about the ocelli glossed with silvery white tomentum ; face and frons with- out pubescence except for a few white hairs down the sides of the face ; the sides of the mouth and the very small jowls are yellowish ; the back of the head is narrow and is whitish, and bare until the top where there is a pale fringe behind the eyes and vertex ; vertex shining black about the ocellar triangle but otherwise glossed with silvery white; it is all bare except for whitish pubescence on the elongated front part. Eyes touching for about six facets and con- sequently the vertex is about three times as long as the frons ; the facets on this front part where the eyes touch are considerably dilated. Antenne entirely pale orange, without any hairs or bristles on the basal joints ; the third joint is nearly twice as long as deep ; arista placed at about a third from the base, brownish-yellow, and about as long as the antenne, Thorax dull blackish, densely punctate, with whitish reflections ; humeri whitish with a faint yellow tinge ; a large space behind the humeri, spreading almost across the suture and over all the pleure whitish and also a pair of tolerably broad short lines on the front part of the disc of the thorax ; the dise of the thorax is practically bare, as the pubescence, which consists of minute appressed whitish hairs, is hardly visible, but the upper part of the pleuree and the adjoining parts of the thorax bear a slight whitish pubescence. Sentellum black, densely punctate, disc flattened and slightly marginate at the tip, practically bare as the bristles are so short. 420 Mr. G. H. Verrall’s Notes on Syrphide Abdomen longer than the head (without antenne), thorax and scutellum together, and constricted about the second and third seg- ments ; the second and third segments are almost all yellow, but the second segment has a black dorsal line and hindmargin, while the third segment has only a black hindmargin (except the extreme margin which is whitish), and a slightly darkened dorsal line ; the fourth segment widens out and is mostly shining blackish and bearing tiny black bristles ; the sides of the first segment and the basal corners of the fourth segment are yellowish ; the end of the fourth segment is dark brownish-red, but the extreme hindmargin is whitish ; the sides of the second segment bear at the base the usual remarkable fringe of white hairs, and all the other pubescence is very short andinconspicuous. Genitalia shining dark brownish- red, and bearing very soft whitish pubescence. Legs mainly dark orange on the anterior pairs, but black on the hind pair ; anterior coxe blackish, glossed with whitish grey ; middle femora slightly darkened beneath, and with a short fine whitish ciliation behind ; hind legs nearly all shining black, but the coxe are glossed with whitish dust, and the legs are dark reddish on the trochanters, the extreme base of the femora, a band just after the middle of the femora which is scarcely extended to the upper side, the extreme base and a tolerably obvious band just after the middle of the tibiz ; beyond which the tips of the tibiee and the base of the tarsi are indistinctly red, and in fact the tibie are altogether slightly tinged with reddish ; the hind coxe bear a slight whitish pubescence beneath ; the hind femora are considerably dilated on the apical half, and bear two rows of spines besides the short serration beneath, there being about eight regular spines behind and about five in front on this thick apical half ; hind tibiz much curved ; tarsi widely flattened, even to the tip. Wings very pellucid ; pale yellow about the base, the subcostal cell, and the stigma. Squame whitish with white fringes. Halteres pale orange. 2. Face and frons whitish ; vertex shining black ; frons rather narrow on the upper part, and often with an indefinite rubbed dark crossband just above the middle, and it bears inconspicuous short white pubescence ; the facets on the front of the eyes are not dilated. Abdomen broader than in the male and not constricted ; the sides of the first segment are whitish-yellow, the second and third segments bear at the basal corners large yellowish triangular spots which leave little more black than a broad hindmargin and a less defined dorsal line, and on the third segment:a narrow grey hindmargin ; the fourth segment is more brownish, with small whitish-grey spots at the basal corners, and with a whitish-grey collected near Aden by Col. J. W. Verbury. 421 hindmargin. Legs similar to those of the male, but the reddish markings on the hind femora are often more extensive and more conspicuous; the spines on the hind femora are similar but shorter and rather less numerous; hind tarsi dilated, but not nearly so conspicuously as in the male. Length about 8°5 millm. S. abyssinica, if a good species, has probably blacker hind legs, a not yellow stigma, and not dilated hind tarsi. S. bulbus, Walk., from Sierra Leone might be compared. 13. Syritta fasciata. Syritta fasciata, Wied., Auss.-eur. Zweifl., u, p. 103. This may be represented by two males and one female taken at Haithalhim on March 30th, 1895. The specimens represent a small species which seems to agree with Wiedemann’s description of what must be the female, though Wiedemann does not mention any sex. The species may be worthy of a description as minute as I have given of S. latitarsata, but as the material is weak - and the identification Jess certain, I will only say that the female specimen answers well to his description, but that the frons is whitish, with the vertex and a cross- band above the middle black; in the males the spots on the second and third segments of the abdomen are much larger, and occupy all those segments except a dorsal line and the hindmargin, while in one male the spots actually join on the foremargin of the third segment. The abdomen of the male is but slightly constricted, the third segment being the narrowest; the fourth segment is black, rather shining, and rather long, with a small whitish spot at each basal corner, and with a brownish- yellow hindmargin. The legs of the male may be less black than in the female, as although the legs of the one female taken by Col. Yerbury would almost agree with Wiedemann’s description of being almost all black, yet one male has the usual orange band about the middle of the hind femora, and the other male has the basal two- thirds or more of the hind femora orange. Some of the best characters to distinguish this species must be its small size, orange antenne, yellow face, and comparatively unarmed hind femora. 422 Mr. G. H. Verrall’s Notes on Syrphide. 14. Humerus lunatus. “ Syrphus lunatus? Fabr., Ent. Syst., iv, p. 296, 64. Rare, only three specimens taken. It sits on the stems of Salvadora persica and is difficult to catch, as it keeps in the thick of the bush.” The specimens are all males, and, I think, correctly named. Wiedemann has redescribed the species (Auss.- eur. Zweifl., u1, p. 111). 15. Humerus obliquus. “ Syrphus obliquus, Fabr., Syst. Antl., p. 194, 28. ew Rare ; three specimens taken in Aden, 15.2.95. This species has been redescribed by Wiedemann (Auss.- eur. Zweifl. ii, p. 112) and again by Loew (Dipt. Siid- Afrik.), wherein Loew accidentally in his diagnosis says “« fronte nigro-pilosa”’ instead of albo-pilosa. ( 423 ) XX. On some Oriental Scolytide of economic importance, with Descriptions of five new Species. By WALTER F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A., F.Z.S. [Read November 2nd, 1898.] From time to time I have received for determination small consignments of Asiatic Scolytids, sent as being injurious to, or more generally associated with a diseased condition of, trees, &c., of economic value. Such material is usually difficult to deal with. Too often such a consignment contains but a few specimens, among which may be examples of species, either new or of a most obscure character. Rarely does one receive a good series of specimens in proper preservation. To discuss each sending separately is merely to multiply short papers and single descriptions, unfortunately all too common in economic entomology. In this paper I propose to deal with an accumulation of such consignments which have been in my hands for some time. The source of each, and the particulars furnished therewith, are first given, and the specimens sent are identified so far as possible. The species which I regard as new are afterwards described. N.W. Provinces. “In bark of dead Pinus eaxcelsa— Jaunsar and Deoban” (Ind. JMus.). The specimens sent with the above note belong to the genera Polygraphus and Pityogenes. I am uncertain whether one or two species of Polygraphus are represented ; as no Oriental species of the genus has been described, the form or forms sent are likely to be new. All the species are so closely allied, that it is useless to attempt any determination without an exhaustive study of good series of all available forms. The single example of Pityogenes is an example of a black species allied to P. chal- cographus and unknown to me; it is not P. scitws, Blandf. The material is, however, insufficient for a description. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.) 49.4. Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on some E. Himatayas. “Taken from stem of a young India-rubber twig, Ficus elastica—Tieta Valley, 1,100 ft., 30th July, 1897” (£. P. Stebbing). One new species, described under the name Diamerus fict. CuitTacone. “Destructive to Mahogany-trees in the Chittagong Hill Tracts” nd. Mus.). Monsieur P. Lesne, of the Paris Museum, has forwarded me examples of two species received by him among Bostrychide from the Indian Museum, Calcutta, with the above description of their habits. They belong to two very interesting new forms, described under the names of Scolytoplatypus brahma and Xyleborus gravidus. CryLon. The following specimens have been forwarded to me by Mr. E. Ernest Green :-— (a). “Species injurious to ebony seed.” Numerous examples, which I am inclined to refer to Coccotrypes integer, Eichh., originally described from Siam. I have not seen the type, but have made a comparison of the specimens with a typical example of C. pygmexus, Eichh., which Eichhoff very carefully differentiates from C. integer. The habit of seed-boring is common to the genus, and C. dactyliperda constantly attracts notice in the East as a date-borer. (b). Species supposed to cause disease to Cocoa-trees (Theobroma cacao). Mr. Green writes of these :—“ Stems of the diseased trees were submitted to me, and I found the enclosed specimens either in the rotting bark or in the wood itself. It was the smallest species, with smooth elytra, that seemed to tunnel deepest. But I gave it as my opinion that the beetles were not the cause of the disease, but were attracted by the altered sap and dying wood. I thought the real cause was either some fungoid disease or unsuitable soil. The whole sap of the tree was altered and turned sour, whereas the tunnels of the beetles were very small and widely separated.” Examples of four species were received: (1) a Crosso- tarsus, which I take to be C. sawndersi, Chap., although it differs slightly from the type in the direction of C. fair- mairet, Chap.—probably both forms are races of one and the same species; (2) Xyleborus semigranosus, Blandf., previously described by me (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1896, p. 211) from the refuse of imported Sumatra tobacco ; Oriental Scolytide of economic importance. 425 (3) Xyleborus fornicatus, Kichh., recorded by me (loc. cit., p. 214) as injurious to the tea-plant in Ceylon, and again referred to below; (4) Eecoptopterus sex-spinosus, Motsch., previously recorded as injurious to the rice-plant in Burma. I imagine that XY. fornicatus is the “smallest species, with smooth elytra.” (c). Further examples from Cocoa-trees. Mr. Green writes : “I was of opinion that the beetles [consignment )] were not primarily responsible for the injury, and this opinion has been corroborated by the discovery of a fungus in all the diseased specimens of bark submitted to Kew. “JT am now forwarding two more species of Scolytid beetles that are found in the younger branches of the Cocoa-tree, which really are injurious to the plant. They form their tunnels in what appears to be healthy wood and rapidly cause the death of the parts attacked. A dark chocolate or purplish stain spreads through the tissues of the wood surrounding the galleries of the insect.” The two species are both new, and are described under the names of Yyleborus mancus and X. discolor. PENANG. ‘Species injurious to Nutmeg-trees.” Mr. C. O. Waterhouse has received and has com- municated to me examples of three species. The majority belong to Phlwosinus ecribratus, Blandf. (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1896, p. 198), first described from the refuse of Sumatra tobacco ; they vary considerably in length (2-3:4 millim.), but not otherwise except that in some, presum- ably males, the apices of the 1st and 3rd elytral interstices are not tuberculate. Besides these, there is an individual which appears to belong to a distinct species of Phlwosinus, and is left undetermined; there are also examples of Xyleborus Sornicatus. Descriptions follow of the species, five in number, sent in these various consignments, which appear to be new and recognisable. Scolytoplatypus brahma, sp. n. Q. S. mikado 9, Blandf., forma adeo similis, elytris tamen proportione brevioribus prothorace solum tertia parte superantibus. 426 Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on some Opaca, densissime minute reticulata, nigro-picea, fronte supra os, elytrorum apice, pedibus, ventro plus minusve dilutioribus ; protho- racis disco conferte strigoso-punctato, poro medio oblongo ; elytris obsoletissime substriatis, punctis omnino nullis, interstitiis 1°, 3°, 5° in declivitate minute tuberculatis. Long. 3 millim. Fem. Similar in form to S. mikado 9, but with the elytra relatively shorter, not more than one-third longer than the prothorax. Blackish-pitchy, dull, entirely covered with fine and extremely dense alutaceous reticulation. Front minutely punctate, with a transverse subnitid impression over the mouth, the space between it and the black epistoma brown-testaceous ; antennz brown-testaceous, the club infuscate, obovate-acuminate. Prothorax with the lateral and hind angles prominent and acute, median pore not large, oblong, surface with very close confluent longitudinal strigose punctures, not deep. Elytra scarcely bisinuate at the base, lighter along the suture and at the apex, closely shagreened, with traces of striz, the punctures of which are not discernible, interstices from behind the middle with a faint median raised line, the Ist, 3rd, and 5th on the declivity with a series of minute tubercles; declivity convex, with short erect yellowish pubescence. Underside piceous, lighter in places, with coarse shallow punctuation ; anterior legs piceo-ferru- ginous, the middle and posterior legs brown-testaceous. Hab. InpIA, Chittagong Hills. While the sculpture is most like that of & eutomordes, Blandf., it is quite peculiar, That of the elytra, though very weak, is complex in character, and is consequently difficult to describe adequately. The species belongs to my subgenus Z'eniocerus. Diamerus fict, sp. n. Oblongus, niger, opacus, capite subnitido, dense punctato, pro- thorace antice constricto, conferte punctato; elytris post basin prothorace adeo latioribus, ad apicem haud productis, crenato-striatis, interstitiis subconvexis, sat subtiliter multipunctatis et brevissime setosis. Long. 5°5 millim. Oblong, black, subopaque, the antenne and tarsi piceous brown. Head slightly shining, closely but not very strongly punctate, and furnished with very short accumbent grey pubescence, front im- pressed between the antennal fovez, convex above and with a slight median nodular elevation, somewhat more shining ; eyes oblong- oval; antennal club flattened, obovate, somewhat blunt {at apex, very closely pubescent, with a strongly angulate suture towards the base. Prothorax not strongly transverse, constricted anteriorly, the Oriental Scolytidx of economre importance. 427 sides rounded, lateral margins distinct but not prominent from the base to the middle, dorsum convex, with very close but not coarse punctuation, and a subcarinate median line from the base to the middle, base impressed for the elytra. Scutellum indistinguishable. Elytra twice as long as the prothorax, separately and strongly rounded at base with narrow raised crenate margins carried back obliquely and sinuate at the sides over the metasternum, the sides sinuate but subparallel, obliquely inflexed at the apex, which forms an angle at the suture but is not produced ; surface with moderately deep incised shining crenate striz, the interstices subconvex, with close and rather fine punctures bearing very short and inconspicuous. sete. Underside strongly punctured, and pubescent with short grey hairs. Legs robust, the anterior tibize widened apically, their upper border crenate, the upper apical angle with a backwardly-directed tooth ; middle and posterior tibiz with the upper border rounded and crenate. Hab. KE. Himatayas, Tieta Valley, 1,100 ft. (Z. P. Stebbing). The species has all the appearance of a Hylesinus, from which the structure of the antennal club separates it. Compared with D. curvifer, Walk., the nearest allied species known to me, it differs im the absence of the complete opacity characteristic of that species, in the much closer thoracic punctuation, less deeply incised elytral strize and more convex interstices, as well as in the non-mucronate elytral apex. Assuming the species to be correctly assigned to Diamerus, and I do not see any reason for separating it, one must infer that Diamerus and Hylesinus are somewhat nearly allied to each other. Xyleborus gravidus, sp. n. @. Curta, robusta, rufo-testacea, elytris praecipue versus apicem ferrugineis, fulvo-pilosa; prothorace amplo, subgloboso, lateribus leniter apice fortius rotundatis, hoe medio tuberculis 2 fortibus ornato, disco posterius sat dense, in medio indistinctius punctato, basi supra scutellum breviter erecte hirta ; elytris brevissimis in- distincte lineato-punctatis, interstitiis multipunctatis, a medio abrupte truncatis, declivitate ad latera et infra acute carinata-marginata, subeonvexa, striato-punctata, interstitiis planis, pilis brevibus cum setis nonnullis longis tenuibus commixtis. Long. 4°5 millim. Fem. Short, robust, very convex, somewhat shining, bright-reddish testaceous, the elytra ferruginous, darker posteriorly ; pubescence sparse, fulvous. Head very large, globose, alutaceous, front more 428 Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on some shining towards the mouth, with scattered rather large punctures ; mouth infuscate, thinly fringed; eyes oblong, scarcely sinuate anteriorly. Prothorax ample, broader than long, strongly convex, the sides slightly, the apex more strongly rounded, the latter with two prominent median blackish tubercles ; surface before the trans- verse dorsal elevation with large transverse asperities, closer towards the middle, behind, punctured rather closely and distinctly at the sides, obsoletely over the middle, which is furnished before the scutellum with a dense tuft of short upstanding hairs, remaining pubescence scanty. Scutellum minute, rounded, infuscate. Elytra strongly declivous and retuse from before the middle to the apex, about a third longer than the prothorax, separately rounded and finely bordered at the base, the sides slightly tending to diverge behind, the apical borders seen from above abruptly inflexed, and forming an obtuse angle at the suture ; surface convex from the base to the declivity with indistinct rows of feeble punctures, the flat interstices with finer scattered irregular punctures ; declivity sub- abruptly rounded above into the cylindrical portion, margined at the sides and apex with an acute ridge, separated from the fundus by a slight gutter-like impression, fundus gently convex with sub- impressed rows of shallow punctures carrying long fine hairs, interstices flat with close fine piliferous points, their hairs short and semi-accumbent. Underside and legs testaceous, the tibiz closely and finely serrate. Hab. Invi, Chittagong Hills. This fine Yyleborus is most nearly allied to X. solidus, Eichh., among described species. From that Australian species it differs in its larger size and broader shape, in the greater prominence of the apical tubercles, the more evidently transverse asperities and finer punctuation of the middle posterior portion of the prothorax, in the very scanty punctuation of the basal portion of the elytra, and in the very acute marginal carina and the flat non-tuber- culate interstices of the declivity. It is possible that the examples are not quite mature, and that the colour may be sometimes blackish. It is always difficult to determine whether light-coloured Scolytids are immature or not. Ayleborus mancus, sp. 0. Q@. Cylindrica, castanea, elytris apice picescentibus, breviter pilosa; prothorace antice fortiter rotundato, lateribus postice vix Oriental Scolytide of economic importance. 429 rotundatis, dorso medio transverse elevato, postice in medio dense subtiliter cribrose punctato et breviter hirto, linea media longitudinali subelevata ; elytris prothorace longioribus, perindistincte lneato- punctatis, interstitiis irregulariter punctatis, apice oblique truncato- retuso, margine per totum acuto, subcirculari, fundo utrinque ad suturam gradatim elevato et medio subimpresso, haud omnino opaco, subirregulariter lineato-punctato, interstitiis haud perspicue punctatis, Long. 3°3 millim. Fem. Closely allied to X. amputatus, Blandf. (Trans, Ent. Soc., Lond., 1894, p. 575). Rather larger and more robust. Front (concealed in the type of X. amputatus) convex, subopaque, rather closely and finely punctate with a short shining elevated longitudinal line above the middle of the shining blackish epistoma ; eyes rather deeply emarginate. Sides of the prothorax nearly straight behind the middle, its surface as in X. amputatus but with the basal patch of piliferous punctures more conspicuous. Elytra much darker apically, nearly black, the fundus of the apical retuse surface distinctly less opaque (in X. amputatus it has not the slightest gloss), not concave on each side but gradually raised towards the suture, with a some- what irregular surface, due to a slight impression on each side, the rows of punctures somewhat wavy, the punctures rather large, shallow subnitid impressions (in X. amputatus the rows are perfectly straight and the punctures are small and not shining), interstitial punctures not perceptible (evident in X. amputatus). Hab. CrE8yYLon (£. £. Green). This species, though really distinct from 1. amputatus upon comparison, is so far alike that I was unable to separate it by means of my former description, and was obliged to have recourse to my type of the latter species, which Mr. Lewis kindly lent me for the purpose of com- parison. AXyleborus discolor, sp. n. Q. Forma X. brevi, Eichh., proxima, sed multo minor, elytris brevioribus, colore distincta. Curta, cylindrica, laete testacea ; elytris nigris abrupte truncatis, truncatura circulari, breviter fulvo- pilosa. Long. 1.8 millim. Fem. Allied to X. brevis, Eichh., but much smaller. Short, cylindrical, bright testaceous, with the elytra black. Head dull, the front rather finely punctate, with a fine raised median longi- tudinal line ; mouth infuscate ; eyes deeply emarginate. Prothorax as long as broad, the sides nearly straight behind, gradually rounded to the apex in an ellipse ; discal elevation post-median, indistinct ; TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.) 29 430 Mr. W. F.H. Blandford on some Oriental Scolytide. surface in front with small granular elevations, behind subopaque, very finely punctured, closely towards the middle, which bears a brush of short erect fulvous hairs. Scutellum small, rounded tri- angular, black shining. Elytra about as long as the prothorax, cylindrical, abruptly truncate behind the middle, shining black, finely punctate, the punctures of the rows and interstices scarcely separable from each other ; terminal surface strongly declivous, circular, defined above but not margined, the lateral and inferior margin not acute, covered with very short fulvous pubescence and hence subopaque, finely striate, the interstices quite flat. Under- side and legs bright-testaceous, the anterior tibie narrow. Hab. CEYLON (£. £. Green). This little species is one of the best marked of the group of small forms to which it belongs. The bright testaceous colour of the body, black elytra, and fulvous, downy pubescence of their sharply curtailed extremities render it unmistakable even at a glance. | 4351 XXI. On some new species of African Pierine in the col- lection of the British Museum, with notes on seasonal forms of Belenois. By Artruur G. BUTLER, Ph. DHL Ss &e [Read November 16th, 1898.] WHILST arranging the Pierine of the genus Phrissura, I discovered three males of a species which is certainly undescribed, mixed up with the series of P. sylvia (the dry-season form of P. eudoxia), and in the Hewitson col- lection I discovered the female of the same species I now describe. Phrissura perlucens, sp. 0. ¢. Above nearly resembling P. sylvia, but with the inner edging of the black outer border of primaries more blurred, less distinctly dentate-sinuate, the basal patch of lemon yellow without the least tinge of orange; on the undersurface the border far more distinct than in P. sylvia, irrorated with dark brown, yellowish externally ; the base bright lemon yellow as above (not orange, as in P. sylvia) ; the secondaries also with the costal area at base bright lemon yellow instead of orange. Expanse, 50—61 millim. Q. Similar in pattern to the female of P. sylvia, but with the ground-colouring of all the wings above pure white ; the border of primaries and marginal spots of secondaries rather broader than in P, sylvia; primaries below bright lemon yellow at base, slightly washed with saffron on costa; apical area irrorated with grey- brownish and with an oblique subapical stripe of the same colour ; secondaries with the base of costal area golden yellow, slightly more saffron on costal margin : no trace of the ochreous bordering common to the undersurface of all the wings in P. sylvia, Expanse, 64 millim. Hab. ANGOLA and GoLp Coast (Mus, Brit.). Phrissura narcissus, sp. v. Q. Primaries bright ochreous ; a grey subapical crescentie band ; veins pale buff, partly dividing a marginal series of black spots ; TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.) 432 Dr. A. G. Butler on new African Pierine secondaries bright lemon yellow with a marginal series of cordiform dark brown spots terminating the nervures; primaries below ochreous with pale creamy costa, the cell suffused with saffron to- wards the base, but not abruptly ; subapical grey band obsolete, marginal black spots smaller than above, fringe black ; secondaries butter yellow with deep saffron basi-costal area ; spots on margin as above; pectus creamy yellow ; abdomen flesh-tinted. Expanse, 59 millim. Hab. ANGOLA (Coll. Hewitson). This is so strikingly distinct from everything else in the genus that I do not hesitate to name it in spite of the fact that 1t is a female; the male will probably be found to have a broad blackish border to the primaries. In the genus Belenois, of which I have recently completed the arrange- ment, the seasonal forms are always tolerably well-defined. Lelenois, though nearly related to Phrissura, has a different style of marking; the males never have a pencil of hair between the anal clasps as have those of Phrisswra; the primaries as a rule are more produced, the costa being longer, so that the wing-outline more nearly resembles that of Appias ; there are however exceptions to this rule in a few specimens which more nearly approach Phrisswra in outline. A few notes on some of the seasonal forms in Lelenois may perhaps be useful to the systematist; they follow the usual rules of variation which have, in many cases, been more or less satisfactorily proved by collectors and breeders of Pierine ; so that there can be no reason for refusing to accept them as facts. If they are rejected as seasonal forms, they must be accepted as variations, inas- much as (in nearly every case) the intermediate phase occurs. Belenois hedyle, Cramer. This is a wet-season phase, of which 5. rhena is the female of the dry phase. In the Museum there are six males and one female of the wet phase in addition to five examples in the Hewitson collection ; of a perfectly inter- mediate phase we have five males; of the dry phase we ~ have three males and two females, one additional example being in the Hewitson collection. Belenois thysa, Hopft. The Angolan form of this species differs somewhat from the more Southern and the EKastern type of the species, ani on seasonal forms of Belenois. 433 representing a slight local variation of which &. meldolx is the dry phase. The typical figures of the species re- present the intermediate phase, the wet phase of which has heavier black borders with which the subapical spots on the primaries are often united ; the dry phase is repre- sented by &. sabrata. A singular form of the species occurs sporadically in the area bounded by the Victoria Nyanza and Lake Nyasa; the females of this form differ so remarkably in outline and in the more or less lilacine greyish suffusion of the under surface that one might be excused for believing that they represented a distinct species. Belenois dentigera, Butl. This species, which is related to B. calypso, was based upon a dry-season male collected by Emin Pasha. The intermediate phase is represented by B. welwitschi of Rogenhofer (who states that it was collected in Angola !) ; of this phase we have a male obtained by Emin Pasha at Kangasi and three males from Nyasa-land. Of the wet phase, a heavily marked and more brilliantly coloured edition of the intermediate phase, we possess four males and one female from Nyasa-land. Belenots instabilis, Butl. Of this species we possess both sexes of all the phases, the wet form of the female somewhat resembling that sex of B. creona on the upper surface; both sexes are very heavily black-veined on the under surface. The inter- mediate phase bears much resemblance on the under surface to the wet phase of 4. dentigera, excepting that the insect 1s considerably smaller, the apical markings on the primaries are sulphur yellow and the median vein of the secondaries, with its branches, is black. In the dry form the black markings are reduced on both surfaces, and the secondaries below are more ochraceous. Belenois subeida, Felder. Related to the preceding ; we possess only single males of the wet and intermediate phases and a female of the dry phase. The species doubtless replaces Bb. instabilis in North Africa: whilst it ismuch more heavily bordered on 434 Dr. A. G. Butler on new African Prerine the upper surface, it is altogether less brilliantly coloured below. Belenois crawshayt, Butl. We now possess wet, intermediate, and dry phases of both sexes of this species; B. diminuta was based upon the female of the dry phase. In the collection made by Dr. Gregory in British East Africa is a species related to the preceding which I con- founded with the Eastern form of B. zochalia: a careful study of the two has now convinced me that this was an error, the form of the wings being constantly very different, and the costal margin of the primaries and the abdominal margin of the secondaries being noticeably shorter. Belenois formosa, sp. n. a Belenois zochalia (part), Butler, P.Z.S., 1894, p. 579, pl. xxxvui, fig. 3. 2. Primaries white above, the basal area nacreous ; secondaries white or pale sulphur yellow ; markings as in B. zochalia. At first I was inclined to regard this as the dry phase of the East-African representative of B. zochalia, but the coloration and vivid marking of the male are so distinctly characteristic of a wet-season phase, that I was compelled to abandon this idea as soon as it occurred to me. Un- doubtedly the pattern of the females of both forms is very similar, but nevertheless I feel sure that two species exist ; we have five males and three females of B. formosa. Of typical B. zochalia from South Africa we have wet, intermediate, and dry forms of both sexes; they differ chiefly in the definition of the black markings on the under surface. Belenors severina, Cramer. Of b. severina we have an immense series commencing with the wet-season Bb. infida (P.Z.S., 1894, pl. xxxvui, figs. 1, 2), passing through two fairly defined intergrades, of which one is typical B. severina, to the extreme dry form, which nearly resembles B. creona on the under surface. B. boguensis of Felder is a Northern race of the species showing less variation, the wet phase being not much unlike the first intermediate phase of B. severina, but the dry phase more nearly approaches B. ereona. and on seasonal forms of Belenois. 435 Belenors leucogyne, Butl. This interesting species seems to possess a dry phase only. Belenois creona, Cramer. The wet form of this species seems to be extremely rare ; we possess only one pair; above it resembles the common intermediate phase, but on the under surface the veins are lilacine grey inthe male and black in the female. The best characters for distinguishing B. creona from B. severina consist in the smallness of the subapical spots on the upper surface of the primaries in the males, the black and scarcely spotted border of the secondaries in this sex and the white ground-colour of the female streaked on the under surface with deep ochreous. B. creona is essentially a West-African species; B. severina Southern and Eastern. Belenois johanne, Butl. I know this only as a dry-season phase; it is a very distinct species. Belenois mesentina, Cramer. We have a very extensive series of this species, B. augusta =agrippina =lordaca being the wet phase, B. me- sentina=syrine intermediate, B. auriginea dry, and B. taprobana being an insular dry phase differing in the blacker outer border to the male primaries, on which the subapical spots are less prominent. Belenois teutonia, Fabr. The wet form is B. clytie = niseia ; the intermediate form shows a narrow break between the discocellular bar and outer border in both the primaries and secondaries of the female, but no noticeable difference in the male; in the dry form the discocellular bar is well separated from the border, and the white spotting of the border in both sexes is clearly defined. Belenois peristhene, Boisd. The wet form has the secondaries below black with a submarginal row of orange spots. We have two examples 436 Dr. A. G. Butler on new African Prerine from New Caledonia in which the whole basal area of the primaries below is also orange, as in Bb. java; these are probably either reversional sports or the result of hybridism between the two species. The intermediate form differs in having several squamose subbasal orange patches on the under surface of the secondaries; the dry form has the cell and a series of patches below it white, the basi- costal patch and submarginal spots remaining orange. Belenots clarissa, Butl. The seasonal differences in this species much resemble those of Lb. peristhene, the orange spots of the under surface being replaced by sulphur yellow; we have all the phases in both sexes. Of B. picata we possess only a dry-season phase. Belenois java, Sparrm. B. deiopeia, Don., is the dry phase. We possess an intermediate from the New Hebrides; as the species occurs as far to the East as the Friendly Group, it certainly crosses the range of B. peristhene, and is quite likely to hybridize with it. Belenois raffrayi, Oberth. This is a wet-season form, and, without examining specimens of the allied &. margaritacea, I would not suggest that there may be more than affinity between them. It is quite possible that they may be perfectly distinct. Respecting B. gidica, much confusion has arisen ; I may begin by stating emphatically that 5. gidica is not the wet-season form of 6. abyssinica, and that B. allica of Oberthiir is not the B&B. allica of Boisduval, but is identical with B. abyssinica. Furthermore, there are two South-African species of the group, easily separated by any one who has an eye for form and pattern. Belenois gidica, Godt. Differs at a glance from B. gidica of authors in the lack of con- tinuity between the discocellular black spot of primaries with the costal borders, the distinctly narrower and blacker outer borders of the primaries, the fourth white spot on which opens without break into the ground-colour, so as to form a quadrate excision of the and on seasonal forms of Belenois. 437 border. On the under surface the differences are much greater ; the apical brown border is unbroken, with three small whitish spots in- ternally as above, whitish veins, and five tear-like whitish-sub- marginal dots between the veins. Secondaries with irregular brown borders interrupted by diffused whitish spots internally and enclosing six distinct submarginal white spots ; veins pale; an oblique ab- breviated brown spot at the end of the cell, but no other markings. Expanse, 57 millim. Hab. CAPE or Goop Hope. Two males of the wet-season phase of this very distinct species were in the Godman and Salvin collection associ- ated with B. gidica of Trimen and others. To the latter I propose to restore the name of B. westwoodi, Wallgr. Lelenois abyssinica, Lucas. The Godman and Salvin collection contained two males, and the Museum series a female of the wet-season phase of this species. It differs from the wet phase of B. west- woodt above in the almost confluent character of the marginal spots on the male secondaries; the differences below are considerable, the ground-colour being much yellower, and all the dark brown markings on the basal area of the secondaries being wholly erased, bringing it decidedly nearer to B. gidica. The differences between the dry-season forms of the two species do not appear to be so marked, though they are of the same nature, the rusty ground-colour not being so well suited for emphasizing the absence of dark mark- ings as the primrose yellow of the wet-season phase. Belenois westwoodi, Wallgr. We have a long series of this species, the female of which is very variable. I suspect that the most typical wet phase is represented by the more heavily bordered and distinctly marked examples, but the change from heavy to light borders is so gradual that I have not attempted to distinguish an intermediate phase. One of our female examples in which the upper surface is very lightly marked shows a distinct approach to the dry form in the coloration of the under surface. Of the dry phase we have five examples from Eastern Africa as far south- ward as Natal, and there is an equal number in the Hewitson collection. 438 Dr. A. G. Butler on new African Pierine. Belenors occidentis, sp. n. Allied to B. westwood’, but distinctly larger, the apical area of the primaries irrorated with grey, the outer border greyer than in B. westwoodi, the irregular transverse subapical band interrupted in the middle ; the veins blackened to the cell, excepting the first two median branches ; the discocellular black bars continued round the end of the cell as far as or beyond the emission of the second median branch ; secondaries with a well-defined black discocellular dash and several black traces of the discal markings of the under sur- face; black marginal spots and fringe as usnal. On the under surface nearly the whole of the veins are brown, darker on the primaries ; in the wet phase the primaries show a grey basal patch terminating in a black discoidal streak ; the black discocellular bar is continued broadly to the first median branch along which it runs to the middle, so that it forms a large Z-shaped character ; in the dry phase -the discocellular bar runs backward only half way to the origin of the first median branch. In the character of the second- aries this species is like B. westwoodi on the under surface. Expanse, 64 millim. Hab. Coneo; Loanpna (Mus. Brit.). These examples were received from the Godman and Salvin collection, a male (wet phase) from the Congo, and a pair (dry phase) from Loanda. There is very little doubt that this is the species for which Boisduval pro- posed his manuscript name of “ Pieris allica,’ but M. Oberthiir having published the name as applying to B. abyssinica, it has become a synonym and cannot now be resuscitated. 439 XXII. Considerations on the Genus Tetracanthagyna Selys. By Ropert McLacutay, F.RS., &c. [Read December 7th, 1898. ] WHEN Mr. C. O. Waterhouse in 1877 and 1878 described in our “ Proceedings” and “ Transactions ” a grand dragon- fly, under the name Gynacantha plagiata, he acted, I believe, on my suggestion as to its generic position. In 1883 my friend Baron de Selys, in his “Synopsis des AXschnines” (part i, classification), subdivided Gynacantha, Rambur, and proposed the subgeneric term Tetracan- thagyna for G. plagiata, being influenced principally by the conformation of the 10th ventral segment in the female. Prof. Karsch, in 1891, in his “ Kritik des Systems der Aesch- niden ”’ (in which he propounded a new scheme which, I venture to think, is a distinct step in advance), refused to recognise T'etracanthagyna even as a subgenus. Having to examine the materials available for a study of the genus, of which there are certainly several species, I arrived at the conclusion that not only is Tetracanthagyna valid, but also that its relationship to Gynacantha is per- haps not so intimate as has been thought; the mem- branule is more developed, the network less dense, and the abdomen more robust with, if I mistake not, a less strongly chitinous integument. A character which may, or may not, prove to be of importance, is the sinuate con- tour of the ventral surface, caused by constrictions ; nor should the very short styliform appendages of the female be overlooked. Even from the limited materials at present available, there are indications that the teeth on the 10th ventral segment of the female will prove to be somewhat variable, but probably individually rather than specifically. I propose to describe in detail what appears to be a new species, then to give in a tabular form characters of the described, and some new, species, ending by noticing some specimens the position of which seems uncertain. TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PARTIV. (DEC.) 44() Mr. R. McLachlan’s Considerations TETRACANTHAGYNA VITTATA, Sp. 0. d 2. Face dingy olive yellow, labium shining blackish-brown, tips of mandibles black ; frons (excepting a line at the base) and vertex wholly blackish, the vertex with a strong anterior ridge, anda broad deep longitudinal groove, it is clothed with erect blackish hairs ; vesicle black ; antennae reddish, black at the base ; occiput black ; back of head blackish, but with an olivaceous orbital margin. Prothorax blackish, its hinder margin produced into a broad median obtuse lobe, and slightly excised on either side. Thorax brownish- black, clothed with greyish-brown hairs, the ante-alar sinus olive- brown ; anteriorly there are indications (at any rate in the @) of short narrow ante-humeral pale lines ; sides with two very broad greyish-yellow bands, one mesopleural, the other metapleural, separated by a still broader mesopleural band of the dark ground colour ; pectus blackish ; legs with dark reddish femora (black at the tips) and black tibize and tarsi, spines black, claws piceous. Abdomen robust, apparently wholly blackish, with no indications of markings in the dead insect (but in the somewhat immature d there is an indistinct olivaceous tinge). Wings comparatively narrow, the apex obtuse but somewhat pro- duced ; vitreous, but the anterior portion is occupied by a brownish- black vitta from the base to the pterostigma ; at the base this vitta is broad and its lower edge extends into the lower basal area, then it is limited by the upper edge of the principal triangle, then it occupies (partly in a fainter manner) the area between the subnodal and short sectors for some distance, then it is limited by the subnodal sector, then slightly invading the area between the nodal and subnodal sectors and then bounded by the principal sector as far as the pterostigma or slightly beyond ; in this vitta many of the areoles below the median nervure have a pale centre (but in a somewhat irregular manner), and most of the marginal nervules (at the base almost as far as the triangle) are pale, and in addition (especially in the costal area as far as the pterostigma) are also narrowly margined with pale ; costal nervure olivaceons (almost whitish in the some- what immature ¢), much incrassated towards the base ; neuration otherwise black, not very dense for the size of the insect ; pterostigma very small (4 mm.), brown (almost white in the some- what immature ¢); membranule whitish, well-defined ; subnodal sector fureating far before the origin of the pterostigma ; in the anterior wings there are about 34 ante-nodal and 23 post- nodal nervules, 8—10 hyper-trigonal, 7 in the lower basal area, 1 in the inner triangle, 7 cellules in the principal triangle (the two inner divided by a longitudinal nervule in the 2, and on the Genus Tetracanthagyna. 441] symmetrically irregular in the ¢ individual before me, although regular in the posterior wings) ; nodal sector much bent just before the pterostigma (somewhat as in {the genus Hemianax), with severa! double cellules below the bend ; 4—5 rows of cellules between the subnodal sector and its branch; 5 cellules between the subnodal and the interposed sector at the widest part ; a single row of cellules between the sectors of the triangle. (In the posterior wings the area between the sectors of the triangle is dilated for some distance, with two rows of cellules, followed by one row.) ¢. Anal triangle 3-celled ; the inner upper cellule formed by an oblique nervule (in one wing there is a small supplementary cellule on the inner margin). On the abdomen the oreillettes are sub- quadrate, black, finely limate on the edge. The 8th dorsal segment is produced into a small acute tooth in the middle of its posterior margin, on either side of which are smaller teeth; the 9th has a stronger and blunter tooth-like production, and in the 10th there is a terminal hump, in all cases extensions of the dorsal carina, which on the 10th is much elevated, and has a deep broad sulcus on either side. Appendages black ; the superior about as long as the 9th and 10th segments united (8 mm.), inserted well below the elevated hump of the segment, foliaceous, but slender, nearly straight, but slightly curved upwards from the middle; viewed above the inner edge is gradually dilated from base and apex to the middle, the tip ending in a sharp out-turned tooth or spine ; the apical portion for some distance is occupied internally by a deep groove bounded by the longitudinal carina and occasioning a torsion which causes an appearance as of an obtuse subapical dilatation if viewed laterally . the apical half internally has a strong fringe of hairs. Inferior appendage one-third shorter, upcurved if viewed laterally, slender, gradually narrowing from the base, it is suleated above, and the apex is obtuse and slightly emarginate. 2. The 8th and 9th dorsal segments strongly produced into a triangular tooth in the middle of the posterior margin, 10th scarcely produced, but there are a few apical denticules. Appendages short, black, straight, styliform and cylindrical, scarcely extending beyond the abdominal extremity. Tenth ventral segment having (in the individual before me) three large and one small acute teeth. Valves of the 9th segment not extending to apex of 10th, with black filiform appendages. Length of abdomen ¢ 80 mm. (with appendages), 9 70 mm. Length of posterior wing ¢ 75 mm., 9? 80mm. Greatest breadth of posterior wing ¢ 23 mm., 2 22mm. Expanse of anterior wings ¢ 159 mm., 9 169 mm. 442, Mr. R. McLachlan’s Considerations Hab. NortH Borneo (Waterstradt) one $ and 2 (the ¢ shghtly immature). Coll. McLachlan. Distinctly related to 7. plagiata, but can scarcely be identical therewith. Taking size and strength combined this and 7. plagiata may be considered the largest of known recent Odonata, for although some Agrionines (such as Megaloprepus cenulatus) somewhat exceed them in wing-expanse, they are feeble animals in comparison. I proceed to give a synoptical table. A. Legs black; the femora dark reddish, except at the apex. Sides of the thorax with two broad pale bands. Eighth and ninth dorsal segments of the abdomen in the ? endingin a tooth. Neura- tion black. The area between the two sectors of the triangle in the anterior wings not dilated at the base, and with only a single row of cellules (one cellule is indicated as double in each anterior wing in the figure of 7. plagiata). A blackish vitta (broad at the base) extends from the base to the pterostigma (or further). 1. In addition to the costal vitta there is a broad dark band on all the wings of the 9 between the nodus and the pterostigma (or further). Length of posterior wing 79 mm. Length of abdomen69mm....... . . 7. PLAGIaTA, Waterhouse Hab. Borneo. Type in the collection of Sir Hugh Low, not seen by me recently. 2. There is no band in addition to the costal vitta in either sex, Anterior wings with about 34 antenodals and 23 postnodals. Length of posterior wing ¢ 75 mm., 2 80mm. Length of abdomen 9 70mm... . T. virratTa, McLachl. (vide supra), Hab. North BorNeEoO. Types in Coll. McLachlan. B. Legs wholly reddish. Ninth dorsal segment only, of the ? ending in a sharp tooth. 1. Sides of the thorax reddish with no evident pale bands. Neura- tion reddish. In the wings there is a brown costal vitta extend- ing from the base to the pterostigma (or nearly so). The area between the two sectors of the triangle in the anterior wings not dilated at the base, and with only a single row of cellules (this area is not mentioned in the description of 7. degorsi). on the Genus Tetracanthagyna. 443 a. In addition to the costal vitta there is a broad brown band (in the Q only?) between the nodus and _ pterostigma. Anterior wings with about 36-38 antenodals and 24-25 postnodals, Length of posterior wing 65-68 mm. Length of abdomen 59-60 mm. . . . . . . T. BRUNNEA, sp. nov. Hab, Nortu Borneo. Two ? in Coll. McLachlan. aa. No brown band between the nodus and pterostigma in either sex. Anterior wings with 38 antenodals and 25 postnodals. Length of posterior wing ¢ 56mm., 9 65mm. Length of abdomen 965mm. .. . . T.pEGoRSI, Martin. (Bull. Soc, Ent. Fr., 1895, p. ecexciii.) Hab. Borneo. f ¢ Coll. Martin, not seen by me. It is just possible that 7. brunnea may be founded on more mature individuals of degorvsi; but more material is necessary. 2. Sides of the thorax with two broad pale bands. Neuration black. In the wings (?) there is no dark costal vitta, but a dark brown mark at the base extending a short distance along the subcostal area ; no brown band, but the apical portion of the wing is slightly tinged. Anterior wings with about 28 antenodals and 18 postnodals. The area between the two sectors of the triangle in the anterior wings dilated at the base and with two rows of cellules, followed by one. Length of posterior wing 61 mm. Length of abdomen 58 mm. Oe ee et ae T, WATERHOUSEI (Selys MS.) sp. n. Hab. Borneo, one ? in the British Museum bearing the MS. name here adopted; one ? in coll. McLachlan, without locality. This would seem to be a very distinct species by the restriction of the wing markings, notwithstanding that the deep black neuration indicates maturity. The neuration is also less dense, and it is the only species at present known with the area between the sectors of the triangle in the anterior wings dilated at the base and with two rows of cellules. It remains to allude to certain specimens that I cannot locate with certainty. Ina male from Pulo Nias (Coll. McLachlan) the legs are 444 Considerations on the Genus Tetracanthagyna. wholly reddish, there are no pale bands on the sides of the thorax, a smoky blackish costal vitta extends from the base to the nodus (or slightly beyond), no dark bands on the wings, pterostigma whitish, neuration black, the area between the two sectors of the triangle not dilated and with only one row of cellules. About 36 antenodals and 23 postnodals int he anterior wing. Length of posterior wing 60 mm. Length of abdomen (with appendages) 63 mm. The anal characters are as follows :—There is a slight tooth at the extremity of the dorsal carina on the 9th segment, but the 10th is not sensibly produced at its extremity. There is a strong constriction at the j nction of the 6th and 7th ventral segments, reproduced in a smaller degree at the junction of the 7th and 8th (this seems to some extent to exist in the other spocies). Superior appendages slightly shorter than the 9th and 10th segments, slender, foliaceous, (less twisted than in T. vittata), ending in a small sharp tooth. Inferior appendage one-half shorter, narrowing from base to apex, upcurved, the apex obtuse and slightly emarginate. A male from Deli (Sumatra) is described by Prof. Karsch in Entomol. Nachr. xvii. (1891), p. 345, and referred to 7. plagiata. The wing-expanse is given as 1385 mm., and the length of the abdomen as 90 mm. (thus the ex- panse is much less, and the abdomen considerably longer than in my & of 7. vittata); there is apparently no dark band on the wings. Nothing is said of the colour of the legs, or sides of the thorax, nor of :the condition. of the area between the sectors of the triangle. It is evidently very much larger than my male from Pulo Nias. A female example from Laha (Sumatra), in the Amster- dam Museum, is referred to 7. plagiata by Baron de Selys (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. (2), vii, p. 472). The length of the posterior wing is given as 74 mm.,and of the abdomen 58 mm. Presumably it has a costal vitta and transverse band, but no details are to hand. DECEMBER 22, 1898. THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY LONDON For THE YEAR 1898. February 2nd, 1898. Mr. G. H. Verraty, Vice-President, in the Chair. Election of Fellows. Mr. L. C. Coawner, of Forest Bank, Lyndhurst; Mr. F. A. Heron, B.A., of the British Museum (Natural History) ; Mr. Henry Stepssine, of The Shawe, Jarvis Brook, Tunbridge Wells; and Mr. E. J. Burcess-Sopp, of Saxholme, Hoylake, Cheshire, were elected Fellows of the Society. Exhibitions, ete. A letter was read from the Secretaries of the International Congress of Zoology, calling attention to the meeting to be commenced at Cambridge on August 25rd, and extending to the Fellows of the Society the cordial invitation of the Executive Committee to be present. The Secretary also read a letter from Mr. A. D. Michael, F.L.S., of 9, Cadogan Mansions, 8.W., asking if any ento- mologists, who might find insects attacked by mites (Acar?) among their disused boxes, would be willing to send him such insects, with the mites still on them or accompanying PROC. ENT. SOC., LOND. I., 1898. A (ea) them, or at least, the mites themselves, with the name of the insect given in all cases, for the purpose of his forthcoming monograph of the Tyroglyphide. Mr. J. W. Turt showed a fine series of forms of Hemerophila abruptaria, Thunb., on which he read the following note: “Mr. W. G. Pearce has, during the years 1895, 1896, 1897, been accustomed to take occasional dark specimens of Hemerophila abruptaria in his garden at Holloway. From these captures he, and his friend, Mr. W. Southey, have bred a considerable number of interesting forms, some of which are exhibited. The first was taken on May 14th, 1895, at the front of the house (probably attracted by light). The second was taken on May 28rd, 1895, a male, iz cop. with a normal female on a bush in the garden. Eggs from the dark female, and from the ordinary female paired with the dark male, were procured, and in April and May, 1896, several dark and ordinary forms were the result. Pairings from these were obtained and some of the larve feeding up rapidly produced a partial second brood, some of which were dark. Other captures of the dark form of both sexes were made in the garden in 1896 and in 1897. Mr. Southey and Mr. Pearce both bred many examples, some forty-four emerging altogether. Among the specimens may be observed: 1, a male form much yellower (or more orange) than the type; 2, specimens much suffused in ground colour on the forewings; 3, specimens with the transverse lines on the hindwings changed into a broad band extending towards the base, and with the outer margin of the forewings much suffused, extending to the characteristic transverse band ; 4, a bright mahogany-brown form with a pale apical dash and traces of a pale submarginal line on both fore- and hindwings ; 5, examples entirely suffused with fuscous-brown, with faint traces of the actual black markings—one or two of these being entirely black-brown ; 6, one gynandromorphous example, with the wings and right antenna of the female type, the left antenna being strongly pectinated. In all the dark forms the thorax is of the normal pale coloration ; there is a distinct purplish hue about some of the second brood specimens bred in August, 1896, by Mr. Southey.” (47 ) He also exhibited two specimens of Dianthacia luteago, bred by the Rev. F. Lowe, from larvee obtained in Guernsey, and of a very distinct character, having a tendency to the ochreous coloration of the type-form, but being differently marked from those figured by Hiibner, They did not bear the slightest resemblance to var. brunneago, Esp., var. olbiena, Hb.-Gey., var. barrettii, Doubl., nor the grey form, taken in Cornwall last summer, for which he had suggested the name ficklind. According to Guenée the colour of the species varied from a more or less pure and intense yellow to greyish in some specimens. On behalf of Mr. Heyne, Mr. Jacospy exhibited a series of temperature-varieties of Lepidoptera. Papers. Mr. G. H. Carpenter read a paper by himself and the Rev. W. F. Jonnson on “The Larva of Pelophila borealis,” de- scribing its structure and life-history. On the larval charac- ters the species, hitherto considered as of doubtful relationship, was regarded as being closely allied to Hlaphrus. Papers were communicated by Mr. F. D. Gopman, F.R.S., and Mr. O. Satvry, F.R.S., on ‘“ New Species of American Rhopalocera,” and by Mr. M. Jacopy, ‘‘On Some Phyto- phagous Coleoptera (Kumolpide) from the Islands of Mauritius and Réunion.” February, 16th, 1898. Mr. G. H. Verratu, Vice-President, in the Chair. Exhibitions. Mr. G, C. Campion exhibited specimens of Jsodermus gay’, Spin., from Punta Arenas, Straits of Magellan, and J. planus, Er., from Hobart, Tasmania, both found by Mr. J. J. Walker. The genus Jsoderma belonging to the Aradidz, afforded an interesting case of geographical distribution, the only known species occurring in Chili, Australia, and Tasmania. Mr, C. O. Warernovse referred to the similar distribution of other species of insects, which went to support the theory of a former connexion between South America and Australia. Cee) My. CuAmpion also showed an example of Bagous lutosus, Gyll., from Sweden. This insect had been on the British list since the time of Stephens, but possibly in error, as all the examples he had seen in collections were wrongly so named. Mr. Jacosy exhibited a pair of the singular weevil, Apoderus tenwissimus, Pasc., from the Philippines. Mr. Burr exhibited examples of grasshoppers of the family Kumastacide, resembling dead leaves, and referred to the following species: Choretypus gallinaceus (Fabr.), C. fenes- tratus, Serv., Hrianthus, sp. n., and Plagiotriptus hippiscus (Gerst.). This was the only family of Acridiodea in which such resemblances were found. Dr. Cuapman exhibited a specimen of Zygena exulans with six wings, the supernumerary pair arising between the normal left forewing, and the corresponding leg on the same side. The uppermost wing appeared normal in every respect, the second was a reduced copy of the basal half of a forewing, and the third a portion of crumpled wing-structure. Mr, O. E. Janson, exhibited specimens of the rare Papilio mikado, Leech, and of a pale variety taken in the province of Higo, 8. Japan. Several examples of the variety, in which the pale markings were very much extended upon the discal portion of all the wings, were captured in company with the typical form. Mr. G. B. RouttepeGe showed a variety of Hnodia hyper- anthus taken near Carlisle, and banded on the underside like a Canonympha; also two moths from the same neighbour- hood, captured by Mr. F. H. Day, which, after careful com- parison, were regarded by Mr. Tutt as females of Hydrilla palustris. This sex was almost or quite undiscovered in Great Britain, and the occurrence of the species so far from the fen-district was remarkable. Papers. Mr. H. J. Eiwes, F.R.S., read a paper entitled, “A Further Revision of the Genus Hrebia,” which was illustrated by the exhibition of males of each and females of all but five of the species hitherto described, and one from British Columbia which he described as new under the name of £. vidleri. Cv) Though he had published a revision of this genus in the Transactions of the Society in 1889, yet, as a great deal of new material had come to hand, he thought it was time for a fresh revision, especially with regard to the genitalia, which had been very carefully examined and figured by Dr. Chapman, and threw great light on the affinities of some of the more obscure species in the genus. His attention had first been called to this by Herr Calberla of Dresden, who had shown that the supposed melas from the Tyrol, which M. Oberthur had named melas-nicholli, was really a variety of ZL. glacialis which appeared to be fairly constant in the Dolomite moun- tains of the Tyrol, occasionally appearing as an aberration in the Western and Central Alps. He had been much assisted in his investigations by a fine series of specimens from Siberia lent to him by M. Alphéraky from the collection of the Grand Duke Nicholas Michailovich. Tracing the geo- graphical distribution, he stated that the principal European centres of the genus were the Alps and Pyrenees, only a few forms occurring in Scandinavia, while the Ural Mountains and Caucasus were comparatively very poor in species; the genus became abundant in E. Siberia. Though it was im- possible as yet to pronounce a positive opinion as to the distinctness of some of the forms, it seemed clear that there was a distinct connexion between the Erebias of Eastern Siberia and those hitherto known from North America, of which only one from Boothia Felix seemed to be really peculiar to the New Continent, the other seven being identical with, or very nearly allied to, Siberian and European species. He had been invited by the Director of the British Museum to re-arrange their series of Hrebia, which would now, he thought, owing to the large accessions of the Frey, and Godman and Salvin collections, be a very fine one. He appealed to the Fellows of the Society to complete as far as possible the blanks remaining in the National collection, and pointed out that there was still very much to be learned even about the species of the European Alps, where two apparently quite distinct new Erebias had been discovered in very accessible localities since he wrote his last paper. The life- history of most of the species still remained to be worked out. Cx) Dr. CHapman also read a paper ‘On the Species of the Genus Lvrebia, a Review based on the male appendages,” illustrated with drawings of these organs in about seventy-five reputed species. The appendages throughout the genus presented much uni- formity in the tegumen or sickle ; in the valvz or clasps which were marked by bold arrangement of spines in most species, there was much variety, but they might be arranged according to their general form into groups which were also natural groups in the genus, judging from other characters. Taking Z. manto or HL. euryale as a type, the “ grass Erebias ”’ (E. epiphron, EL. melampus, &c.) appeared to be direct deriva- tives therefrom and toform a group. Z. ceto with some eastern forms seemed nearest to this, and #. ethiops followed. ) unusually light. A curious appearance of contrast resulted. These specimens proved that a form differing little from the Breton type might arise as a sudden variation from the English type. The series of A. betularia was of considerable interest. The result of crossing betularia with the var. doubledayaria had previously been the production of specimens of type and variety sharply distinct from each other. In the present case a single female had produced a number of type specimens, a few nearly as dark as doubledayaria, and several intermediates. The father was unknown, but not improbably it may have been doubledayaria. Cases of this kind showed that the degree of discontinuity occurring in crosses between varieties cannot be determined without many experiments with different strains, Between these two varieties there was reason to believe sharp discontinuity was the rule. In this family the discontinuity was only partial. Most of the specimens be- longed either to betularia or to doubledayaria, but a few of each sex were truly intermediate. He hoped a full account of these insects would be published. Mr. H. J. ELwes gave an account of a journey undertaken by himself in the summer of the present year to the Altai mountains of Siberia, partly for sport and partly to investi- gate the distribution of Lepidoptera in that region, and to discover if possible a line of demarcation between the Eastern and Western Palearctic, or, as it is now more properly termed, Holarctic region. He exhibited a very fine series of Lepi- doptera, taken by himself in the Altai, and including about 140 species of butterflies and 80 of moths, many of which had not previously been recorded from Western Asia, and traced his journey on a large scalemap. The only entomologists who had previously collected in this region, so far as he knew, were Kindermann in 1851 and 1852 on the Buchtarma river, and Ruckbeil who more recently spent three seasons in the same part of the mountains. ‘Their collections were both of a much more typical European character than those made by himself, which included a number of species previously known only from the Upper Amur region and Eastern Siberia, as well as several Lapland and Arctic species, amongst which Lrebia PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. V., 1898. D (| xXxxyl] )) rossi, Cust. (=ero, Brem.) Melitea iduna, Dalm. and Arctia thulea, Dalm. were the most remarkable. Of the latter insect he believed two specimens only had been previously taken, the type in Lapland and a second in Eastern Siberia. He described the character of the country and the climate, which is a very peculiar one; dry and hot during the extremely short summer, but subject at elevations above 6,000 feet, where most of his time was spent, to thunder- and snowstorms almost daily. The total number of butterflies now recorded from the region stood at about 180, a larger number than had ever been taken in a similar area in Northern Asia, as far as he knew. The Heterocera of course represented but a very small part of what would be found in the Altai by a collector who could give up his whole time to it, but as the time during which he had been able to collect was little more than a month, during which he had ridden nearly 1,000 miles, and the nights when clear were almost always frosty above 7,000 feet, he had been able to do no night work. There were very few novelties in the collection, but when thoroughly worked out, which he hoped to do in time for publication in an early part of next year’s Transactions, he thought the list would be a valuable contribution to our scanty knowledge of the Lepidoptera of Siberia. He concluded by saying that now that the Siberian railway made the journey as far as Irkutsk a comparatively short and easy one, he hoped other English naturalists would visit this very interesting country, especially as every facility was given by the Russian government to bona fide scientific travellers provided with proper credentials. Mr. Bareson congratulated Mr. Elwes on the great success of his expedition. The collection was full of interesting features. The presence of so many forms recalling N. American and Arctic faunas was clearly a point of great importance. In this connexion he called attention to a specimen of P. napi ?, having the brown veining on the upper side almost as much marked as in the var. bryonie of the European Alps. The ground colour was nevertheless white, instead of yellow as it is in bryonie. He had lately received a specimen taken by Mr. Gayner at Lulea in the N. of Sweden, which was practically identical with that brought by Mr. Elwes from the Altai. (Cex) Paper. Dr. A. G. BuTLER communicated a paper “On some new species of African Pierine in the collection of the British Museum, with notes on seasonal forms of Belenois.” December 7th, 1898. Mr. R. Tren, F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Election of Fellows. Monsieur Lton Canphze, of 64, Rue de l’Ouest, Liége ; Mr. C. L. B. Srargs, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., of the Infirmary, Wandsworth, 8.W.; Mr. A. Russet, of The Limes, Southend, Catford; and Mr. C. B. Hotman Hunt, of Meddecombra, Watagoda, Ceylon, were elected Fellows of the Society. Exhibitions. Mr. McLacuian exhibited a series of specimens of the Neuropterous genus Tetracanthagyna, de Selys, including a pair of a new species from Borneo, which was the largest known of all recent dragon-flies, though it was slightly ex- ceeded in wing-area by the much more slender Megaloprepus cerulatus, 2 common Central-American species. Mr. A. H. Jones showed about sixty species of Lepidoptera, taken round electric lights at Zermatt,in August. Among the more interesting were Crateronyx taraxaci, Ellopia fasei- aria, ab. prasinaria, two 2, one bright green, the other an intermediate form, Cidaria cyanata, a light form of C. variata, a large and light form of C. populata, Agrotis grisescens, A. decora, A. candelarum, and a large form of A. ducernea, Plusia illustris, and a series of P. argenteum, Hadena maillardi, a light form of Dianthecia cesia, and a fine black variety of Polia flavicincta. Dr. Dixry exhibited a series of Pierid butterflies from the Neotropical region to show the existence among them of seasonal forms. The species shown were Parura rurina, Feld., ¢ ; P. neocypris, Hiibn., ¢ ; Phabis argante, Fabr., 3, 9; P. agarithe, Boisd., ¢ ; Callidryas senne, Linn., 3, 9; C. philea, Linn., g. In each case three specimens ( xl) were shown, exemplifying the “wet season,” “dry season,” and “intermediate ” forms of the species, and selected from the Hope Collection by permission of Professor Poulton. With reference to the exhibit, Dr. Dixey remarked that although direct evidence as to the seasonal changes in these Neotropical species was at present scanty, the indirect evidence was strong; inasmuch as the range of variation here shown was analogous with that existing in certain African and Oriental species, whose seasonal relations had been put on a firm basis by the work of Watson, Barker, Marshall, and others. In every one of the present instances the ‘“‘ wet season” form tended to be more deeply coloured, and to have its markings on the underside more fully developed ; while the “dry season” form was usually smaller, had its forewings more sharply pointed, and was nearly or entirely devoid of markings on the underside. He stated further that where evidence of the date of capture existed, it accorded very fairly with the supposition that these variations bore relation to seasonal conditions, though of course more data of this kind were much needed. He had selected the specimens of each species so far as possible from the same locality, endeavouring thus to meet the possible objection that these varieties, several of which had been described as distinct species, might have a local rather than a seasonal significance. He added that by an “intermediate” form he meant simply one that came somewhere between the other two—not necessarily half-way. He was accustomed to use the term in a general sense as equivalent to the German “ Zwischenform,” not as conveying the idea of an arithmetical mean (Mittelform). The Presipent observed that the exhibit was of special interest, as affording the first recorded evidence of the exist- ence of seasonal dimorphism in Neotropical butterflies. Mr. G. T. Porrirr exhibited an extraordinary variety of Bombyx quercus, bred in June last by Mr. W. Tunstall, from a larva found near Huddersfield. The specimen was a female of deep chocolate colour, with the band very faintly traced in dark olive. He also showed a yellow variety of Anchocelis rufina from Wharncliffe Woods, West Yorkshire. Dr. Cuarpman, Mr. Luoyp, and Mr. Nicuotson exhibited © tale butterflies taken by them in Norway from June 20 to July 22, during the past summer at Szterstiéen and Bolkesji, about 60° 12’ N., and Bossekop, 69° 50’ N. It appeared from the exhibit that it would have been better to collect a month or so earlier, especially in the more northern locality visited. It was also seen that northern races of butterflies and moths were apt to differ a little from those of the mid-European fauna, but that various named varieties supposed to be characteristic boreal representatives of their species, were often rather aberrations, and not the dominant northern type. This was the case in Vanessa urtice, Hrebia medusa, E. ligea, etc. ; on the other hand, as in Brenthis selene, var. hela, the entire local race was of the variety. The series exhibited comprised the following species :— 1. Colias paleno, from Seterstéen and Bossekop. The northern specimens with distinctly narrower borders than the southern ones. 2. Vanessu urtice. About half the specimens bred were shown, the larve from Kaafiord near Bossekop. Many specimens resembled English ones, though the average was much darker than that of English examples. One or two approached var. polaris, which was not actually represented. Polaris appeared therefore not to be a northern race, but an aberrant form no doubt more frequent there than in England. 3. Brenthis aphirape, chiefly var. ossianus, Herbst. Variable in intensity of markings and the amount of silvering beneath, but presenting no marked aberrations, such as are described by Meves (Entom. Tidskrift, 1894). 4, Gneis jutta, Seterstien. A large race exceeding 2} inches in expanse and varying from a form without spots to one with six spots on the forewings and four on the hindwings, in some with a trace of white pupils. 5. Hrebia embla from Szeterstéen, showing considerable varia- tion, but no extreme examples. 6. Hrebia ligea. Four series respectively from Kaatfiord, 69° 50’ N., July 20; Tromsdé, 69° 40’ N., July 24; Bodi, 67° 15' N., July 25 ; Trondjhem, 63° 25’ N., July 27. The Tromsé specimen very worn, those from Trondjhem very fresh, though taken 3 days later. The Kaafiord ( xiii) examples smaller than the others, some of them not larger than the smaller form of oced/aris, but with no sign of the red band diminishing; the females differing little from the males in the colouring of the underside. This was the case also with those from Tromsé, but in a less degree, and even the Trondjhem example had no approach to the pale banding of Central-European females. 7. Erebia medusa, var. polaris. Some approaching typical medusa, and only a few near polaris as described, which is therefore an aberration rather than a constant variety. The whole series however with a different facies from that of an equal series of Central-Huropean specimens, and, unlike the southern form, entirely without Asiatic neuration. Dr. CHapMAN remarked that Hrebia embla as taken at Seterstéen and #. disa as taken at Bossekop, had all the characters of distinct species. The male appendages were very constant in each form, and as described in the Trans- actions for the present year, p. 228. In #. embla the spines were confined to the head, in #. disa they extended along the whole of the neck; the appendages were also definitely smaller (5 to 6) and of a darker (denser ?) chitin. The ova were also distinct as follows :— Height Width Greatest breadth Ribs Colour E. embla (three eggs). 1-16 millims se. cee one a little above middle . about 30, approaching the apex, straight and regular. Reddish-brown, macu- late. Papers. E. disa (one egg. 1:00 millim. 25 Gy below middle, tapering upwards. 47 or more, irregular, breaking up low down, reuniting above, more beaded. Darker, reticulate. Papers were contributed by Mr. R. McLacutay, entitled, ** Considerations on the genus TZetracanthagyna ;” by Mr. M. Burr, entitled, “A List of Rumanian Orthoptera ;” and by Mr. J. H. Leecu on “Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, Part IT.” ( xliii_ ) ANNUAL MERTING. January 18th, 1899. Mr. Rotanp TrimeEn, F.R.S., F.L.S., &c., President, in the Chair. Mr. A. Huan Joness, one of the Auditors, read the Treasurer’s Balance Sheet, showing a balance of £86 4s. 2d. in favour of the Society. Mr. W. F. H. Buanprorp, one of the Secretaries, read the following Report of the Council. The Society is to be congratulated on the close of a Session marked by a large increase in the number of Fellows and by unusual prosperity. During 1898 it has indeed lost by death three Ordinary Fellows—Mr. Stephen Barton, Dr. Ernest Candéze and Mr. Osbert Salvin, F.R.S., F.L.S..—and by resignation, eight Ordinary Fellows. On the other hand, three Honorary Fellows—Professor B. Grassi, M. Hippolyte Lucas and Dr. August Weismann— and thirty-four Ordinary Fellows have been elected. This is by far the largest number of additions to its ranks in any one year, except in 1886, when, owing to the grant of the Society’s Charter, 35 new Fellows were elected and 21 Sub- scribers were admitted as Fellows, the position of a Subscriber having been abolished. As in previous years, the Society is indebted to one or two Fellows for unremitting and successful endeavours to increase its members ; it is, however, noteworthy that out of 18 Fellows elected since the summer vacation, 9 are resident outside the British Isles. The Society now consists of 12 Honorary, 53 Life, and 359 Fellows liable for the Annual Contribution, making in all 424 Fellows, or 26 more than last year. The Transactions for the year form a volume of 444 pages, as against 434 pages in 1897, and consist of twenty-two Memoirs. These have been contributed by the following (C exlive”) authors: Mr. Walter F. H. Blandford; Mr. Malcolm Burr ; Dr. Arthur G. Butler; Mr. George Champion (3 papers) ; Dr. Thomas A. Chapman (3 papers); Mr. Henry J. Elwes, F.R.S.; Mr. F. DuCane Godman, F.R.S., and the late Mr. Osbert Salvin, F.R.S.; Mr. E. Ernest Green and Mr. Malcolm Burr ; Mr. George U. Griffiths ; Sir George F. Hampson, Bart. ; Mr. Martin Jacoby ; the Rev. William F. Johnson and Mr. George H. Carpenter; Mr. John Henry Leech ; Mr. Robert McLachlan, F.R.S.; Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.S.; Mr. James W. Tutt; and Mr. George H. Verrall. . Of these Papers, 16 are descriptive, systematic or faunistic, and relate: four to Coleoptera, one to Diptera, one to Hemi- ptera, seven to Lepidoptera, two to Neuroptera, and one to Orthoptera. Of the remaining Papers, four deal with life- histories in Coleoptera, Lepidoptera (2) and Orthoptera ; one deals with experimental breeding, and one with the morphology of the frenulum in Lepidoptera. The Memoirs are illustrated by 19 plates, of which 3 are coloured. The Society is indebted to Mr. F. D. Godman, F.R.S., for the cost of Plates II and III; to the West India Committee of the Royal Society and British Association for the cost of Plate XVIL;' to: Mr. H. J. Elwes, F:R:S:, and) Dr, DT: -A. Chapman for a portion of the cost of Plates V-XVI; and to Mr. J. H. Leech for a portion of the cost of printing Paper XV. The Journal of Proceedings, containing an account of, and notes on, Exhibitions and Discussions at the Meetings, extends, exclusive of the Report of the Annual Meeting, to 43 pages. This is of somewhat shorter length than usual, owing to several of the Meetings having yielded but little material for record. It need scarcely be pointed out that the remedy for this lies with those Fellows who attend the Meetings. The most notable event of the year is the bequest to the Society, by the will of the late Mrs. H. T. Stainton, of such books from her late husband’s library as were not already in the Society’s possession. The bequest was made kuown in October, and the selection of books from the late Mr. Stainton’s library, which included that formerly belonging to James ( aly) Francis Stephens, occupied four days, and was carried out in accordance with the terms of the will by Mr. W. F. H. Blandford. Although immediate possession was granted of the books selected, no exact statement can be made in the present Report of the number of works thus added to our shelves. Many of the books, being in immediate need of re-binding and repairs, were sent off for that purpose, and have not yet been all returned. Extensive alterations have been required in the Library, the shelves of which were already overstocked, to accommodate this addition, together with others received during the current year, including a donation of upwards of 150 books and pamphlets from Mr. W. F. H. Blandford. It may, however, be assumed that the Stainton Bequest will add from 400 to 500 volumes to our shelves, together with a large number of pamphlets and “ separata.” The extra accommodation required in the Library has been provided by a re-arrangement of bookcases and shelves, and the addition of two new bookcases, at a cost of over £40, which, together with other expenses attendant thereon, it is proposed to treat as a capital charge and to defray out of prospective Life-Compositions and other sources of adventitious income, so as not materially to interfere with the sum available for our Transactions and current expenditure. In view of the additions which have been made to the Library, and the consequent diminution in utility of the Catalogue published in 1893, of which a large number of copies remain unsold, the Council have decided to issue, at as early a date as possible, a Supplementary Catalogue, to con- tain all additions made_to the Library from 1893 up to the date of publication, It is hoped that this Supplementary Catalogue, in which the Stainton books will receive a dis- tinctive mark, will meet, together with the remaining copies of the original Catalogue, with such a sale as to justify the expenditure incurred in its production. The financial condition of the Society is thoroughly sound. The amount received for current subscriptions is the largest on record, and most of the other items of revenue show a satisfactory increase over last year. The sum spent for (xiv) printing is less, and there has been a saving in the mis- cellaneous items grouped under Office Expenses. Two Life- Compositions were received during the year, and were in- vested in Consols ; the amount so invested is now £581 18s. ( = £588 9s. 11d. Consols). Owing to the increase in ordinary revenue, combined with liberal donations towards the cost of Papers published, and the decrease in expenditure, the balance in hand, which at the beginning of the year was only nominal, reached the large sum of £86 4s. 2d. at the end. Part of this has since been treated as a loan to the Capital Account, and expended on the new bookcases and repairs to existing ones, rendered necessary by the Staintonian bequest. 11, CHanpos STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 18th January, 1899. The Balance Sheet and Report of the Council having been unanimously adopted, it was announced that no notice had been sent to the Secretaries proposing to substitute other names for those contained in the lists prepared by the Council. The following Fellows therefore constitute the Council for 1899 :—Walter F. H. Blandford, M.A., F.Z.S.; George C. Champion, F.Z.S. ; Thomas A. Chapman, M.D. ; Horace St. J- K. Donisthorpe ; the Rev. Canon W. W. Fowler, M.A., F.L.S. ; Charles J. Gahan, M.A. ; A. Hugh Jones ; Robert McLachlan, F.R.S., F.L.S. ; Frederic Merrifield ; Edward Saunders, F.LS. ; Roland Trimen, F.R.S., F.L.8.; James W. Tutt; George Henry Verrall ; James J. Walker, R.N., F.L.S. ; and Charles O. Waterhouse. The following are the Officers elected :—President, Mr. George Henry Verrall; Zreaswrer, Mr. Robert McLachlan ; Secretaries, Mr. James J. Walker and Mr. Charles J. Gahan ; LInbrarian, Mr. George C. Champion. The Address of the retiring President, Mr. Ronanp TRIMEN, was then read on his behalf by Mr. Blandford, one of the Secretaries. Professor Mrnpoua, at its conclusion, proposed a vote of thanks to the President for his valuable and interesting ( xlvii_ ) Address, and for his services to the Society during his term of office. This was seconded by Mr. W. L. Distant, and carried by acclamation. The Presipent having acknowledged the vote, a vote of thanks to the Officers and Council was moved by Professor PouLtTon, seconded by Mr. H. J. Exwes, and supported by Mr. C. J. Ganan. The vote having been carried, Mr. McLachlan and the retiring Secretaries, Mr. Merrifield and Mr. Blandford, spoke in acknowledgment. (( xlynr ) ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Balance Sheet for the Year 1898, RECEIPTS. PAYMENTS. San G Ss de Balance in hand, Ist Jan., Printing Transactions, &c. 177 3 7 rch o)y Sipe ie ec ok FON! i Plates..&e: cach l cesy Ueoty OURLO MD) Subscriptions for 1898 .. 319 4 0} Rent and Office Ex- ATTCATS# =. ceyeusceuucccemreson Ldn lilimneU, PENSES t-sys cee ee LOO MLORLO Admission Fees ... ... 44 2 0 | Books and Binding... ... 1613 7 Donations... ...... ... 38212 0 | Investment in Consols ... 3110 0 Sales of Transactions, Xc. 58 17 38 | Subscriptions in advance Do. of Surplus Books... 8 8 0 | carried to 1899 10, Interest on Investments :— | IBEW Bog gon cou | coo el 4 Consols =... 2.. G15) 3 7 Westwood Bequest 6 19 0 22 2 7 Life Compositions ... ... 3110 0 Subscriptions in advance.. 11 11 0 £547 3 11 £547 3 ul ASSETS. Balance (per contra) : see) ess Meee OO) 4) 2 Subscriptions in arrear Goneidereal Sard (Gag) esi Roce Le ORO, Investments :— Cost of £588 9s. 11d. Consols £581 18s. Od. Cost of £239 12s. 4d. Birmingham Corporation 3 per cent. Stock (Westwood Bequest) £250. TRCACES slp Uip tee Ve (Since discharged.) Cost of New Bookcases and Alterations to Old Ones, £40 14s. Od. Ropert McLacuian, Treasurer. 11th January, 1899. Audited and found correct, A. Hueu JoNEs. Rost. ADKIN. Louis B. Provt. WatterR F. H. BLANDFORD. ( wexlibcen) THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. GENTLEMEN, It is not necessary for me to say much in reference to the highly satisfactory Report of the Council, which shows that the promising prospect of the Society’s affairs at the beginning of 1898 has been amply verified by the year’s ex- perience. Our meetings have been well attended ; thirty- seven new Fellows have been elected ; and our finances show a phenomenal balance in hand. Our Library has also been especially favoured during the year. By the bequest of the late Mrs. H. T. Stainton, widow of our former President, the highly-distinguished lepidopterist, the Society was entitled to select from her late husband’s library—which included the well-known Stephensian collec- tion—such entomological works as were not previously in its possession, and it has thus acquired a large number of books and separate memoirs, including copies of many older works now of great rarity and value. From Mr. W. F. H. Bland- ford, who has devoted much time and attention to the develop- ment of the Library, we have received a most welcome dona- tion of books and memoirs relating principally to economic entomology—a branch of the Science hitherto imperfectly represented on our book-shelves. In July the third annual visit of the Officers and Council to Oxford, at the invitation of the Hope Professor of Zoology, took place, and was marked by renewed hospitality on the part of Prof. Poulton and other distinguished resident members of the University. A very interesting time was spent in the Hope Department, where many advances have been made in the increase, classification, and cabinet arrangement of the Gils) entomological collections. One notable feature that I found especially pleasing was the attention bestowed on the sepa- rate arrangement of groups of insects illustrating the pheno- mena of mimicry and warning colouration, and of seasonal dimorphism. So completely had this improvement been considered, that it extended to the including of specimens of Lepidoptera whose mutilated wings gave evidence of the attacks of birds and other insect-eaters—the first instance known to me of the recognition by any Museum of the value of such injured examples, which have everywhere been re- jected as worthless. Prof. Poulton has also succeeded in securing several groups of tropical and subtropical species, exhibiting mimetic resemblance or common warning colours, captured in one locality and on the same day, and thus in initiating an invaluable series in evidence of the actual com- panionship in life of their wonderfully adapted forms. In resigning the Presidential Chair, I desire in the first place to thank the Society, and more particularly my col- leagues on the Council, for much consideration extended to me on the too frequent occasions when my health obliged me to devolve the duties of Chairman on one of the Vice-Presi- dents. More especially am I indebted to our Secretary, Mr. W. F. H. Blandford, who has most kindly aided me by preparing the Obituary Notices, and also by undertaking to read my Address at both the Annual Meetings at which | have had the honour of presiding. Gratifying as it is to me to recognise that the Society has made more than average progress during my two years’ tenure of the Chair, I am well aware that I have personally been able to do very little to promote this prosperity, and that credit for it is mainly due to the unremitting attention given to our affairs by the Treasurer and Secretaries. Our experienced Treasurer, Mr. McLachlan, I am glad to say, maintains his post as guardian of our finances; but it is with sincere regret that we have received the resignation of both our Secretaries, Mr. Blandford and Mr. Merrifield, who have rendered such able service for the last two years. The withdrawal from office of these gen- tlemen will not be surprising to any one who, like myself, has been Secretary to a learned Society, and knows how large ( li) an inroad upon one’s time and energies is inseparable from the efficient discharge of the duties of that position. I have for some time past thought that the Society, considering its growth and more established status of late years, and the consequent increase of the work attendant on its proper administration, would do well to follow the example of the other Chartered Societies devoted to Natural Science, by appointing a paid Assistant-Secretary to conduct the ordinary routine business under the direction of the Secretaries. In Mr. J. J. Walker and Mr. C. J. Gahan, who have accepted election as Secretaries, we are fortunate in obtaining officers whose proved entomological attainments are ample warrant for the maintenance of that devotion to the Society’s interests which has marked the service of the retiring Secretaries. I join with you in welcoming, as my successor in the Pre- sidency, Mr. George Henry Verrall, who is well known to us all as an entomologist, and specially as a dipterist, of high standing, and also as one of our oldest Members and Fellows, who has repeatedly served on the Council and as Vice- . President. Mr. Verrall has in every way shown unfailing interest in the well-being of the Society, and has done much to promote it both scientifically and socially; and it will certainly not be his fault if the Society does not flourish during his occupancy of the Chair. OBITUARY. Although numerically our losses by death during 1898 have been small, it is a matter of great regret to miss from our roll of Fellows—and in one case from our Council and Society Meetings—two such highly-distinguished ento- mologists as Osbert Salvin and Ernest Candéze. Among the few deaths outside the limits of our Society, special mention should be made of the late Joseph A. Lintner, State Entomo- logist of New York ; William M. Maskell, a notable authority on the Coccide ; and James Thomson, the well known coleo- pterist, of Paris. (Alay) OsBERT Savin, F.R.S., F.L.S., &c., was ‘the second and only surviving son of the distinguished architect, Mr. Anthony Salvin. Born at Finchley in 1835, he was educated at West- minster School, and later at Trinity Hall, Cambridge, of which he was elected an Honorary Fellow in 1897. He graduated in 1857, and immediately afterwards proceeded to Tunis and Algeria for the purposes of natural-history exploration, in company with Mr. W. H. Hudleston and Mr. (now Canon) Tristram. In the autumn of the same year he began his long and intimate connexion with Central-American natural history by visiting Guatemala, where he remained till the middle of 1858. In the following year he paid a second visit to Central America, and in 1861 he again revisited it in company with Mr. F. DuCane Godman, since that time his constant fellow-worker. After his marriage in 1865 he made one further journey to Central America in company with his wife. His attention was at this time more particu- larly directed to Ornithology, on which he became one of the leading British authorities. He was one of the founders of the Jéts, the third series of which he edited ; he was the author of the volumes on the Humming-birds and Petrels in the British Museum Catalogue of Birds; and from 1874 till 1883, when on his father’s death he took up his residence at Hawksfold, near Haslemere, he filled the office of Strickland Curator at Cambridge, also publishing a catalogue of the Ornithological collection in his charge. As an entomologist, Osbert Salvin’s name will chiefly and always be remembered, in association with that of Mr. F. D. Godman, for the important part he took in the inception, preparation, and issue of that great work the Biologia Centrali- Americana, and more particularly for his joint authorship of that portion of it which monographed the extremely rich butterfly-fauna of the region between Mexico and Panama. All his work, whether ornithological or entomological, bore the stamp of thoroughness, and gave testimony to the great extent and exactness of his knowledge, no less than to his soundness of judgment. The latter quality was, indeed, a conspicuous feature of his character in all aspects, and caused him to be always in request on the Councils and Committees @ ie) of the various scientific Societies (Royal, Linnean, Zoological, and Entomological) of which he was a Fellow. Those who have served with him on such Boards will recall his quiet, kindly ways, enlivened by a pleasant sense of humour, and how often his brief suggestions exactly met a difficulty, or indicated the best course to adopt. But for his weak health during recent years, he would long since have taken the chair as President of our Society. In private life he was a kind and constant friend, and to all his scientific acquaintances most amiable and obliging, readily placing at their disposal both his great knowledge and his unrivalled collections. ERNEST CHARLES AuGcuste Canphze, M.D., F.E.S., was born at Liége on the 27th of February, 1827, and studied medicine there and at Paris. He became assistant medical officer to, and subsequently director of, a large asylum at Glain, near Liege, a post which he retained until a few years ago, In entomology he was a pupil of Lacordaire, under whose guidance and supervision, and in collaboration with a fellow- pupil, F. Chapuis, he published in 1853 his first work, a Catalogue of Coleopterous Larvee, known up to that date, and still of much utility. It is probable that Lacordaire, in his solicitude for the study of the more neglected families of Coleoptera, induced Chapuis to take up the Phytophaga and Xylophaga, and Candéze to devote himself to the Elate- rid, a family with which his name is permanently associated. He formed an extensive collection of Elaterids, which in- cluded series from the Dejean and other old collections, and served as the groundwork of his monograph of the family, published in 1857, 1859 and 1860, in three volumes. This collection was purchased by the late Mr. E. W. Janson, and was subsequently acquired by Mr. F. D. Godman for the British Museum. Candéze formed more than one subsequent collection, and published a large number of papers on the family, chiefly in the “ Annales” of the Belgian Entomological Society, of which he was one of the founders. He also com- piled a catalogue of the species described subsequently to that of Gemminger and Von Harold. Dr. Candéze was a man of much culture and many accomplishments. He joined this Society in 1860. PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. V., 1898. E (iva) SrepHEN Barton, F.E.S., who died on November 17th, 1898, aged 78 years, was one of the oldest Fellows of this Society, which he joined in 1865. He visited Australia in 1852, where he made extensive collections of Coleoptera, including many new species, which were described on his return to England by his friend, Henry Walter Bates and other authors. It was proposed that Barton should join Bates on the Amazons; but the arrangement came to nothing, and Barton settled in Bristol, where he formed large collec- tions of insects, chiefly Coleoptera. He was for thirty years President of the Entomological Section of the Bristol Natu- ralists’ Society. He never contributed to the publications of this Society, and though an excellent entomologist, his name is probably little known to the present generation of Fellows, except those who reside in the West of England. The deaths of the following distinguished entomologists, not Fellows of this Society, have been recorded since the last pre- ceding Annual Meeting :— James 'THomson, an American by birth, who passed most of his life in Paris, formed a large and valuable collection of the more striking Coleoptera. He published numerous papers on the insects of his collection, chiefly on Longicornia, from 1856 onwards in the “Annales ”’ of the French Entomological Society and other periodicals, and his name must be very familiar to any one who has occasion to consult French monographic works on Coleoptera, published between 1860 and 1880. Some years ago he parted with his collections to M. René Oberthiir, and since that time his interest in entomology largely ceased. He was a member of this Society from 1856 to 1888. It should not be forgotten that he married a sister of Charles Stewart Parnell. Wix.iaAm Mites MAsKELL, late Registrar of the University of New Zealand, was born in Hampshire, and, after serving for a short time in the Army, went to New Zealand in 1860. His earlier scientific work was done in connexion with micro- scopy, but he afterwards devoted himself to the study of Aleurodide, ‘Psyllide, and especially Coccide, on the New Zealand species of which he was the one established authority, though he subsequently investigated Australian and Asiatic ae) species. His published entomological papers began in 1879, and appeared mainly in the “ Transactions of the New Zealand Institute.” In 1887 he published “ An Account of the In- sects noxious to Agriculture and Plants in New Zealand. The Scale insects (Coccide),” a work of considerable utility and value. His researches on this family of insects have materially contributed to the great development of know- ledge of the distribution and economy of Scale insects which has taken place during the last fifteen years. Jutes Micneaux, the well-known French entomological artist; Dr. Josep ALBERT LinTNER, State Entomologist for New York, and one of the leading American economic entomo- logists ; Martian JEAN Maurice Nova.uisr, a capable hemi- pterist, specially interested in the Hydrocores, and Prof. Mariano DE LA Paz GRaiLLs, one of the leading Spanish entomologists, have also died during 1898. SEASONAL DIMORPHISM IN LEPIDOPTERA. I wave thought this to be a suitable subject for my Address, because it is not only of high interest as a remark able phase of Variation, but has also of late years been brought prominently to notice by the researches of two groups of entomological observers ; firstly, those who, like the pioneers, G. Dorfmeister, W. H. Edwards and August Weismann, have experimentally studied the effects of high and low temperatures artificially applied to lepidopterous pupz of European or North American species ; and secondly, those who have noted the seasonal changes in butterflies occurring naturally in various tropical and subtropical regions, and have in some cases reared one seasonal form of a species from ova deposited by the other. The earlier temperature experiments in Europe and North America were long in advance of the observations on seasonal dimorphism in tropical countries, the latter indeed being the natural out- come of the former. It may prove not uninteresting if I briefly pass under review the published memoirs relating to both sets of observations, but, as regards the temperatwe E 2 ( lvi ) experiments, limiting my remarks almost exclusively to those relating to seasonally-dimorphic species. No doubt many of us remember with what interest we welcomed Weismann’s able treatise * published twenty-three years ago, whether in the original or in the English edition (translated by Prof. Meldola) issued in 1882. The cases known to Weismann, and described in this memoir, were not numerous ; he calls special attention to six European cases (Araschnia levana, Lycenu amyntas, L. agestis, Chrysophanus phleas, Pieris napi, and Euchloe belia), and to three North American (Phyciodes tharos, Grapta interrogationis and Papilio ajax), the latter known to science through the investigations of W. H. Edwards, the well-known monographer of the butter- flies of North America, whose experiments and results tT are re-published with additions as Appendix IT. to Weismann’s essay. In the phenomenon of seasonal dimorphism Weis- mann recognised, as two prominent factors in the possible direct influence of the varying external conditions of life, temperature and duration of the pupal period; and his ex- periments with Araschnia levana and Pieris napi were accord- ingly carried on with the view of ascertaining whether the dimorphism exhibited by those species could be traced to the direct action of those factors. In the case of A. levana, he first subjected the pupz obtained from eggs laid by the winter form, immediately after pupation, to artificial low tempera- tures, and the result was that, by exposure to temperature of 0°—1° R. for four weeks, three-fourths of the pup produced, not the summer form prorsa—as under natural conditions they would have done—but the intermediate form porima (extremely rare in nature), three of these being very nearly the pure winter form devana. Increasing the period of ex- posure to cold to eight weeks did not materially add to the extent to which the summer form was lost and the winter form substituted. The converse experiment, frequently re- peated, consisted in placing in a hot-house (temperature * «Studien zur Descendenz-Theorie. I. Ueber den Saison-Dimorphis- mus der Schmetterlinge,” 1875. + Canadian Entomologist, vii, p. 236 (1875), and ix, p. 69 (1879). ( lvii ) 12°—24° R.) immediately after pupation, pupe from eggs laid by the August brood of the summer form, prorsa ; but here the artificial temperature had little or no effect, all, or nearly all, the pupe hibernating, and emerging in the following spring as the pure winter form /evana. This latter result led the author to the opinion that cold and warmth could not be the immediate causes of a pupa emerging in the prorsa or levana form ; and that the explanation of the facts seemed to be (a) that the winter form /evana is the original type of the species, seeing that it was found possible to make many specimens of the summer form prorsa revert to it by means of cold, whereas the converse change could not be effected; and (6) that the species originally existed in the glacial period as a single-brooded and monomorphic butterfly, and only became double-brooded and gradually developed the prorsa form as warmth of climate increased. With Pieris napi, Weismann found the pupe from eggs laid by the winter form much more responsive to the action of cold (applied immediately after pupation and continued for three months) than those of A. levana, by far the larger number emerging as the pure winter form when transferred to a hot-house, and the remainder (which resisted forcing and hibernated) all producing the same form in the following spring. The converse experiment was not tried with the pupe of ordinary P. napi, but with those of the Alpine and Polar variety, bryonia, but the result was in accordance with that of the corresponding experiment in the case of A. levana —the application of heat had no transforming effect, and all the butterflies emerged as pure bryoniw. Weismann was thus led to regard the single-brooded variety bryonie as the original form of the species from the glacial period, and napi in its winter and summer forms as gradually produced under increasing climatic warmth. The experiments conducted with so much skill and perse- verance by W. H. Edwards with the North-American Papilio ajax and Phyciodes tharos yielded much the same results as those obtained by Weismann in Europe. In the complicated case of P. ajax—where the winter form presents itself in the two differing generations known as walshii and (Wii) telamonides, and the summer form known as marcellus appears in three similar generations—Mr. Edwards, by the applica- tion of ice for a period of two months, found that fifty pup reared from eggs laid by the second generation of the winter form (telamonides), which under natural conditions would nearly all have given the summer form marcellus, produced no fewer than twenty-two telamonides, one speci- men intermediate between telamonides and walshii, eight examples intermediate between telamonides and marcellus, but nearer to the former, eight intermediate between the same forms but nearer to the latter, and only eleven true marcellus. It should be observed, however, that there is a difference in the shape of the wings between the winter and summer forms of this Papilio, and that the strong innate tendency of the progeny of the winter form to assume the summer form was evidenced in the fact that all the butterflies from the refrigerated pupz which had the markings of telamonides or of walshit yet bore the shape of marcellus. The extreme variability of Phyciodes tharos renders it difficult to follow the details of Edwards’ experiments with the various broods from different districts, but it is clear that, as in the case of P. ajax, the application of cold in- duced the summer form to revert to the winter form (marcia). I do not gather that the converse experiment was tried with this butterfly ; but it was attempted to a certain extent with Papilio ajax, whose hibernating pupe were subjected to a moderate degree of heat during some months, for several years in succession, without any change being effected in the resulting winter form of the butterfly. The evidence in the case of Grapta interrogationis has a different bearing on the subject, seeing that this species does not hibernate as pupa but as imago, and that therefore there is not, strictly speak- ing, any “ winter” form; but it would appear that the first of the four broods in the year consists wholly of the form named wmbrosa and the fourth of the form named /fabriciz, while the intervening second and third broods are each com- posed of both forms. Only brief reference is made by Weismann to the experi- (Cilia P) ments on Araschnia levana made by G. Dorfmeister,* an account of which was published as far back as 1864, but a full résumé of them has been given by the late Prof. Th. Eimer.t From this I find that, although, as Weismann points out, Dorfmeister did not sueceed—apparently from not employing a low enough temperature—in transforming the prorsa-form into the Jevana-form, but obtained only some few of the intermediate form porima, yet he was apparently repeatedly successful in the important converse experiment (where Weismann’s results were almost negative), obtaining prorsw by means of warmth from the prorsa August brood. He further obtained numerous gradations of the intermediate form porima, stages which under natural conditions occur so rarely that, during forty years’ collecting, he met with only a Single specimen in the wild state in places where the forms levana and prors« were quite common. Dorfmeister was clearly the first to point out that temperature exercises its chief influence during the act of pupation or shortly after- wards, but he expressed his “ inability to decide whether the modifications obtained were the direct consequence of the rise in temperature, or only the indirect, depending on the shortening of the time of development caused by the in- creased temperature.” Familiar to all of us is the fine series of papers on temperature experiments contributed to our “‘ Transactions ”’ and ‘ Proceedings’’ to the ‘ Entomologist,’ and to the * Proceedings of the South London Entomological Society ”’ by our Secretary, Mr. F. Merrifield ; they are eight in number, the first having been published in 1888 and the last in 1897.4 Mr. Merrifield’s earlier experiments were made with Geo- * ¢* Ueber der Einwirkung verschiedener wahrend der Entwickelungs- perioden angewendeter Warmegrade auf das Farbung und Zeichnung der Schmetterlinge.” (Mittheil. Naturw. Vereins fiir Steiermark, 1864.) + ‘‘Entstehung der Arten auf Grund von Vererben erworbene Eigen- schaften nach der Gesetzen organischer Wiichsens,” 1888. (Engl. transl., by J. T. Cunningham, 1890, Sect. iv, pp. 131-134. I have to thank Mr. Merrifield for lending me this work. ) + Fora most convenient précis and illustration of Mr. Merrifield’s work, by Dr. F. A. Dixey, see ‘‘ Nature,” vol. 57, pp. 184-188 (1897). (rks) metrid moths of the genera Selenia and Hnnomos, certain species of which have normally two differing seasonal forms in England, and they extended to the application of both icing and forcing for various periods in all stages from egg to imago. The results were of much interest from many points of view, and more especially as showing (a) that the continued application of low temperature to the pupz reared from eggs laid by the spring brood produced moths more and more like their parents, instead of the natural summer form ; (5) that the opposite experiment of applying heat to the pup from eggs of the summer brood was fatal to a majority of individuals, and produced in the survivors a proportion of the summer form but mainly specimens intermediate only between the spring and summer types ; (c) that it was in the pupal state that temperatures exercised their chief influence ; (d) that forcing produced pale and comparatively spotless moths, while cooling or icing produced dark and much spotted ones. Another noteworthy point was that the ap- plication of moisture in combination with various tempera- tures to the pupe of S. tetralunaria and L. autumnaria had no effect on the resulting moths. The dimorphic species next treated by Mr. Merrifield in 1892-93 were Pieris napi, Araschnia levana, and Chryso- phanus phleas. The results in the first and second of these species were generally confirmatory of those obtained by previous experimenters. In the case of C. phleas, which, though many-brooded almost throughout its immense range, does not exhibit seasonal dimorphism in Europe except in Southern Italy, Corsica, and Greece, forcing caused on the upperside the dusky suffusion and larger black spots of the forewings characteristic of the southern summer form eeus, while cold induced exactly the opposite characters in the fore- wings and also a great broadening and radiation of the coppery band in the hindwings. In 1896, Mr. Merrifield experimented on pup of Pieris daplidice, and found that forcing produced the ordinary summer form, while cooling for six weeks brought out the spring form bellidice. I have here only very briefly mentioned those of Mr. Merrifield’s experiments which dealt with seasonally-dimorphic (xi) species. His researches extended besides to upwards of twenty monomorphic ones; they were carried out with admirable skill, care, and exactness of record, and the resulting phenomena—especially in the species of Vanessa—were not only most remarkable in themselves, but also, as disclosing apparently ancestral characters, of the deepest interest in their bearing on the phylogeny of the species concerned. The latter aspect of these investigations has been ably dealt with by Dr. F. A. Dixey, who, in his published comments on Mr. Merrifield’s papers of 1893 and 1894,* points out that they seem to go far towards indicating the possibility that a dis- turbance of natural temperature conditions, whether in the direction of heat or cold, can produce in a monomorphic species a tendency towards reversion, and also notes the pro- duction by these experiments of ancestral features in Vanessa io, V. polychloros, and Grapta C.-album. Concurrently with Mr. Merrifield’s later work appeared both Dr. M. Standfuss’s f and Prof. Weismann’s { important memoirs, containing accounts of the series of temperature experiments carried on by them respectively in the course of ‘the last decade. Standfuss’s paper of 1894 deals with the effects of the warm and cold treatment of the summer pup of nine species of European butterflies. None of these can be included among seasonally-dimorphie species in Europe itself, but the author points out that the effect of heat on the Ziivich pup of Papilio machaon was to produce specimens perfectly resembling the August form of the species that is found in Syria. Other striking results as given by the * See Dr. Dixey’s papers (1) ‘‘ On the Phylogenetic Significance of the Variations produced by difference of Temperature in Vanessa atalanta”’ (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1893, p. 69); and (2) ‘* Mr. Merrifield’s Experi- ments in Temperature Variation as bearing on Theories of Heredity.” (Op. cit., 1894, p. 439.) + ‘* Ueber die Griinde der Variation und Aberration des Falterstadiums bei den Schmetterlingen,” 1894. (Engl. transl. by Dr. F. A. Dixey in ** Entomologist,’ 1895.) ‘¢ Handbuch der Paliarktischen Gross-Schmetterlinge fiir Forscher und Sammler,” 1896. + **New Experiments on the Seasonal Dimorphism of Lepidoptera ”’ (1895). Engl. transl. by W. E. Nicholson in ‘‘ Entomologist,” 1896. ( lxii ) experimenter were the production of specimens representing (a) Local forms, such as constantly occur in nature in certain definite localities ; in Vanessa urtice, Pyrameis cardui, and to some extent in Papilio machaon and Vanessa antiopa: (b) Aberrations, like those which now occur in nature; in JV. 7o, P. cardui, and Argynnis aglaia: (c) Phylogenetic forms, ““which may have either existed in past epochs, or may perhaps be destined to arise in future:” in certain cooled V. io and V. antiopa and certain warmed JV. atalanta, and the reverse respectively. Noting the remarkable circumstance that the same conditions lead to such diverse effects in different species—the changes wrought in one species being entirely within the limits of its variation at the present day, while in another they far surpass those limits,—he suggests that the species coming under the former category are the phylogenetically older, and those belonging to the latter are the phylogenetically younger. The author found that the high temperature of 104° F. rapidly caused death in nearly all the species tested—P. machaon and G. C.-album proving least sensitive—but low temperatures prolonged for even four weeks were much better tolerated ; and it was thought that this favoured the conclusion that the species so tested ‘ were constrained in past ages to accommodate themselves much ? more to lower than to higher temperatures.” In the edition of his ‘‘ Handbuch” which appeared in 1896, Standfuss recapitulated the cases published in 1894, and added mention of a warmth experiment with Gonepteryx rhamni which had the effect of inducing in the females some indications of the yellow colouring of the males. He also gave excellent coloured figures of most of the more marked variations resulting from temperature treatment, some of them exhibiting marvellous divergence from the normal form now existing in nature. Before turning to Weismann’s memoir of 1895, it will be convenient to refer briefly to Standfuss’s recent and elaborate treatise issued during the present year (1898).* After re- * « Experimentelle Zoologische Studien mit Lepidoptern. A. Tem- peratur-Experimente.” (Denkschr. Schweiz. Naturf-Gesellsch., xxxvi, i, 1898.) ( Ixiii_ ) viewing (in Sect. I.) his experiments as to effects from treat- ment of pup with constant moderately high (+37° to + 39° C.) or moderately low (+4° to +6° C.) temperatures in the years from 1885 to the beginning of 1895, the author proceeds (in Sect. II.) to give an account of the continuation of these “ Warm and Cold” experiments during the succeeding period from the middle of 1895 to1897. These additional experi- ments were made on no fewer than fifty-six species of European Lepidoptera (thirty-six butterflies and twenty moths) and on a largely-increased number of specimens:; and their results were found to be fully confirmatory of those derived from the earlier more restricted experiments, affording various fresh instances of the production of more or less marked variation in the directions previously indicated, viz.: seasonal forms, local forms, aberrations, phylogenetic forms, and forms showing assumption of the male colouring by the female. Under the respective headings of “ Frost-Experiments” (Sect. III.) and “‘ Heat-Experiments” (Sect. IV.) the several results are given of employing temperatures under 0° C. (0° to —18° C., and exceptionally to — 20° C.), and those above + 40° C. (up .to +45°C.); and the attempt is made (Sect. V.) to explain from the results of these two sets of experiments the active cause of most of the “ Aberrations” occurring in nature. Attention is directed to the extremely interesting fact that the aberrations resulting from the artificial very high tem- peratures agree closely with the aberrations found in nature,* while aberrations like those produced by the use of very low temperatures are never found in nature ; and the inference drawn from this is that the typical aberrations occurring naturally among the Nymphalidze are produced by the tem- porary influence of a high degree of heat (40° to 45° C.). I cannot here do more than just refer to the remaining * This is well illustrated by Plate IV accompanying the memoir, where figures of Aberrations, (a) captured at large, and (b) forced at very high temperature, of the following species, are given side by side, viz. : Vanessa polychloros, V. antiopa, V. atalanta, and Pyrameis cardui, figures 1, 3, 5, 7 differing very slightly respectively from figures 2, 4, 6, and 8. (Plate III figures the Aberrations produced in the same four species by ‘‘ Frost-Experiments.’’) (> Isa ©) sections of Dr. Standfuss’s treatise ; they include a consideration of the mode of action of the frost and heat experiments, a discussion as to the nature of aberrations, and an account of the further breeding of aberrational Vanessa urtice, and with the concluding remarks at pp. 37 and 38 will well repay perusal. Some idea of the satisfactory and extensive scale upon which the experiments were conducted, may be gathered from Standfuss’s statement that he had employed altogether during 1895-97 the number of over 42,000 pupz belonging to about 60 different species.* Weismann’s memoir of 1895, above referred to, contains a full record of his later experiments and results in the cases of Araschnia levana, Chrysophanus phleas, and Pieris napi, as well as in those of Pararge egeria (with its ‘ climatic variety,” meione) and Vanessa urtice. It further treats of the effect on pup of variously-coloured light, and on hibernating pupz of warmth, and concludes with a comprehensive general review of the whole subject, including a comparison of the results of some of his own experiments with those obtained by Merri- field and Standfuss. In the case of A. levana, he not only succeeded, by means of temperatures of 27-28° C.,and 30-32" C., in obtaining repeatedly a small number of the prorsa-form from the second summer generation of that form, but also proved that occasionally the same result arose in isolated instances without the use of a higher temperature than that of an ordinary warm room. It was further established that the intermediate forms known as portma, so rare under natural conditions, are pro- duced whenever a brood is subjected to an unsuitable tempera- ture at the beginning of the pupal stage, occurring indeed with the second brood from unusual cold, and with the third brood from unusual heat. As regards the seasonal forms of Pieris napt it was shown that low temperature effects the conversion of the summer form into the winter, only when * Dr. E. Fischer, of Ztirich, has also carried out very extensive tem- perature experiments on European Lepidoptera with most striking results, which are mentioned by Weismann, Merrifield, and Standfuss. I have not seen Dr. Fischer’s published accounts of his work, but I believe he did not experiment with seasonally dimorphic species. (size ) applied immediately after pupation ; while repeated experiments with the variety bryoniw gave no sufficient support to Weis- mann’s view (see above, p. 9) that this variety was the original parent-form of napi. It isin this memoir that Weismann first recognises fully what he had formerly questioned, but had latterly* put forward as probable, viz., that, besides the direct seasonal dimorph- ism attributable to temperature, there also exists adaptive seasonal dimorphism dependent on the indirect influence of the varying environment according to the time of year. He again cites the case of A. /evana itself as possibly exhibiting in its prorsa-form mimicry of Limenitis, and suggests that the seasonal forms of P. napi may be adapted on the underside to the vegetation tints of spring and summer respectively. In the case of the latter species he expresses the belief that adaptive and direct seasonal dimorphism are combined, point- ing out that the differences presented by the upperside may perhaps be referred to the direct influence of temperature. The possible adaptation of the green-and-white underside of the dimorphic Anthocharis belia to the respective resting -plants of each season is also indicated. The poverty, however, of such instances among the season- ally dimorphic species of the European butterfly-fauna is manifest ; and itis thus satisfactory to find Weismann turn- ing, in support of his view, to the numerous striking cases (first brought to his notice in 1894 in a paper by Dr. G, Brandes) of seasonal dimorphism occurring in tropical and sub-tropical regions, among which were instances where one seasonal form at least assumes a special protective colouring. Hitherto all the cases investigated and experimented on, whether in Europe or North America, had been found refer- able to the influence of high and low temperatures, and nobody seems to have suspected the occurrence of similar seasonal variation in hot countries; but, as Mr. L. de Nicéville, Mr. W. Doherty, and other observers have pointed out, and as Weismann was apt to recognise, the alternation of wet and dry seasons is as actively inciting an agent in the * «© Aeussere Einfliisse als Entwickelungsreize,” 1894. (Eb) production of seasonal dimorphism in many parts of the tropics, as that of hot and cold ones is in the temperate latitudes. I must confess that I shared in the prevalent erroneous opinion that seasonal dimorphism was not to be looked for in countries without summer and winter seasons of greatly differing temperatures; and no doubt this was mainly due to my never having resided for any length of time in a region where the rainy season is the warmer and the dry one the cooler. In the south-west of the Cape Colony, where I was stationed, exactly opposite conditions prevail, and in the rainy winter, scarcely a dozen species of butterflies appear, and none of them presents any marked difference from the dry summer specimens of the same species. I was thus unprepared to attach due value to the suggestion, by my friend, Mr. W. D. Gooch, as early as the year 1877, of the occurrence of differing seasonal forms of butterflies in Natal, or to the opinion to the same effect given by Mr. A. J. Spiller in 1880 (‘‘ Entomologist,” vol. xiii, p. 3). I believe this communication of Mr. Spiller’s to have been the first published intimation of the apparent occurrence of seasonal dimorphism in the warmer parts of the world ; and the four cases which he specially notices (in the genera Anthocharis [= Teracolus], Pieris, Mycalesis, and Hypanis) are un- doubtedly true ones. Mr. Gooch (op. cit., pp. 226 and 273) published his concurrence in the main with Mr. Spiller’s view, but at the same time mentioned that, in the only two attempts he made to test the matter, by rearing Zeracolus omphale and Pieris severina, he found no difference between the winter and summer broods, both belonging to the theoretical winter form with reduced black markings. It was in 1885 that Mr. L. de Nicéville, the well-known authority on Indian butterflies; published* a notice of apparent seasonal dimorphism in several species of Calcutta Satyrine of the genera Mycalesis, Ypthima and Melanitis—the wet-season form presenting distinct ocellated spots on the * <¢ List of the Butterflies of Calcutta, etc.” (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, liv, plssaisps189.) ( Ixvii ) underside, and the dry-season form being without those markings. He suggested as a possible explanation, that while the conspicuously marked wet-season form is concealed by the dense vegetation, the dry-season non-ocellated form had in the scantily-clothed jungle found protection by the gradual loss through natural selection of the conspicuous markings. Mr. de Nicéville’s specimens illustrating his paper were exhibited at a meeting of this Society in February, 1885, but his view did not meet with much acceptance among the members present, nor was any alternative explanation of the phenomenon brought forward. He was able, however, in the following year to adduce proof of the correctness of his theory in a memoir* giving details of the rearing of one seasonal form from eggs laid by the other in four of the seven cases named by him in his previous paper, viz. :— Ypthima hiibneri and Y. howra ; Y. philomela and Y. marshallii ; Mycalesis mineus and M. indistans; Melanitis leda and M. ismene ; these pairs consisting respectively of the ocellated wet-season form and non-ocellated dry-season form of each species concerned. Just previously to the latter notable record of Mr. de Nicéville, Mr. W. Doherty had contributed to the same Journal t his four years’ observation of seasonal variation while collecting Indian butterflies. He brings to notice that, speaking generally, there were ows broods annually in that country, viz.: two in the wet season and two in the dry season, and that, while there was no perceptible difference between the two broods of the same season, there were often very marked differences between the wet-season broods and the dry-season ones. ‘These differences included size (the wet- season form boing usually smaller), the angulation of the wings, and the colouring and ocelli of the underside, and were well illustrated by species of Junonia, Ypthima, Mycalesis, * «On the Life-History of certain Calcutta Species of Satyrine, with special reference to the Seasonal Dimorphism alleged to occur in them.”’ (Op. cit., lv, pl. ii, p. 229, 1886.) 7 ‘‘A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon,.” (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, ly, pt ii, p. 107.) Crilixvili= and Melanitis. The author remarks that some countries with wet climate do not yield any but wet-season forms,* and conversely that some very dry countries produce only dry-season ones, instancing the case of Junonia almana, the dry-season form of which alone occurs in Scinde, while its wet-season form (asterie) only is met with in Ceylon and Singapore. He is of opinion that De Nicéville’s view is strengthened by the fact that the dry-season forms are more or less leaf-like both in shape and in the underside colouring, while no such resemblance is manifested by the wet-season ones, and argues that this points to the greater exposure to danger in the dry season ; but he is inclined to think that the eye-like underside markings in the wet season may serve as a protection from the attacks of birds. It is singular that, while this observant collector enumerates no fewer than twenty-three species of Pierine in his “ List,’ he does not seem to have noticed the occurrence of seasonal dimorphism in the subfamily which is especially fertile in illustrations of it. In view of the satisfactory evidence afforded by De Nicé- ville’s experiments with Indian Satyrine, I could no longer doubt that many hitherto puzzling cases of variation among African butterflies would find their solution in the same way, especially as the dated specimens accessible all pointed to the seasonal character of the varieties. I kept the question con- stantly before my entomological correspondents in Natal and the other warmer parts of South Africa, and was enabled by their assistance to indicate, in 1889,+ various extremely probable instances of a corresponding phenomenon among African Satyrine and Pierine. Among a most interesting collection made by Mr. A.W. Eriksson in tropical 8.-W. Africa, * Mr. de Nicéville has recorded (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxiv, pt. ii, p. 362, 1895) that in N.E. Sumatra rain falls in every month of the year, and it is rare for a week to pass without a shower, and that consequently there are no dry-season forms of butterflies to be found there, with the solitary exception of the dry-season form of Melanitis leda, which (as in Java) prevails all the year round as commonly as the wet-season form. + ‘South-African Butterflies,” I1I, pp. 6, 7, 125,and 395 (1889). ( Ixix ) described by me in 1891,* I noted what appeared to be un- doubted cases of seasonal dimorphism in species of Acreine, Lycenide and Pierine ; and again, in cataloguing Mr. F. C. Selous’s Manica butterflies in 1894,r I showed reason for recognising the prevalence of the same kind of variation, especially pointing out how in the case of Melanitis leda all the dated South African examples went to confirm De Nice- ville’s experience at Calcutta, and what strong similar ground existed for considering the much-discussed variation in the Nymphaline Hamanumida dedalus to be seasonal. An important contribution to the elucidation of the subject was made in 1894 by the late Capt. EK. Y. Watson in a paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on the Synonymy of some Species of Indian Pierine.” + According to this experienced entomologist’s observations some species—Terias hecabe, for instance—produce successive broods (from four in the cooler to ten or twelve in the warmer districts) throughout the year, and the last alone of the wet-season or dry-season broods respectively yields off- spring exhibiting the opposite seasonal form ; but it is at the same time pointed out that “in some cases the eggs laid by one female would produce more than one form, according to the state of the atmosphere shortly before the emergence of each individual, which is the period at which it would be chiefly affected.” The author calis attention to the fact that “in different parts of the Indian Region, the seasons vary to a certain extent, so that it cannot be laid down that speci- mens captured in any particular month will belong to any particular form”; he defines, however, roughly the limits of the rainy and dry seasons and states that “the very large majority of specimens obtained during those periods will be wet- and dry-season forms respectively.” Emphasis is laid on another important point, viz., that the seasonally dimor- phic species present numerous intermediate forms, and that these intermediate forms themselves vary according to the * Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1891, pp. 59, 64, 85, 89, 96, 97, and 99. + Op. cit., 1894, pp. 14, 22, 29, 37, 64, and 67. + Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soe., viii, p. 489 (1894). PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. v., 1898. FE (@ ke<)) vegetation and rainfall, “so that the extreme of a rainy- season form from a district where the rainfall is great and the vegetation dense, is much more pronounced than the extreme of a rainy-season form from a district with slight rainfall and sparse vegetation ; and these differences are even more marked in the dry-season forms.” The genera of Pierine dealt with in this paper are Huphina, Appias, Ixias, Terias, and Teracolus, and seasonal dimorphism is shown to prevail largely in all of them, so that the author feels war- ranted in materially reducing the number of hitherto ad- mitted species, contending that many of these are palpably founded on mere seasonal variations. In 1895, I had the pleasure of receiving from a valued friend and correspondent in Natal, Mr. Cecil N. Barker, the MS. of an interesting paper he had drawn up, from many years’ field observations, on the seasonal variation of butterflies in that colony and the adjacent territories. This paper, which was published the same year,* proceeds on much the same lines as that of Capt. Watson’s just noticed, but, instead of being confined to the Pierinz, traces the occur- rence of the phenomenon throughout the suborder, indicat- ing the following cases, viz., Acreinz 1 (in Acr@a) ; Satyrine 2 (in Mycalesis) ; Nymphaline 9 (1 each in Atella, Junonia, Aypanis, Hamanumida and Charaxes, and 2 each in Precis and Crenis); Lycenide 3 (in Lycena); and Pierine 20 (9 in Teracolus, 4 in Pieris, 3 each in FLronia and Terias, and 1 in Herpenia). In many of these thirty-five cases the seasonal differences and the occurrence of intermediate specimens about the change of season are carefully described ; and several instances are recorded of the pairing of Pieris gidica with P. abyssinica or with intermediate examples. Mr. Barker’s observations were decidedly in support of my own published opinion as to the seasonal dimorphism of Hamanumida dedalus, Herpenia eriphia, Teracolus regina, T. speciosus, Pieris pigea, P. gidica, Hronia cleodora, and H. leda. * « Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism of Rhopalocera in Natal.” (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 413.) (CO Mest) Mr. Barker’s paper was soon followed by one of equal interest * contributed to our “Transactions ” by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, who has a most wide and intimate knowledge of butterfly-life south of the Zambesi. Mr. Marshall, after ex- pressing his concurrence with Mr. Barker’s opinions on the subject, proceeds to criticise with justice Dr. A. G. Butler’s rather random suggestion fT that in the Acreine the presence of a broad apical black patch on the forewings indicates a wet-season form, proving this idea to be wholly untenable, at any rate in three of the five cases advanced by Dr. Butler. He goes on to indicate the signs of seasonal variation in nine species of Acrea, and notably in the Mashunaland 4, halali, where both sexes vary strongly, and unlike the other known cases in the genus, have the black spots larger in the dry- season than in the wet-season form. To the numerous in- stances given by Barker he adds two more in Mycalesis and eight more in Precis. The latter are shown to offer a beautiful series of gradations in dimorphism, from the four species P. natalica, P. elgiva, P. tugela and P. artaxia, where —in addition to larger size and more falcate forewings—the . dry-season change is almost limited to the dull withered-leaf colour and marking of the underside ; then to the two species P. ceryne and P. archesia, where the upperside as well pre- sents considerable alteration both in colour and marking ; and finally, to the species P. stmia and P. octavia-natalensis, where the suggested respective dry-season forms P. cwama and P. sesumus present such extreme disparity in the aspect of both upper and under sides as to render it almost incred- ible that they can belong to the same species as the two wet- season forms in question. The actual rearing of the dry-season form of Terias zoe from eggs laid by the latter, and its proving to be (as had long been anticipated) the butterfly known as 7’. brigitta, is recorded in this paper on the authority of that practised collector and observer, my friend Mr. J. M. Hutchinson, of * «Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism in South-African Butterflies.” (Op. cit., 1896, p. 551.) + Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1895, p. 519. = bo (GQ ab-c-cnl ))) Estcourt in Natal ; and early in 1897, Mr. Marshall, writing from that locality, informed me that he had succeeded in rearing three specimens of Zeracolus auxo, a wet-season form, from eggs laid by 7’. topha, a dry-season butterfly. In each of these two Pierine cases the close relationship of the seasonal forms was so manifest, that all the circumstances of their occurrence led one to expect the species-identity to be proved before very long; but it was otherwise in the ease of Precis octavia-natalensis and P. sesamus, notwith- standing the significant facts—very close resemblance in both larvee and pupe, occasional pairing of the two forms, and the existence of various intermediate examples—which favoured a similar conclusion. Thus it was with no ordinary interest that I received from Prof. Poulton Mr. Marshall’s announcement, in a letter dated June, 1898, that in three cases he had bred P. seswmus from the eggs laid by P. octavia-natalensis, and that I saw the actual specimens of parent and offspring in two of the three cases, which had been sent to the Hope Department of the Oxford University Museum. An excellent account by Mr. Marshall of what he rightly describes as “the most remarkable instance of seasonal variation as yet known” was published in July last.* What makes the case so striking is not alone the very great difference of the upperside—deep salmon-red with black borders and spots in ociavia-natalensis, and violaceous- blue streaked with black, and a continuous series of salmon-red spots in sesamus—but that of the underside also—almost the same as the upperside, but pinker in octavia- natalensis, and very dark greenish-bronze with black streaks in sesamus. Owing to the latter disparity nothing could be more different than the appearance of the two forms when at rest, octavia-natalensis being very con- spicuous, while sesamus is well concealed ;7 and this wide * See ‘‘Seasonal Dimorphism in Butterflies of the Genus Precis, Doub.” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), 11, p. 30 (1898).) + The rarely-occurring intermediate examples, as I have pointed out (South-Afr. Butt., i, pp. 230, 231, and 233 ; 1887), exhibit a complete gradation as respects both upperside and underside. ( Ixxiii ) divergence is associated with the differing haunts and habits of the two forms. Mr. Marshall seems inclined to the view that the wet-season form octavia-natalensis is the older one, and that the dry-season form sesamus, with its distinctly protective underside, may be the result of greater persecution —in the scarcity of insects of other orders—during that season. On the other hand, he suggests the possibility of the wet-season natalensis-form being in process of modification in mimicry of the prevalent red black-spotted Acree of the same region ; in which case sesamus would have to be taken as the older form. I consider the latter to be more likely than the former view, seeing how much less seswmus has diverged than octavia-natalensis from the general pattern of the genus Precis.* A noteworthy fact in Mr. Marshall’s experience in this case was that, while in the second instance recorded he reared an example of sesamus from an egg laid by octavia- natalensis, he also obtained, only five days later, from another egg laid by the same mother, on the same day, a pure octavia-natalensis. He expressly states that the two larve from “which these amazingly different butterflies resulted were reared from the egg under precisely similar conditions ; and he adds that not a few similar instances had come under his notice. This is sufficiently remarkable, but it by no means exhibits the apparent extreme of variation among the off- spring of one mother; for Mr. de Nicéville (in a letter of 13th June last) assures me that in India “at the change of the season, in one brood, from one batch of eggs laid by one female, you sometimes get both seasonal forms and all intermediate ones.”? Such cases, like those of more or less * The only other species of Precis of the octavia pattern and colouring is P. simia (considered by Mr. Marshall to be the wet-season form of the dry-season P, cwama) and this species may possibly also be mimetic of the Acree. + It would be of the very greatest service to these inquiries if such a series as this, the offspring of one mother, could be preserved in its entirety, together with a full record of all the conditions bearing on the case. Mr. de Nicéville does not mention the actual species to which his remark applies. ( lxxiv=§) complete resistance to altered temperature, so frequent in the experiments of Weismann and others, point very clearly to the operation of some other factor than the degree of humidity, or of temperature ; but it must be admitted that we are as yet quite in obscurity as to its actual nature, and that our investigations into seasonal dimorphism must be far more systematically and thoroughly prosecuted before con- clusions of a satisfactory character can be arrived at. While the observations already on record, to which I have drawn attention above, render it beyond question that seasonal dimorphism is of world-wide prevalence, it is at the same time surprising—considering the great and increasing study devoted to exotic butterflies of late years—that so very little is definitely known of the actual range and conditions of its occurrence beyond European limits. So far as the Pale- arctic Region is concerned we are indebted to Standfuss* for a comprehensive list of the cases recognised, distinguish- ing between those where the seasonal disparity 1s so marked as to have led to the bestowal of distinct names on the two forms, and those where the disparity is less and no second name has been given. In the former category there are 23 cases (17 in Butterflies and 6 in Moths), and in the latter 15 (14 in Butterflies and 1 in Moths), making in all 38 cases, viz., 31 in Butterflies and 7 in Moths. The butter- flies comprised in the more marked category include | case in Satyrine, 2 cases in Nymphaline, 5 in Lycenide, 6 in Pierine, and 3 in Papilionine; while those in the less marked category are three cases in Satyrine, 3 in Nymphaline, 3 in Lycenide, and 5 in Pierine, so that taking the totals of both categories in their order of numerical importance we have 11 cases in Pierinew, 8 in Lycenide, 5 in Nymphaline, 4 in Satyrine, and 3 in Papilion- ine. The moths are all ranked in the more marked category with the exception of a Liparid (Dasychira abietis); they are two in the Bombycide and four Geometers. The number of known cases in the Palearctic Region thus appears to be very * © Handbuch der Paliarktischen Gross-Schmetterlinge fiir Forscher und Sammler,” Ed. 1896, p. 229. ( Ixxv ) small, when contrasted with the very large number of species of the groups to which they belong ascertained to inhabit the Region; but it may be observed that a considerable proportion of them must be of greatly extended occurrence and very ancient standing, Pryer* noting no fewer than six of them in Japan (besides three additional cases in local species); and Dr. A. Fritze + further recording in the same country the case of Araschnia levana (var. burejana),. When we turn tothe great tropical and subtropical Regions, where butterfly life finds its fullest and most varied develop- ment, it is almost disheartening to find how extremely little has been done in the observation of this apparently prominent feature of seasonal variation. With the exception of India in the Oriental Region, and South Africa in the Ethiopian Region, none of the hot or warmer countries have hitherto received the slightest investigation as regards this particular subject of biological inquiry. I can find no record of any observations in East or West Africa, in Australia, or in Central and South America. Feeling especially the deplore able lack of information from that paradise of butterflies, the Neotropical Region, I consulted Dr. F. A. Dixey with the view of ascertaiming whether the Pierinee—the group which he has made so emphatically his own, and which in the Old World has yielded more cases of seasonal dimorphism than any other—offered any instances of the kind in Central or South America. He most obligingly brought together, in the Hope Department of the Oxford University Museum, a series of Neotropical species of Callidryas, all of which included forms corresponding in character with the seasonal] varieties occurring among their Old-World congeners and allies, viz., a larger form, of deep or rich colouring with the underside freckling and markings strongly expressed; a smaller form, of paler colouring, with the underside freckling * “ Rhopalocera Nihonica: a Description of the Butterflies of Japan,” 1886-88. The species named are Papilio machaon, P. xuthus, Pieris napi, Colias hyale, Vanessa C.-album, and Polyommatus phleas. + Zool. Anzeiger, 1890, p. 12. Transl. in Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6), v, p. 200 (1890). (Gy besa) and markings very faint or altogether absent ; and, in addi- tion to these, specimens holding an intermediate position be- tween them as regards the characters mentioned. Dr. Dixey exhibited this series (with some additions and substitutions) at the Society’s meeting on December 7th, and explained that, in order to meet the possible objection that the varia- tions in question pointed to local forms, he had been careful in the case of each species to select examples from the same locality. The species concerned were C. vurina (Mexico), C. neocypris (South Paraguay), C. argante (Brazil), C. agarithe (Mexico), C. senne (Guatemala and Brazil), and C. philea (Guatemala). There was no sufficient evidence as to the seasons of appearance of these variations, only seven examples (four C. argante and three C. senne) in the whole series bearing dates of capture; but the nature of them, and the parallelism with which they were displayed by each of the six species, were such as to leave little doubt of their being seasonal. I am further indebted to Dr. Dixey for the first indication of the occurrence of seasonal dimorphism in Australia, afforded by the Old-World section (Catopsilia) of the same genus Ca/l- lidryas. In one species, C. gorgophone, from Melville Island and Queensland, gradations are found quite in correspondence with those observed in both Indian and Neotropical - species ; and the same phases are even more completely illustrated in a fine series of Brisbane examples of the well-known Oriental C. crocale, which lends some probability to Dr. Dixey’s sus- picion that C. crocale and C. pomona (including C. catilla) will prove to be seasonal forms of one species.* In bringing to a close this attempt to give a general survey of what has been published on the subject, 1 purposely abstain * ©. crocale is an extremely variable and very widely distributed butterfly. Mr. de Nicéville (‘‘Gazetteer of Sikkim,” 1894, p. 166 ; and ‘¢ Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,” lxiv, ii, p. 490, 1895) considers that C. catilla cannot be held a distinct species from C. crocale, all the supposed distinctive characters proving quite inconstant, and breaking down when large numbers of specimens are compared. But he does not think seasonal dimorphism comes into play here, ‘‘ the innumerable varieties which are found in both sexes occurring at all times.” (| ixxvne ) from indulging in any speculative disquisition on my own part, because, however attractive to myself such a course might be, I very much doubt if, in the present very restricted bounds of our knowledge, it would prove of any service to the Society. To generalise or to speculate to any good purpose demands a considerable body of well-ascertained fact as a basis, and this—as my remarks have shown—is precisely what is wanting in the present instance, notwithstanding the labours of the entomologists of distinction to whom reference has been made. ° While fully recognising that the artificial- temperature experiments noted above have been designed and conducted with a skill and thoroughness truly admirable so far as certain species of Palearctic and Nearctic Lepidoptera are concerned, it cannot at the same time be denied that even in Europe very little has been done to ascertain all the natural conditions under which seasonal dimorphism occurs, or to what extent it is adaptive to the environment; and when we turn to the wide tropical and subtropical regions, it 1s obvious that we stand upon merely the threshold of inquiry. We have, indeed, from these regions—thanks to such capable observers as De Nicéville and Marshall—some valid experi- mental evidence to guide us, but this must be very greatly added to, and the life-history of the dimorphic species. be worked out from many different directions, before we can hope to approach to a clear comprehension of the complex problem now presented by the extraordinarily impressionable and mutable lepidopterous organism. In studying the cases under notice, it is impossible not to recognise that the most diverse influences are at work,—indications of protective and mimetic adaptation, and of sexual selection as well, being com- bined or contrasted with the effects of varying temperatures and degrees of atmospheric humidity, and with distinct ten- dencies in the direction of reversion to ancestral characters. The investigation is one to tax the insight and resource of the ablest and most zealous naturalists, and demands unre- mitting and most exact observation and record, with carefully controlled breeding from the ova for many successive genera- tions, during a considerable series of years. I am as fully persuaded now as I was on the occasion of my last year’s ( Ixxvii ) Address, that such researches as these can never be satisfac- torily prosecuted, and still less brought to any interpretation of permanent scientific value, without the establishment in tropical countries of fitly equipped Biological Stations for the special observation and study, under as natural conditions as possible, of the surrounding terrestrial fauna. It is unneces- sary to dwell upon the manifest advantages attendant on well-directed work pursued steadily and continuously in such a zoological observatory, planted in the very midst of the abounding forms of tropical life, or to do more than mention the exceptionally favourable opportunities for discovery that would thus be afforded. In conclusion, therefore, I will simply express my firm conviction that from a few well organised stations of this kind, on carefully chosen sites in the four great tropical regions, Science would gain more in ten years than from the casual and incomplete observations of ordinary collectors and travellers for the next half century. (Se ixiscer:) LN) Eh Xe Notrt.—Where the name only of the {Genus or Species is mentioned, the description will be found on the page referred to. The Arabic figures refer ‘to the pages of the ‘Transactions’; the Roman numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings, New Genera and Species, and those which have been redescribed, will be found in detail, but in faunistic papers the contents are arranged generically under the headings of those papers. The President’s Address is not separately indexed. Page Page GENERAL) SUBJECTS) jc. cesescesse se] SIR] EREMIEPTER AS eee tenet esteceenees -7-L XXCKAT @OMEOPTERAW sce) cet scasceecter creme EE IGEPIDOPTERIAY sreseaceteeteres see XXKOT DIPTERA] sostscvesccsmsciccess eocee eX XG NEUROPTERA ...... ......0.+-+-s-IXXXVIl ORTHOPTERA:s.:essedtessecesees Ixxxviii _—_—————————— GENERAL SUBJECTS. Aberrant forms of British Lepidoptera, exhibited, xix. Abnormality in Zygena exulans, exhibited, iv. Altai Mountains, account of journey to and lepidopterous fauna of (H. J. Elwes), xxxvii. Annual Meeting, xliv. Autograph Letters, ete., belonging to the Society, exhibited, xv. Balance Sheet, xlviii. Biological chart of British Isles, exhibited, xxi. Buprestid larva, dormant, in wood, exhibited, xxxiv. Burnished golden beetles, exhibited and discussed, xx. Dyscritina, further notes on (E. E. Green), 381.—Appendix on the Species of, reared by Mr. Green (M. Burr), 387.—exhibition of, and discussion on, xv. Electric light, Lepidoptera taken at, from Zermatt, exhibited, xxxix. Erebia, papers, exhibitions and discussion on the genus, v. Frenulum of the Lepidoptera, On the (G. C. Griffiths), 121. Great Britain, Acridium xgyptium, introduced into, exhibited, xiii, xiv.— San José scale in, discussion on the alleged occurrence of, xiii. Hybridisation of Tephrosia bistortata and T, crepuscularia (J. W. Tutt), 17. OM Eeee)) Hyeres, diptera from, exhibited, xvii. Insect-injury, of Caryoborus, sp. to seeds of Attalea funifera, exhibition, xxxv.—of Scolytidee to various oriental plants, 428, Melanic forms of Arctia lubricipeda, exhibited, xxix. Mites attacking dried insects, i. Norway, butterflies from, exhibited and discussed, x]. President’s Address, xlix. Protective colouring of pups of Papilio machaon, P. podalirius, Pieris brassicae, P. napt, exhibitions and discussion, xxx. Seasonal dimorphism in Belcnois (A. G. Butler), 431.—in Precis octavia and P. sesamus, exhibition and discussion, xxiv.—in neotropical Pierinz, exhibition and account of, xxxix. (See also President’s Address.) Stainton library, bequest of books from, xxil. Temperature experiments, results of, exhibited, iii—on lepidopterous pupe, results of, exhibited, xxxiv. Varietal races of Lepidoptera, bred, exhibited and discussed :—) Eupterote chinensis, n. s., 274. Euschemon rafflesiv, referred to, 124. Frenulum of the Lepidoptera, On the (G. C. Griffiths), 121. Givira pulverosa, 1. s., 260. Hemerophila abruptaria, varieties of, exhibited and described, ii. Herimba flavilinea, n. s.,359.—nigropuncta n. s., 348. Herpa ochvacea, n. s., 340. Heterogyna penella, Some remarks on (T. A. Chapman), 141. Hydrilla palustris @ , from Carlisle, exhibited, iv. Llliberis consimilis, n. s., 334.—ochracea, n. s., 335. Inguva canofusa, n. s., 249, Lolaus alienus, n. s.. 10. Leucodrepana? lineata, n. s., 364.—L. quinquelineata, n. s., 364. Lophopteryx umbrosa, n. s., 313. Lozopera beatricella and allied species, exhibited, xxviii. Lycexna gigantea, vu. s., 4. Mechanitis equicolortdes, n. s., 109.—sylvanoides, n. s., 110, Melinxa crameri, egesta, macaria, n. spp, 107. Melitwa artemis, aberrant form of, exhibited, xix. Methona psamathe, n. s., 108. Mimacrea marshalli, n.s., 13. M. charmian, referred to, 13. Nemeophila plantaginis, aberrant forms of, exhibited, xix. Neoselca, n. g., 244. Nodaria griseirena, a. 8., 255. (Eneis gutta, from Norway, exhibited, xli. Orthocraspedia bistrigata, n. s., 259. Papilio machaon, protective colouring of pup of, exhibition and discussion, xxx.—of P. podalirius, xxxii. P. mikado, exhibited, iv. Pararge egeria, bred varieties of, exhibited and discussed, xxxv. Phatera alpheraky?, vn. s., 299. Pheia daphnexa, n. s.. 241. Phigalia pilosaria, aberrant form of, exhibited, xx. Phrissura narcissus, 0. S., 136.—perlucens, n. s., 136. Pidorus fasciatus, n. s., 339. Pierine, African, On some new species of (A. G. Butler), 431 ;—seasonal dimorphism in Neotropical, exhibition and account of in genera Calli- dryas, Parura, Phebis (¥F, A. Dixey), xxxix. Pieris brassice, protective colouring of pup of, exhibition and discussion, xxxll.—of P. napi, xxx. P. napi, var. hryonix, referred to, xxxviii. Porthesia chrysorrhea, winter nests of, exhibited, xxxiv. Precis octavia, var. natalensis, and P. sesamus, exhibited and discussed (KE. B.- Poulton), xxiv. Pseudcraspedia melanosticta, nu. 8., 256. Ptychoglene xanthopleura, nu. s., 248. Pydna frugalis, a. s., 302.—insignis, n. s., 301. Pyrgus delagox, nu. s., 15. Retina rubiginosa, n. s., 338. Rhodoneura parallelina, n. s., 377. ( lexxvii ) Rondotia lineata, n. s., 272. Sericophora? brunnea, un. s., 375. Spraguevia canofusa, n. 8., 247. Stauvropus comatus, nv. s., 122. Stictoptera tumidicosta, n. s., 249. Striglina suffusa, n. 8., 374. Teniocampa gothica, bred forms of, exhibited, xxix. Tarachidia, un. g., 248.—T. flavibasis, n. 8., 248.—holophea, n. s., 248. Teldenia inconspicua, n. s., 363.—sericea, Nn. 8., 363. Temperature experiments, results of, described and exhibited, on Colias edusa, Euchloe cardamines, Melitwa aurinia, Papilio machaon, xxxiv. Tephrosia bistortata and T. crepuscularia, Experiments in hybridising (J. W. Tutt), 17. Tithorea, new species :—flacilla, 105.—furina, 105.—hermias, 106.—parola, 106. Thyridia colombiana, n. s., 108.—pallida, n. s., 109. Uzucha humeralis, habits described, xi. Vanessa C-album, aberration of, exhibited, xix. V. urticw, from Norway, exhibited, xli.—var. ichnusa, referred to, xxi.—var. polaris, referred to, xli. Wigtoushire, Lepidoptera from, exhibited, xxiii. Xyloryctine, exhibition and account of (Lord Walsingham), viii. Zermatt, Lepidoptera taken at electric light at, exhibited, xxxix. Zonosoma annulata, series of, with aberrant forms, exhibited, xxiii. Zygxna exulans, abnormality of, exhibited, iv.—from Finmark, exhibited, XXXV. NEUROPTERA. Algeria, Neuroptera-Planipennia collected in (R. McLachlan), 151. Species of the following families and genera referred to:—Ascalaphide, 159.— Ascalaphus, 161.—Berotha, 162.—Bubopsis (Bubo), 159.—Chrysopa, Chiry- sopidxe, 165.—Creagris, 154.—Gymnocnemia, 153.—Halter, 161.—Hemero- biidw, 162.—Hemerobius, 164.—Macronemurus, 155.—Megalomus, 165.— Micromus, 164.—Myrmecelurus, 154.—Myrmeleon, 156.—Myrmeleonidx, 151.—Nemopteridex, 161.—Neurorthus,163.—Nothochrysa, 165.—Osmylide,, 162.— Palpares, 151.—Sisyra, 162. Berotha eatoni, n. s., 162. Bubo hamatus, referred to, 160. Bubopsis, n. n. for Bubo, 159. B. eatoni, n. s., 159.—gravidus, n. s., 160. Chrysopa caviceps, n. 8.,165.—mutata, n.8.?, 167. Creagris plumbeus, referred to, 154. Macronemurus elegantulus, n. 8., 155. Mucropalpus parvulus, referred to, 164. Myrmecelurus atrox, referred to, 154. Myrmeleon microstenus, n. 8., 157.—distinguendus, 157.—oulianin?, 156, re- ferred to. Neurorthus fallax, referred to, 163. Palpares angustus, 0. 8., 152.—id., var. oranensis, nov., 153. Tetracanthagyna, Considerations on the genus (R. McLachlan), 489. 7, brunnea, n. 8., 442.—degors?, 443.—plagiata, 442.—vittata, n.s., 440.— waterhouse?, n. s., 4433 species exhibited, xxxix. ( lxxxviii ) ORTHOPTERA. Acridium xyyptium, imported, exhibited, xiii, xiv. Acrotylus versicolor, n. s., 50. Diplatys, imago of Dyscritina (q. v.), 387, Xv, Xvi. Dyscritina, Further notes on (E. E. Green), 381 ;—Appendix on the species of, reared by Mr. Green (M. Burr), 387. D. (Diplatys) longisetosa, 388, referred to, 381—387.—nigriceps, 389, referred to (as n. sp.), 383. Speci- mens exhibited and discussed, xv. Eumastacide, species of, exhibited, iv. Nemobius saussurvet, 0. s., 52. Rumanian Orthoptera, List of (M. Burr), 48. Species belonging to the following tribes and families enumerated and referred to:— New African Butterfhes. i sane +4 i ' o , ie a i 1 art ay ; rh ; i an ' ff : = ‘ ‘ ’ ht fi iL a és i <> , « i ‘i i t . ~% i 1 4 a f « , ier ‘ x i Y ‘ RY |: ! : -_ e . - ‘f ; a bog i ' a . : Y oe me ; ; : ee : iy - ' 7 a t at i ‘ Ty . 7 a a a fh ' v y ‘ : : : ,™ a ‘ 4 wi Pa Bie Wyre xt “v me 4) a> = EXPLANATION OF PLATE II, Mlustrating Mr. G. C, Champion’s “ Notes on American and other Tingitide.” Fic. 1, la Dolichocysta venusta, gen. et sp. n. 2 Corythucha fuscomaculata, Stal. w , 38a Stephanitis mitrata, Stal. 4 Leptobyrsa steini, Stal. 5 Gargaphia trichoptera, Stal. fon , 6a Pachycysta diaphana, gen. et sp. n. ~I , Ta Leptostyla furcata, Stal. 8 Leptopharsa elegantula, Stal. 9 Leptodictya fuscocincta, Stal. 10, 10a Leptocysta sexnebulosa, Stal. 11, lla Spherocysta globifera, Stal. 12 Amblystira pallipes, Stal. ’ + . sj 74 aa Trans Lint Soc. Lond 1898 Pl. Hf. EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. Illustrating Mr. G. C. Champion’s “‘ Notes on American and other Tingitide.” Fie. 1. Tigava pulchella, Stal. 2. Teleonemia (Amaurosterphus) morio, Stal. 3. 5 aterrima, Stal. 4, +5 validicornis, Stal. 5: 7 luctuosa, Stal. 6. 3 proliza, Stal. if FF longicornis, sp. n. 8. a belfragii, Stal. op brevipennis, sp. N. 10. - (Americia) limbata, Stal. 11. Monanthia loricata, Dist. 12. 3 parmata, Dist. Ie on - nt.soc. Lond 1898 Ft FOTOS LS yy Cc on. Cambridg Wils EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. Illustrating Mr. G, C. Griffiths’s paper “On the Frenulum of the Lepidoptera.” Fic, 1. Frenulum of Protoparce convolvuli, ¢. ‘ Sphinx ligustri, 9. . Spinulee of Protoparce cingulata, Q . . Spinulee of Smerinthus populi, 9°. 2 3 4. Abortive spina of Smerinthus populi, 3. 5 6. Spina of Protoparce cingulata, g. 7 . Frenulum of Composia olympia, ?. 8 5 Arctia sp., 3 (Florida). 9. 53 Callimorphia virgo, 9. 10. a Zygena ephialtes, 2. 11 + Drepana unguicula, g. 12. + Tanagra chexrophyllata, 2. 13: <5 Castnia licus, &. 14. a Euschemon rafflesix, &. 15. Spinulee of Sesia tipuliformis, ° . 16. Frenulum of Cataclysta lemnalis, ¢. m = median nervure of forewing ; c = costa of hindwing. 4 t Trans. Lint. Soc. Lona. 1898. Pl. IV West, Newman lith. The Frenulum of Lepidoptera. Trans. int. Soc. Lord. 1898. Pl. V. BRREBIA. West, Newman hth. ae Ligea. 2,Euryale. 3, Cecilia. 4, Vicleri. Trans. Ent. Sec. Lond. 1898. Pl. Vi ee 6f 6g EREBIA. West, Newman hth. 5, Manto. 6, Eriphyle. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1898. Pu. VI. pp : West, Near hth. ERE BIA. 7, Epiphron. 8, Pharte. 9, Melampus. Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond, 1898. Pl. Vi asd ont NX SEES Se i West, Newman hth. EREBIA. 10, Arete. 11, Christi. 12, Kefersteim. 18, Flavofasciata. ‘ . ’ ; ‘4 . . : @ 1 - . ; ' : " ‘i i} - " iJ , = af x : c - = 2s - 7 > , . é j 7 hoy 7 j , : 5 \ ; “, e : : oy 1 : 7. ‘ H “ y Y, i} . ii 1 ; r . 7 ’ x 7 Trans. Ent. Soc.Lond. 1898. PU. IX. EREBIA. West, Newman lith 14,Ceto. 15, Meaurisius. 16, Pawlowskyt. 17, Aithiops. ———— 4 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1898. Pu. X EREBIA. “/ 33a West, Newman lth 17, Atthiops. 18,Alcemena. 19,Mnestra. 20, Gorgone. al, Gorge. 22,Glacialis. a3, Ottomane. aed Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1898. PU.XI. Q4b - 2ac 24a meee: \ / 28d pf as s) . | \ a = pee nie : wa Fy Ii ‘“EREBIA. on ; : ; est, Newman lth, 24,Tyndarus. 425, Epistygne. 26, Neoridas. 27, Zapateri. 28, Pronoe. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1898. Pv. XI ; aoe Ps + b/ d\] ; P y i : ( ‘ ui ,\ i! He z= = \ Lf =z ae ; aS it oN, gee he 32a { a I) a eee 326 ; 32¢ EHREBIA. West, Newman hth ao: Serpio. 30, Lefebvr ei. 31, Nerme. 32, Goante. mn Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. J898.Pu. XU ERE BIA ane 33, Stygne. 34, Came. 35, Lappona. 36, Evias. 37,Rossii. 38, Embla. 39, Cyclopius. West, Newman lith. Trans. Lint. Soc. Lond. 1898, Pl. XIV. EREBIA. West,Newaman lth. 40, Disa. 41,Medusa. 42,Hewitsomi. 43, Kpipsodea. 4.4,Meta. 45,ac. Sibo. 45,d-9. Ocnus. Trams. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1898. Pu. XV. ) —— ee) NS : M—_ Se } SQ \ SS | 46a See wi . \\ / 46b 4] : SS pa aD ee Se oe nt at LS] 52¢ 52a ERE BIA. West Newman hth. 46,Kalmuka. 47,Radians. 48, Turanica. 49, Edda. 50, Tristis. 51, Dabanensis. 51* Tundra. 52, Discoidalis. Trams. Lint. Soc. Lond. 1898.PU. XVI. 546 596 60a 0b BREBIA. West Newman hth. _53,Fasciata. 54,Parmemo, 55,Afra. 56, Myops. 57, Maracandica. 58,Jordana. 59,Hades. 60,Herse. porn Sat ie EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. Illustrating Sir George F. Hampson’s paper on “‘The Moths of the Lesser Antilles.” Figs. 1, 15. Ptychoglene xcanthopleura. 2. Caradrina tristicta. 3. Tarachidia flavibasis. 4. Spragueia canofusa. 5. Stictoptera tumidicosta. 6. Pseudcraspedia melanosticta. 7. Baniana veluticollis. 8. Cisthene metoxia. 9. Eublemma rosescens. 10. Catephia scriptura. 11, Duomitus punctifer. 12. Givira pulverosa. 13. Nodaria grisevrena. 14. Drepanopalpia polyeyma. 16. Ingura canofusa, 17. Tarachidia holophea. 18. Chusaris bisinuata. 19. Capnodes distacta. 20. Ditrogoptera trilineata. 21. Orthocraspeda bistrigata. bh ane Ata i a Ay i ui ae +a at ) Piatra ay: anh ‘SY y a NAVE i T rz Cc a yay po Tr Frans. int, Soc. Lond. 1898 Pl. XVI. West, Newman chromo . we EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. Illustrating Mr. E, Ernest Green’s “Further Notes on Dyseritina, Westw.”, and Mr, M. Burr’s Appendix thereto. Diplatys (Dyscritina) nigriceps, Kirby. Fic. 1. Penultimate stage, after loss of caudal appendages. 2, Fully grown larva. 3. Adult female. Diplatys (Dyscritina) longisetosa, Westw. Fic, 4. Fully grown larva. 5, Adult female. 16, Part of caudal appendage of larva. tite ath, on Pere ith Uae sia a te | a re ey Th. Bannwarth, lith. et imp.Vienna, E.E.Green del ise K 5) UL FORMATI( RANS AU: AWSU EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Illustrating Mr. E. Ernest Green’s “ Further Notes on Dyscritina, Westw.”, and Mr. M. Burr’s Appendix thereto. Diplatys (Dyseritina) nigriceps, Kirby. Fie. 6. Adult male with expanded wings. 7. Extremity of labial palpus, showing tactile organ. 8. Pygidium and forceps of adult female. _ or . Part of caudal appendage of larva. Diplatys (Dyscritina) longisetosa, Westw. Fic. 9. Pygidium and forceps of adult female. 10. First abdominal segment of larva, showing the dorsal glandular folds. 11. Caudal appendages of penultimate stage, shortly be- fore the final change. 12. Part of antenna of adult female, showing auditory (?) organs. 13. Terminal joint of larval antenna (after treatment with potash). 14. Posterior tarsus of adult female. hae vee? ; wa oy an ne 4 ie fait, ann * a its - oo > rie ire var ne atte en rey Lo a avg ile Pai hs AN eT ne we = ue Ya Kim ie fim mut tat a uni iste A) ath vi “ fi ny Das Wins ‘| hie nd | if vf pas Nh iinet 2 _ ip tb aital, mun M, “nt iy 7 : er sale % Oy 7 t) : Bee ue) ae 7 AN AE ik *T om ae kee i i Ae hts ite Aunts ul RN) r Li % * a - q ] Th. Bannwarth, ith et imp.Vienna. E.E.Green del. THE TRANSFORMATIONS OF DYSCRITINA (DIPLATYS). ay | ey it I Oe Ta i ee SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES UA TU UN a a P a ‘ ha we me s Pe as pa? Sree y F 7 t S r : & us “*£ $ ' } oe Ps sere » rt rr 4 ’ : ' were s. io ; i ey i _ z i 7 ‘. a ‘ " ce ‘ ») ‘i " Se date 2 i "3 ERIE wx _ aassermine = pete ke TES SAE ETE GRO UR™ PF LO PPT PE PEE TOS IN PONE FRO IRL IP NF i Sar ‘ . FSR i arb eit ae ese Heth ASEH woe oven isonet Soe - : - t Koper )odns aoa ae SOR One pty Pipe Me FD PASS INE EL BCE BIS ESTER EE Be RR TEI POR kk . Ea ae ass a ae Bea eS BE Re ia a Sti Ninn 5e ASHE - \ mt. A iB